

I’d like to let you all know that you can now comment on the newest page of each comic. basically they are being handled the same way as the Gunnerkrigg court comments. So the comments go away as soon as the next comment goes up.
August 30, 2010 | 2 CommentsHey all,
I’d just like to say that I’ve gotten a few From Scratch books that have been sent back to me. I’ve emailed the everyone who’s book was returned to me, but a few of you haven’t responded. So I’d just like to say if you haven’t gotten your copy of From Scratch check your spam folder or email me at kellhound1365@aim.com
Now I hope you’re enjoying Danny’s romantic misadventures
Kel
August 23, 2010 | No CommentsSo here is the first artist highlight series. This month’s focus is Jill Thompson, who has a blog and an art site. So if you want to see more of her stuff check it out. She has done work for the Sandman, Wonder Woman, Scary Godmother, Magic Trixie, and much more. Her most recent project is Beasts of Burden which is put out by Darkhorse.
Here are some examples you can click to make bigger:


They all look fairly different, which is part of why I love her art. She will adjusts her lovely watercolor art to the project she is working on. Because she knows that comic are a word and pictures working together to make a better feeling and tone. So not all art will work with all stories. So the moody monochrome wash is what best suits Sandman. The bright cartoony art fits the children’s book Magic Trixie. The colors of Beasts of Burden and the realistic approach to how she depicts the animals fit that series best. So when asked to do a manga story about the character Death from Sandman she changes her art to come up with this:
I appreciate that flexibility.
Also, I love how Miss. Thompson handles mood. I think the mostly monochrome look of the sandman pinups she’s done below fit the character and the scene she is capturing. There is a moody sadness there that I think the watercolor really pushes.
And mood is something she is always pushing with her work. Like the heavy shadows in this Beasts of Burden picture really pushes the tension on the group and the threat of what’s in the woods. But the brighter colors along with the expression on the animals are keeping things a little bit light. So it’s spooky, but lighter than say Dream talking to Death.

Jill also does a good job leading your eye to what is important. Like in the previous Beast of Burden picture you have the large log that forces the characters to line up front row and center. So you look at them first, then what the doberman is looking at (a giant monster frog), then you come down the picture as the other dogs look forward, as you go through the dogs you notice the ghost dogs behind them, then the cat and the jack russel’s attention brings you to the bones under the log.
She impliments the nice guiding compositions in everything she does. It comes off especially nice in her comic pages. Here’s an easy example to see it in. Trixie going down the stair case leads you to the next panel where the curve of grandpa brings you down and left where then the angle of his leg and Trixie leads you to the final picture.
And she is alway doing guiding your eye with the scenery and body posture.
She also brings things to your attention with a solid use of color and lighting. Like in the picture below, the bright light brings your eye right to the raccoon because of the contrast with everything else.
And in this picture the bright saturated flames of red and orange jump at you compared to the blue grey everything else.
This picture is also a good example of how Jill Thompson can imply a lot with simple shapes and brush strokes. The brushes in the background are just shapes, but they imply depth and detail that your eye fills in. If you scroll back up, almost all the pictures I’ve posted has this in one way or another. It’s trees in most of the Beast of Burden pages, rocks in the Dream and Death picture, and clouds or fog in a lot of them.
She also makes sure to give you just enough detail so you know some exactly what you are looking at. Every breed of dog or cat is identifiable in Beasts of Burden. And someone who knows their fashion history can probably tell you what time period each of these dous are in.
So there is Jill Thompson and way she is great. Her stuff is pretty easy to find on amazon. Personally, my favorite is Beasts of Burden (which is why that’s what I have the most pictures of). It’s about the town pets working together to solve supernatural threats. A hardcover collection of it just came out and that is probably what my next comic purchase will be.
And to finish up here is another picture by Jill Thompson just for fun. Hellboy teaming up with the Beasts of Burden animals.
Next Artist Highlight: Pierre Alary
August 16, 2010 | No CommentsStrange Someone
Page 1 Panel 1 Delila sitting on the edge of the break room cough as Steven comes into the room. Delila: eh-HEH eh-HEH Steven: Delila, whats wrong? Panel 2 Steven sitting next to Delila as she looks up at him. Delila: Oh *sniff* Steven, I didnt hear you come in. Panel 3 Steven putting his hand on Dalila shoulder. Steve: Whats wrong, my darling? Panel 4 Delila looking away looking as vulnerable as possible. But the panel is ripped through by a giant x. Panel 5 A yellow legal pad with writing on it that Lizs hand is crossing out. Liz (thought): Ugh! This is such crap! Text on the pad: Steven look deeps eyes looked longingly into Dalilas tear filled ones. Gentlely he places a comforting hand on her should and querying Whats wrong my darling? The nurse chokes another wave of sobs unable to gaze upon her lovers chiseled fa (fixed: Stevens deep eyes looked longingly into Delilas tear-filled ones. Gently, he places a comforting hand on her shoulder, querying, Whats wrong my darling? The nurse chokes another wave of sobs, unable to gaze upon her etc. Wasnt sure if the typos here were intentional.) Page 2 Panel 1 Liz chewing on the end of her ballpoint pen while examining her legal pad. Panel 2 Liz hunched over her legal pad writing something down. She sits Indian style in tiny couch with a small table in front her. On the table is a large purse and cup of coffee. Jeff (off panel); Excuse me, but- Panel 3 Over Jeffs shoulder as looking down at Liz (since hes standing). Liz waves dismissively at in the air at him without looking up. Liz: I already told you not to bug me / and if my coffee cups empty, just Panel 4 Pull out to show the whole coffee shop. Liz looks and has a surprised look on her face as Jeff stands in front of her with a soda and an unopened bag of chips. Liz: Fill/it/ and you are not the server. Jeff: Nope. Page 3 Panel 1 Liz biting her bottom lip looking down. Liz: Sorry. Panel 2 Jeff looking around the coffee shop. Jeff: Its alright. Im supposed to meet a writer here, and uh Panel 3 Liz partially getting up eagerly raising one hand. Jeff places down his soda and chips. Liz: Oh! Are you from St. Judes Hospital?! Jeff; Yeah. Panel 4 Jeff shaking her hand as he pulls an empty chair over from a near by table. Jeff: Jeff Stewart. Liz: Im Liz Eder. Panel 5 Liz with an impressed look gesturing with one hand toward Jeff as he opens is soda can. Liz: You arent really what I was expecting all. Jeff: Oh. Why not? Panel 6 Over Lizs shoulder so Jeffs face can be seen clearly. Liz continuing to talk while Jeff drinks his soda and furrows his eyebrows. Liz: I thought theyd send over a nurse or someone less important than a doctor. Page 4 Panel 1 Jeff putting down his soda. Jeff: Im actually a nurse,/ not a doctor. Panel 2 Liz biting her lower lip again. Liz: Oh, sorry. / Can you do me a favor and forget I said that last part? Panel 3 Jeff opening his bag of chips. Jeff: Yeah, sure. Panel 4 Liz looking at her legal pad and as Jeff eats some chips. Jeff: So youre writing a book that takes place in a hospital? Liz: Uh, yes. Its about nurse and a single father who fall in love while she is helping treat his son. Panel 5 Jeff looking down at his chip disappointed as he chews them. Liz: Currently, Ive gotten myself a bit of writers block. Page 5 Panel 1 Jeff holding the opening of the bag to his nose. Liz: I thought maybe learning more about hospitals Panel 2 Liz looking at Jeff confused while he has the chip bag crunch up against his face. Liz: Might help/ me think of-/ What exactly are you doing? Panel 3 Looking from an experation date on the chip bag. Jeff; I think my chips are stale. They dont smell right. Panel 4 Liz giving him a skeptical look. Liz: They dont smell right? Jeff: Yeah. But go on. Panel 5 Liz adjusting herself in her seat. Liz: Oookay./ I thought learning more about hospitals might help me get inspiration. Panel 6 Jeff taking another sip of his soda. Jeff: Such as Page 6 Panel 1 Liz picking up her while Jeff takes a second glance at his chips. Liz: For instance, where does a nurses authority end and the doctors begin when dealing with a patient? Panel 2 Jeff thinking for a moment. Jeff: Well, that depends on the patient, why they are there, and the nurse. Panel 3 Jeff gesturing toward her and Liz writes down notes. Jeff: Like, a nurse practitioner has much more responsibility than, say, a vocational nurse. Panel 4 Liz writing on her legal pad. Liz: Uh huh, now Im going to stop you for a moment before I forget. Panel 5 Liz looking up at Jeff. Liz: I want to know when you are free again to cover any other questions I have. Jeff: Hmm. Page 7 Panel 1 - Jeff scratches the back of his head and looks toward the door of the coffee. Jeff: I got a morning shift tomorrow, so I can meet you here after. Panel 2 Jeff pointing to a table near the door. Jeff: But could we sit over there tomorrow? Liz: Okay. Any reason why? Panel 3 Jeff giving a weak smile. Jeff: This table is kinda close to the restroom and the smell is bugging (bugging me?). Panel 4 Liz raising an eyebrow as Jeff shrugs. Liz: You can smell the restroom from here? Jeff: I have a sensitive nose. Panel 5 Liz looking down at her legal pad again. Liz: Riiight. / So what are the different kinds of nurses and what can they all do? Jeff (off panel) Well, there are nurse practitioners, registered nurses, and Page 8 Panel 1 Liz sitting in her living room staring at her laptop. Liz: *sigh* Panel 2 Liz watching as Sarah pushes the front door open with one foot. Sarah flips through an opening file with a briefcase tucked under her arm and she uses her opposite to keep a cell phone close enough to her mouth to speak into it. Sarah: Yes John. I have the report right in front of me. / How many damn times do I have to tell you this shit doesnt cut it? Panel 3 Sarah slamming the door with her foot gritting her. Sarah: No! NO! NO! NO!/ WERE COMPLETELY SCREWED, YOU DUMBASS!/ Why? Why would you do that!? SFX: ThUD! Panel 4 Liz lazily watching on the couch. Sarah (off panel): You asshole, I swear to god I will gut you like a fish and staple your insides to my wall if you mess this up! Panel 5 - Sarah dropping all her stuff on the ground looking exhausted. Sarah: Argh! Page 9 Panel 1 Liz seat on the couch as Sarah organizes everything she dropped. Liz: How was work? Sarah: Same old, same old. Panel 2 Sarah placing putting her cell phone in her pocket while holding her papers and briefcase in the other hand. Liz: I think you should invest in BlueTooth. Sarah: Probably. / So hows the book coming? Panel 3 Liz looking down at her computer. Liz: *sigh* Badly. / I had one idea but that didnt go anywhere. Panel 4 Sarah placing her briefcase and papers on a shelf near the front door while Liz runs her fingers through her hair. Liz: Id scrap this whole thing, except my contract says I need to write another book for them. Sarah: Thats too bad. Panel 5 Sarah taking off her coat. Sarah: So Im guessing the nurse didnt tell you anything helpful. Page 10 Panel 1 Liz placing her laptop beside her on the couch. Liz: Actually, I got some interesting information from him. / I just havent thought of what to do with it yet. Panel 2 Inside of the coffee shop with Jeff and Liz seated near the door. Caption: Hopefully, after tomorrow that will change. Jeff: Usually nurses are supposed to get the doctor then. Panel 3 Liz writing down notes on her legal pad. Liz: Uh huh. / And can you think of anything else that might be helpful to me? Panel 4 Jeff shaking his head. Jeff: Not unless if for something specific. Page 11 Panel 1 Jeff gesturing toward Liz as she sips her coffee. Jeff: Though maybe you should give me your number, in case you have any questions. Panel 2 Liz putting down her coffee cup . Liz: Wouldnt me having your number be more useful if I have questions? Panel 3 jeff nervously scratching the back of his head. Jeff: Heh. True, but do you think I could get your phone number anyway? Panel 4 Liz looking at Jeff unimpressed as he gives her a big grin Panel 5 same shot as last panel only jeff is gesturing toward her. Jeff: Or maybe I could buy you lunch? Liz: We just ate. Page 12 Panel 1 Liz rolling her eyes. Jeff (off panel): Tomorrow then!? Liz: Fine. Panel 2 Jeff eagerly replying. Jeff: Great! / Can you meet me at the hospital at 11? Panel 3 - Liz waiting near the nurses station in a hospital looking at her watch. Caption: Then we can head out right after my shift. Panel 4 Over Lizs shoulder show Jeff (hes already changed out of his scrubs) walking toward Liz and waving to another nurse. Jeff: Joan, thanks again for covering my shift so I could go on that hunting trip. Joan: Just remember you get my Saturday shift. Jeff: I wont. Page 13 Panel 1 Jeff stopping in from of Liz Jeff: Ready to go? Liz: Yeah, sure. Panel 2 Jeff and Liz walking out of the hospital. Jeff: So is there any place in particular you want to go? Liz: Have you ever been to The Purple Elephant? Panel 3 Jeff adjusting the backpack strap looking uneasy. Jeff: Yes, and I cant go back. Panel 4 Liz mockingly tilting her head to him. Liz: Why, does the smell bother you? Jeff: No. Panel 5 Jeff hunching over a little. Jeff: Im just not allowed in for abusing their all you can eat buffet Panel 6 Liz looking at him confused. Liz: Whats that supposed to mean? Page 14 Panel 1 Jeffs hand cutting up a rare steak with 2 empty plates that still has some steak sauce on them off to the side. Panel 2 Liz watching Jeff eat while picking up a few vegetables with her fork. Pull out to show them in an applebees style restaurant. Panel 3 Liz looking at him in disgust. Liz: You know that is really bad for you right? Panel 4 Jeff shrugs. Jeff: Im a nurse. Of course, I know. Panel 5 Liz talking and behind her there is a middle aged man reading a newspaper. Liz: I think I can hear your arteries clogging. Page 15 Panel 1 Jeff, with a mouth follow of food, leaning to one side to look past Liz. Liz: You always eat like this? Panel 2 Part of Lizs face but more focus on the man with a newpaper. Liz: Or have you not eaten for a week? Panel 3 Jeff leaning so much to the side that he is about to fall out of his chair. Liz: Jeff! Panel 4 Jeffs face as he turns his attention back to Liz Page 16 Panel 1, 2, 3 (break up the action however you want.) Jeff and his chair falling over but Jeff does a small flip so he can land unharmed. Panel 4 Liz sitting at the table looking at Jeff in completely surprise as Jeff brushes himself off. Panel 5 Jeff picking up his chair. Jeff: Sorry. Page 17 Panel 1 Liz trying to hide that she is impressed and Jeff walks past her. Jeff: Ill be back in a sec. Panel 2 Liz turning in her seat to see Jeff talking to the man with the newpaper. Jeff: Do you mind if I borrow your newspaper for a moment? Panel 3 The man handing the newspaper to Jeff. Jeff: I promise to give it back. Man: Here. Im finished anyway. Panel 4 Liz turned to Jeff as he walks back reading the front page of the paper. Liz: What was that about? Jeff: Um Panel 5 Close up of the headline on the newspaper. Jeff: I just needed to take a look at one of the articles. Headline: Mauling Victim Found in Alley Page 18 Panel 1 Same shot as panel 5 last only with different lighting so show this paper is outside on a nice day. Panel 2 Connor reading the front of the newspaper while shoving a whole hotdog into his mouth with one hand. Next to him is a greasy hotdog vendor preparing another hotdog. Jordan is next to Connor looking at his watch. Panel 3 Hotdog guy handing Connor (now with some mustard on the corner of his mouth) the other hotdog. Hotdog guy: Here Detective Burke. Panel 4 With the new hotdog in Connors mouth, Connor pulling out his wallet from his back pocket with the paper tucked under one arm. Crumbs shoot out of Connors mouth as he talks. Connor: How much? Hotdog guy: $42 Panel 5 Connor shoving the rest of the hotdog into his mouth, while handing Hotdog guy a $50. the Hand with the money in it has his index finger raised. Connor: One more and keep the rest. Page 19 Panel 1 Connor about the take a bite out of the 3rd hotdog. Jordan looks up at him with an eyebrow raised. Jordan: What, I dont get lunch? Panel 2 Connor looking at Jordan. Panel 3 Connor looking at his hotdog pouting. Connor: Umyou really want it? Panel 4 Jordan rolling his eyes as Connor grins and precedes to he his hotdog. Jordan: *sigh* Go ahead, you bottomless pit./Those things are gross anyways. Panel 5 Connor talking with a mouth full of hotdog and pulling the newspaper out from under his arm. Jordan tilts his head to see the headlines. Connor: They are cheap so I can buy a lot of them/ Thats good enough for me. Jordan: So what about the paper has you so interested this afternoon? Page 20 Panel 1 Jordan and Connor walking down the busy street. Connor: A guy was found in an alley dead, and supposedly its an animal attack. Panel 2 Connor wiping the mustard out of the corner. Connor: However, if any wild animals had escaped from the zoo, I would have heard about it down at the station. Panel 3 Jordan smirking as Connor looks down at the paper. Jordan: And what, pray tell, do the bloody geniuses you work with think happened? Connor: Current theory is, someones illegal pet escaped. Panel 4 Connor stuffing the rest of the hotdog in his mouth. Connor: But it happened during Jeff and Is monthly hunting trip so Page 21 Panel 1 Connor folding up the newpaper and giving Jordan a smug look. Jordan: So it wasnt someones pet. Connor: See THAT is why I love you. / Youre so good at putting two and two together. Panel 2 Connor hailing a cab with the paper under his arm again. Jordan has his hands shoved in his pockets. Jordan: Now the question is, why do I put up with you? Connor: Easy. My good looks and charm. Panel 3 Connor opening the door of a cab for him and Jordan. Jordan: Yeah. Sure. / Lets go with that then. Chapter 2 Page 22 0529 Panel 1 Steven holding Delila in his arms as she pulls away with an arm across her forehead. Delila: But Steven I I- I cant. Panel 2 - Steven clutching Delilas hands in front of him. Steven: You cant deny what you feel. Caption: This isnt working. Panel 3 Delila, now dressed as a doctor, looking down at her outfit surprised Caption: Maybe she should be a doctor. Panel 4 Delila whipping her hand across her headforehead sighing in relief now back in her nurse outfit. Caption: Nah, Ill keep her a nurse. / I dont feel like getting a new reference person. Panel 5 Liz dropping her headdown starring at her blank laptop screan. Liz: URGH! Page 23 0603 Panel 1 Sarah busting in the door again carrying The purple elephant take out in a chipper mood. Liz is doing andreas gritting her teeth frustrated look. Sarah: HEEeeeellllooOOOoo Liz: ugh. Panel 2 Sarah throwing her coat and briefcase and everything else except the bag with take out everywhere. Liz collapsed on the couch. Sarah: I take it the book is still currently not being written. Liz: And I take you ripped someone a new one. Panel 3 Sarah smiling as she pulls out a box of take out. Sarah: Bastard didnt know what hit him. / Now perk up, I come bearing food. Panel 4 Liz taking the box and glancing down at it. Liz: *sigh* Thanks. Panel 5 Sarah waking toward the kitchen area of the apartment. The kitchen is separated from the rest of the apartment by a half a wall section that turned into a counter. Like this, so you can see the living room from the kictchen but about half the kicten is obscured. Which part is up to you but Id just like the type of counter in there. Sarah: So howd your lunch with the man-nurse go? Page 24 0605 Panel 1 Liz opening a packet of soy sauce. Liz: Fine, I guess. Hes nice, but very um/ peculiar. Panel 2 over Sarahs looking through the cabinet. Over her shoulder is the counter and behind that Liz still on the couch placiing her box of food on to the coffee table. Sarah: Peculiar? Liz: Im not saying that in a bad way. Panel 3 Liz squeezing the sauce out of the packet into her box. Liz: More as non-judgmental description. Sarah: Okay Panel 4 Sarah pulling a bottle of vodka and some Kailua out of the cabinet. Shes making a white Russian. Sarah: And just how is he peculiar? Liz: Well Panel 5 Liz looking up at Sarah who is getting herself a glass. Liz: He smells things. Sarah: Uh huh. Page 25 0610 Panel 1 Liz looking very serious. Liz: Like his chips. Panel 2 Sarah with a confused look poking her head out from behind the wall obscuring part of the kitchen. Sarah: His chips? Panel 3 Liz nodding. Liz: Yes. Panel 4 Sarahs faces as she thinks about what Liz just said. Panel 5 Sarah filling her glass with ice from one of those automatic ice machines that are on some fridges. Sarah: OOOooookay. Liz: He could smell the bathroom from halfway across the room, too. Panel 6 Sarah getting cream out of the fridge. Sarah: What else? Page 26 0612 Panel 1 Liz eating some noodles from her box. Liz: He eats A LOT. Sarah: Thats not that odd. Panel 2 Sarah pouring her drink as Liz gestures to correct her mistake. Liz: You dont understand. Im talking so much that he got banned from The Purple Elephants buffet. Sarah: Oh. Panel 3 Liz thinking as she eats. Liz: He fell over while we eating too / Well, more his chair fell. Panel 4 Sarah stirring her drink smirking. Liz: He did a pretty impressive flip and caught himself. Sarah: Heh. You sure got a lot to say about him. Panel 5 Sarah sipping her drink. In the foreground it looks like Liz is about to choke on her food. Sarah: Maybe you should ditch the book you got now and just write about him. Page 27 0617 Panel 1 Liz jumping to her feet trying to talk but cant because her mouth is full of food. Sarah looks at her surprised. Liz: HMMFG! Sarah: Liz, swallow, then talk. Panel 2 Liz chewing her food and holding up one finger telling Sarah to wait. Panel 3 Liz now with a free food excitedly responses. Liz: YOU are a GENIUS! Panel 4 Sarah looking at Liz bored gesturing with her drink as she leans on the counter. Sarah: Yeah, I know. Panel 5 The park with kids playing and people walking their dogs and what not. Jeff and Liz are walking down a path and there are pretty fall leaves. Jeff: So, if your book isnt about a nurse any more, what will you write about? Panel 6 Liz looking around the their surroundings. Liz: Oh, I have a few ideas. Page 28 0619 Panel 1 Liz still looking around. Jeff is hunched over slightly. Jeff: Um so does that mean you wont need to have lunch with me anymore? Panel 2 Liz turning back to Jeff quickly Liz: What?! Oh, no no no./ I still would like to keep getting lunch with you. Panel 3 Jeff perking up Jeff: REALLY?! Panel 4 Jeff disappointed. Liz: But not as like a date or anything. Jeff: Oh. Panel 5 Lady walking her tiny dog coming toward them as the dog goes apeshit nuts. The dog is a tiny fluffy one so its like a crazy ball of fluff. Jeff is leaning his head to one side and biting down on his lower lip. Jeff: But just so I know where I stand, what are the chances, as of right now, of those lunches eventually becoming dates? Little Dog: YAR YAR YAR YARP Page 29 0624 Panel 1 Liz thinking about it. Liz: I honestly dont think I know you well enough to answer. Little Dog (off panel): YAR YAR YARP Panel 2 Jeff smiling as Liz looks at the little dog that is now growling at jeffs feet. Jeff is trying to nudge the dog away with his foot but not looking down. Its owner has past them already and is tugging at the collar. Liz: But youre easy on the eyes, so you have that going for you. Jeff: Great! I can work with that. Little Dog: RRRGGGRRRR Panel 3 Jeffs foot nudging the dog away while the dog flips out. Owner: Come on , Fluffiernutter Little Dog: YAR YAR YARP Panel 4 The owner picking up her dog, which continues to bark at Jeff. Owner: I said come on. Little dog: YAR YAR RRRRRR Panel 5 The owner struggling to hold the dog, while looking at Jeff. Jeff smiles and Liz stands there raising an eyebrow. Owner: Im so sorry. / Shes never done this before. Jeff: Oh, dont worry about it. Happens all the time. Little Dog: RRRRR Page 30 0626 Panel 1 Liz looking at Jeff with an eyebrow raised. Jeff is taken aback. Jeff: What?! Panel 2 Liz walking away. Jeff watches her walk away discreetly checking out her ass. Liz: Nothing./ Nothing at all. Panel 3 Over Jeffs shoulder as he catches up with her. And we should see a horse and buggie on coming toward them on the same path they are walking on. Jeff: Uh hey, Panel 4 Jeff with one hand on Lizs shoulder and the other pointing to off the path. Jeff: We should head this way. Liz: How come? Panel 5 Jeffs head turned toward the horse and buggy coming their way. Jeff: Uh, / I just think the fountain this way is a nice place to sit. Page 31 0701 Panel 1 Jeff leading the way toward the fountain and Liz watches him walk. Liz: So is there a reason why that dog nearly had a heart attack? Panel 2 Jeff stopping and scratching the back of his head Jeff: Oh, well, most animals dont like me. Panel 3 Jeff turning to Liz shocked as she cooling walks by him. Liz: Well, supposedly animals can sense evil, so maybe you secretly have dead girls in your basement. Jeff: Wha- I - Panel 4 Liz contining as she sits under a tree that has a nice view of the fountain. Liz: Few days from now Ill go missing and all the little animals will cry, Oh, but we tried to warn her!/ Its too late, though. Panel 5 Jeff standing there in shock. Liz: And you will have cut me up into little bits. Page 32 0703 Panel 1 Liz sitting under the tree and Jeff stands near by still in shock. Panel 2 - Liz looking up at Jeff. Liz: Im kidding. Panel 3 Jeff relaxing a bit. Jeff: Oh right. Panel 4 Jeff sitting down near Liz. Jeff: I knew that. Panel 5 - Liz pulls a notepad out of her as Jeff sits near her. The bottoms of his feet are together and his knees are up, His hands are on his ankles. So he is sitting vaguely dog like but not so odd looking that it would attract attention. Also, while he sits like this you can kinda see his socks. Makes sure they dont match when you color. Liz: Of course you did. Page 33 0708 Panel 1 Liz taking down some notes. Liz: So you do come here a lot? Panel 2 pull out to show more of the park. Jeff: Oh yeah, I usually have a bite to eat here during my break. Panel 3 Liz raising an eyebrow as Jeff glances downward. Liz: Im surprised you can fit all that food in your backpack. Jeff: Well, I Panel 4 Jeff gesturing toward the same hotdog vender Connor got hotdogs from. Jeff: Usually just hit up that hotdog stand. Panel 5 Liz writing stuff on her note pad. Liz: I bet hes happy about that. Panel 6 Jeff smiling at liz as he scratches the back of his head. Jeff: Heh, yeah, he makes jokes that my friend Connor and I are putting his kids through college. Page 34 0710 Panel 1 Big view of the park. Liz: You have a friend who eats as much as you do? Jeff: Heh Yeah we uh SFX: Doo DEEEeeeeEEE DooOOOoo Panel 2 Jeff pulling out his cell phone and looking at it. SFX: DEE deee DOOoo Jeff: Hold that thought. Panel 3 Jeff talking on his cell phone as over his shoulder we see Liz with an eyebrow raised impatiently. Jeff: Hello/ Uh yeah, I have tonight off Panel 4 Jeff glancing over at Liz. Jeff: Would it be okay if I bring someone else with me? . / Oh, come on. Panel 5 Jeff smiling still on the phone. Jeff: Awesome. Panel 6 Jeff closing his phone and turning to Liz. Jeff: Would you like to grab dinner and watch a soccer game later? Page 35 0715 Panel 1 Big panel of Connor (with no coat so we can see the gun holster he usually has under it) walking through a busy police station. In the background somewhere put a table with donuts on it. Next to the donuts there is a sign that says Only take one at a time. THAT MEANS YOU DETECTIVE BURKE Captions with Liz and Jeff talking just make two different colors to show who is saying what. Liz Caption: Who else would be going? Jeff Caption: My friend Connor and his boyfriend Jordan. Liz: Uh. Jeff: Please, drinks will be on me. Liz: *sigh* Okay. Panel 2 A Latina police officer, named Maria, filling out paper work at her desk. Connor (off panel): Have I told you how lovely you look today, Maria? Maria: What do you want, Burke? Panel 3 Connor is a shocked look on his face as Maria looks up from her paperwork with a tired look on her face. Connor: What, I cant just say hi without wanting something? Page 36 0717 Panel 1 Maria rolling her eyes and leaning back in her chair. Maria: The only time guys use that tone with me is when they want a favor. or they want to by me a drink. Panel 2 Connor biting his lower lip. Maria: And since you dont like girls, Im gonna assume its the former. Panel 3 Connor leaning on her desk. Connor; For the record, I like girls plenty, / I just have no interest in seeing them naked. Maria: Uh huh, but what do you want? Panel 4 Connor running his fingers through his hair. Connor: Id like to see the crime scene photos of the mauling victim. Panel 5 Maria opening her desk draw. Maria: Does this have anything to do with, uh Page 37 0722 Panel 1 Maria handing Connor a file. Connor: Thus far its a maybe. Panel 2 Connor flipping through the file. Connor; Hence the looking at pictures. Panel 3 up shot of Connor still looking at the file and behind him we see Maria resting her chin on her hand. Maria: Are you going to sniff around the crime scene too? Connor: Probably. Panel 4 Connor gritting his teeth. Maria: Just a heads up, Roberts is in charge of this case. Connor: Crap Panel 5 Connor pulling three photos out of the file. Connor: Im going to go make photocopies of these. Page 38 0724 Panel 1 Connor handing the file back to Maria. Connor: Do you think you can talk Roberts into letting me have info on this case? Panel 2 Maria shuffling her papers. Maria: I dont know. / That might be tough. Panel 3 Connor pouting. Maria: The man does NOT like you. Connor: I know. Panel 4 Connor gesturing to her with the hand holding the photos while the he leans on her desk with the other. Connor: THAT is why Im asking YOU to butter him up for me. Panel 5 Maria rolling her eyes as Connor smiles. Maria: Ill see what I can do. Connor; THANK YOU. / That is all I ask. Page 39 0729 Panel 1 Maria going back to her papers. Maria: You owe me though. Panel 2 Over Marias shoulder, Connor walking backward and pointing to her with his free hand. Connor: Yes, yes, Panel 3 Connor ducking out to the side to avoid bumping into a crack addict who is fighting against the office restraining him. Connor: Whoa. Panel 4 Connor straightening up with a hand still gestured toward Maria. Connor: Ill buy you lunch next time we have the same shift. Panel 5 Maria shouting and Connor waving from the other side of the room. Maria: And tell Jordan I said hi. Connor; Will do. Chapter 3 title page 0731 Page 40 0805 Panel 1 The outside of an English pub. Liz and Jeff walking up to is. Liz: So are you a big soccer fan? Panel 2 Jeff holding the door of the pub open for Liz. Jeff: Oh definitely!/ I used to play in high school. Liz: Huh. Panel 3 Jeff and Liz in the bar. Jeff points to the other side of the room Connor and Jordan are sitting. Connor is waving to get their attention and Jordan is slumped over. Jeff: Theyre over there. Panel 4 Jeff and Liz walking over to Jordan and Connor. Jeff: Hey, sorry were late. Guys, this is Liz. Panel 5 Jeff gesturing to toward Jordan and Connor as he pulls out a chair. Jeff: Liz, this is Connor and Jordan. Liz: Nice to meet you both. Connor; Ditto. Page 41 0821 Panel 1 Jordan looking down at his beer. Jordan: Whatever. Panel 2 Jordan looking pissy in the foreground as Jeff and Liz are seating themselves. Jeff: Whats wrong with you? Panel 3 Connor waving dismissingly in jordans direction. Connor: Oh hes just mad because our team has already scored 2 goals. Panel 4 Jeff and Connor high fiving. Glaring at them. Jeff: NICE! Jordan: You both can piss off. Panel 5 Liz sitting there awkwardly. Jeff has his attention turned to Connor. Jeff: So whats new? Page 42 0828 Panel 1 Connor sipping his beer and leaning back in his chair. Connor: Well, Rebecca just told me she got a job as a bodyguard. Panel 2 Pull out to show everyone at the table. Liz is holding back a laugh. Jeff pouts hunched over as Connor points to him with a smirk. Jordan is just watching the game. Connor: Which means everyone we know has a more masculine job than you do, Jeff. Liz: Heh heh. Panel 3 Jeff glaring at Connor. Jordan sips his beer. Jeff: Thats not true. Jordan; Yes it is. Panel 4 Jeff leaning to the side to get a better view of Jordan. Jeff: Hey, a writer isnt the most masculine career, either. Panel 5 Jordan glancing at Jeff but still mostly focused on the TV. Jordan: Im gay and tiny. Whats your excuse? Page 43 0904 Panel 1 Connor laughing and Jeff is being pouty again. Connor: Face it man. You just cant defend your manhood in this situation. Panel 2 Jeff glaring at Connor. Next to him Liz is like shocked. Jeff: Okay, ya know what, dont come crying to me next time you get shot. Panel 3 Liz shocked. Liz: Next time he gets shot?! Panel 4 Jeff and Connor both during to Liz confused as to what is odd about their conversation. Jordan still more focused on the game. Panel 5 Jordan turning to Liz. Jordan: Connors a cop, Liz, Hes been shot a few times. Liz: Oh. Page 44 0909 Panel 1 Jordan finally joining the conversation (if the tv is visiable put a commercial on it) Jordan: So youre a writer too? Liz: Uh, yeah. Panel 2 Jeff cutting in. Jeff: She writes romance novels. Jordan; Uh huh Panel 3 A waitresss come up to Jeff and Liz. Waitress: Can I get you anything? Liz: A martini. Jeff: Just a Coke. Panel 4 Waitress writing that down as she walks away behind Liz. Jordan gesturing to Liz whiel Liz makes and odd face at Jeff. Jordan: So do you mostly stick to reading romance novels? Liz: Uh / No. / I try to read a bit of everything. Panel 5 Liz looking at Jeff confused a bit. Liz: Is that all youre getting? A soda? Jeff: Yup. Page 45 0911 Panel 1 Jeff with his crossed arms resting on the table as he glares at connor. Behind him Connor drinks his beer. Connor: Jeff doesnt drink. / Further proof thats hes not a man. Jeff: I had a VERY bad experience in high school. Panel 2 Jeff talking to Liz. Jeff: I havent touched alcohol since. Liz: Oh, I guess that makes sense. Panel 3 Liz turning back to Jordan. Liz: Oh, and Im sorry, Jordan, you were saying Panel 4 Jordan drinking his beer. Next to him Connor shifts uncomfortablely. Jordan: I was wondering if youve read any sci-fi, particularly Daniel Rivets stuff. Panel 5 Liz straightening up a bit in her seat. Liz: Ive read his first book. Jordan: What did you think? Page 46 0916 Panel 1 Liz scowling a bit as she gestures with one hand. Next to her Jeff is also shifting uncomfortably. Liz: Ugh, it was awful/ the whole plot was clich and contrived. Panel 2 Jordan going back to watching the TV. Liz: The whole thing seemed like his soap box for preaching the wonders of communism and - Jordan: Socialism, not communism. Panel 3 Connor sticking his pinky in his ear. Liz: What? Jordan: The book is about socialism, not communism. Panel 4 Connor leaning toward Jeff. Liz: How do you know? Jordan: Uh because I wrote it. Connor: Jeff, do you hear that? Panel 5 Jeff fiddling with his ear. Liz looks over. Jeff: Yes. Liz: Hear what? Page 47 0918 Panel 1 Connor looking around the room. Connor: I think its the speakers. Jeff: Probably. Panel 2 - Connor pointing toward the bar. Jeff gets out of his chair. Connor: Jeff, go take care of it. Jeff: On it. Panel 3 Jeff getting out of his chair while Liz looks over at Connor who is sipping his beer. Meanwhile, the waitress is back and giving Liz her drink. Liz: uh Waitress: A martini. Liz: Thanks. Jeff: And the cokes right here. Panel 4 In the background Jeff is talking to the bartender. Liz turned to Jeff. Liz: I honestly dont hear anything. Panel 5 The bartender and Jeff walking over to some speakers in the background. At the bar there are some guys cheering who Liz is glancing at. Liz: Other than the typical sports bar patrons. Jordan: GODDAMMIT!! Page 48 0923 Panel 1 Jordan enraged pointing at the TV and shouting. Id like him to have a similar expression to the one you gave yourself in the comic about you, Leo, and Ling writing the fungasm strip. Jordan: KICK THE BLOODY BALL, YOU STUPID TWIT!! Panel 2 Jordan with a foot on the table and Connor is grabbing his shirt collar. Connor: Calm down. / Youll get kicked out again. Panel 3 Jordan pointing toward the tv while looking at Connor who is tugging on his shirt to pull him down. Jordan: DO you see this BULLSHIT!? Connor: Yes, now sit. Panel 4 Jordan slouching in his chair and looking at his almost empty glass of beer. Jordan: hmp. I need another drink. Panel 5 Jeff walking back to the table as Connor laughs. Connor; You just jumped up on the table, you dont need another drink. Jeff: Hey, you still hearing the speaker noise? Page 49 0925 Panel 1 Connor concentrating on listening. Panel 2 Jeff sitting down as Connor gestures for the waitress. Liz sips her martini. Connor: Were good. / Hey Miss! Panel 3 The waitress walking over. Connor lounging back in his chair. Connor: Could I get another beer, please? Waitress: Sure thing. Panel 4 The waitress walking away. Connor turning toward Jeff. Connor: Now that the pesky stereo noise is take care of. Panel 5 Close up Connor leaning forward on the table. Give him a mildly sinister lighting. Connor: I need to talk to you. Page 50 0930 Panel 1 Jeff and Connor in the foreground. Connor has his head turned slightly toward Liz who we can see behind them looking surprised. Connor: Alone. Panel 2 Jeff adjusting himself in his seat glancing at Liz. Jeff: Is this about uh / our hunting trip? Connor: Right. Panel 3 Jeff and Connor getting up and Jeff gestures towards Liz. Jeff: Well be back in a few minutes. Panel 4 Liz watching Jeff and Connor walk away. Panel 5 Liz sitting there tapping her fingers on the table. Jordan is watching the TV. Page 51 1002 Panel 1 - Liz turning Jordan who is stealing some of Connors beer. Liz: So Jeff and Connor go hunting? Jordan: Yeah, them and a few of their other friends. Panel 2 Liz sitting there awkwardly. Liz: Huh. / Jeff doesnt seem much like the hunting type. Jordan: Connor talked him into it. Panel 3 Liz sitting there awkwardly and sips her martini. Panel 4 Liz glancing in the direction that Connor and Jeff left in. Panel 5 - Liz getting out of her seat. Liz: Im going to go use the ladies room. Jordan: Okay. Page 52 1007 Panel 1 Liz casually walking toward the front entrance of the bar. Panel 2 Liz poking her head out the door and seeing Connor and Jeff talking right outside the door. Jeff: Yeah, I saw the headline. Panel 3 Connor glancing around to makes sure there isnt anyone listening. Connor: We need to take care of whoever is responsible. Panel 4 Jeff scratching the back of his head. Jeff: Cant Kayla help you? / Im not a fan of this messy stuff. Panel 5 Lizs eyes widening as she listens. Connor: No, her and her stiff of a boyfriend are out of town. Jeff: What about Jordans dad? Panel 6 Connor shooting Jeff a glare. Connor: JEFF, we dont have time to fill him in. Page 53 1009 Panel 1 Connor and Jeff talking in the foreground as Liz is starting to freak out. Connor: We need to get rid of the evidence. Panel 2 Jeff slumped over as he reluctantly agrees. Connor: I can take care of most of it at work, but Jeff: But youll need help taking the guy out. Panel 3 Liz stepping away from the door nervous. Panel 4 Liz gathering up her stuff from the table as Jordan looks up at her. Panel 5 Jeff and Connor walking back over. Jeff looks up at her sad. Liz is wide-eyed with terror. Jeff: Uh, something wrong.? Liz: Uh Page 54 1014 Panel 1 Connor sitting down as Liz gives a nervous smile to Jeff. Liz; Uh my roommate called she uh Panel 2 Liz biting her lower lip. Liz: Needs help with .uh stuff. ] Panel 3 Jeff looking disappointed as Liz waves bye with a fake smile. Jeff: Oh well Ill see you later. Liz: Yeah, Later. Panel 4 Jeff watching Liz go disappointed as Liz leaving. Behind him Connor laughs. Connor: Hehheh. Nice job, Romeo. Panel 5 Jeff sitting down and punching Connor on the shoulder. Jeff: Shut up. Page 55 1016 Panel 1 Sarah sitting on the couch watching tv with her high heels kick off to the side of the room. She is eating take out. Panel 2 Sarah watching as Liz walks in the door still scared. Panel 3 Lizs couch falling off her shoulders. Sarah with a mouth full of food turns her attention to Liz. Sarah: Something wrong? Liz: I I I think I found out why Jeff acts weird. Panel 4 Sarah mixing the box of takeout more interested in her food then what Liz has to say. Sarah: Oh yeah? Whats up with the man-nurse? Panel 5 Sarah almost choking. Liz: I think hes in the mob or something. Page 56 1021 Panel 1 Sarah looking at Liz skeptically. Sarah: What? Panel 2 Liz running her fingers through her hair nervously. Liz: I went to a bar with him and he was talking to his friend about getting rid of evidence and taking out who was responsible. Panel 3 Sarah nodding Sarah: Uh huh, and how much did you have to drink at this bar? Panel 4 Liz throwing her arms in the air. Liz: IM NOT MAKING THIS UP! Panel 5 Liz gesturing toward the door. Liz: He was checking the stereo for bugs, and they were talking about how one of them has been shot a lot. Page 57 1023 Panel 1 Sarah getting up with an empty box of take out. Sarah: Liz, Panel 2 Sarah throwing out her box. Sarah: You had too much to drink. Panel 3 Liz glaring at Sarah as she walks by. Liz: Im not drunk. Panel 4 Sarah sitting back down. Sarah: Of course youre not. Page 58 1028 Panel 1 Connor, Jeff, and Jordan all walking down the street toward Connors car, a blue beaten up sedan. Jordan is stumbling drunk while Connor has an arm around Jordans shoulders to steady him a bit. Jordan: I told you. We kicked your bloody arses all the way back to Panel 2 Jordan stumbling a bit more and Connor catches him with his free hand. Jordan: Whoa! Connor: Yes, we know. Our country sucks at soccer and yours doesnt. Panel 3 Jeff turning to Connor. Jeff: So are you guys going to need a ride home? Connor: Uh / Im a bit tipsy too, so yeah. Panel 4 Connor handing Jeff his keys. Connor: Here. Panel 5 Jeff opening the car door. Connor catching Jordan who is falling over again. Connor: So whats her name, Libby? Jeff: Liz. Connor: She took off quick. Page 59 1030 Panel 1 Connor helping a very drunk Jordan into the back seat. Jeff: Well, you guys werent the most welcoming. Panel 2 Jordan falling sideways into the back seat as Jeff and Connor keep talking. Connor: She left right after we were done talking. Panel 3 Connor raising an eyebrow. Jordan raising a hand struggling to sit up. Connor: Do you think she heard us? Jordan: She went to the bathroom while you guys were talking. Panel 4 Jeff kicking the front tire. Jeff: Shit! Panel 5 Connor shaking his head as Jeff slumps over. Connor: See, if you would just tell people, we wouldnt have this problem. Jeff: I know. Page 60 1104 Panel 1 Connor walking around the car as Jeff sits in the drivers seat. Jeff: Im just not good at dealing with peoples reaction. Panel 2 Connor opening the passenger door and giving a shrug. Jeff: I mean, doesnt half the station avoid you? Connor: Eh. Panel 3 Connor sitting in the passenger side as Jeff turns to him. Jeff: See, I cant just shrug it off like you. Connor: Im just saying, telling people works pretty well for me, Rebecca, and Kayla. Panel 4 Connor turning around to check on Jordan. Jordan is giving a thumbs up. Connor; You okay, sexy? Jordan: Im good. Connor: Good, dont yak in the car. Panel 5 Jeff starting the car as Connor sits back down. Connor: Just try telling her./ I mean, since you obviously like her. Jeff: Maybe. Title page of chapter 4 1106 Page 61 1111 Panel 1 answering machine. Answering Machine: Hi Liz, its Jeff. Panel 2 answering machine in the foreground as Sarah comes in the front door in the background. Answering Machine: I think you might have heard something the other night that sounds very, very bad out of context. Panel 3 Jeff on his cell phone while connor presses a security code into a door. Jeff and Connor are both in all mostly black and dark grey. Jeff has gloves on and one is dark blue and the other is dark green. Jeff has a backpack on. Jeff: And Id like to explain if you would just return my calls and let me. Panel 4 Connor looking over his shoulder. Jeff slouches again a wall. Connor: No luck? Jeff: *sigh* Just her machine. Panel 5 Connor scowling looking at the security control panel. Connor: GRRR. God damn it! Jeff: What? Page 62 1113 Panel 1 Connor pulling out a piece of paper. Connor: Nothing, I just typed in the security code wrong. Jeff: Um/Connor Panel 2 Jeff scratching the back of his head Connor looks at the piece of paper. Jeff: Should we really be doing this? Connor: Yeah, why not? Panel 3 Connor rolling his eyes. Jeff: Well, it seems highly illegal. Connor: Well be fine. Panel 4 Connor handing Jeff the paper Connor: Do you think thats a 5 or a 3? Jeff: I dont know. Maybe its an 8. / You really think well be fine? Panel 5 Connor thinking as he looks at the paper. Jeff: We wont get caught or arrested? Connor: Jeff. Calm down. Page 63 1118 Panel 1 Connor dismissively waving at Jeff Connor: We wont get arrested. JeffL How can you know that? Panel 2 connor pressing a few buttons on the security control panel. Behind him jeff is wide eyed in shock. Connor: Because I told my boss what were doing. Panel 3 Connor glancing over his shoulder at Jeff who is still in shock. Panel 4 Connor smiling as he opens the door to the crime lab. Connor: I told you telling people makes things easier. Panel 5 Connor walking into the crime lab and behind him you see Jeff pouting with his hands in his pockets. Jeff: Sometimes, Connor, you makes me have serious doubts about the law enforcement around here. Page 64 1120 Panel 1 Connor looking at the paper again has he walks past some lab equipment. Connor: Oh relax. I only get to do stuff in special situations. Panel 2 Jeff begrudgingly following Connor. Connor: And hes working on making a department to handle this stuff. Panel 3 Connor looking at the draws where they keep dead bodies in a morgue. Connor: So soon, this stuff wont be off the record. Panel 4 Connor grinning excited and jeff still pouts. Jeff: So you get to officially be a super cop. Connor: I KNOW, RIGHT? Panel 5 Connor gripping the handle of one drawer. Connor: It will be great! Panel 6 Connor gesturing to jeff who is rolling his eyes. Connor: Just a warning, its pretty gruesome. Jeff: You know, I do work in a hospital- Page 65 1125 Panel 1 - Jeff looking grossed out. Jeff: Ive seen some- OH GOD. Panel 2 Up shot over Jeff and Connor looking at the body. Connor: Told you so. Jeff: So what now? Panel 3 Connor looking down. Connor: Get the tarp and saw out of your bag Panel 4 Jeff opening his back pack with a horrified look on his face. Connor: We need to cut him up to fit him in my trunk. Panel 5 Jeff looks up at Connor. Jeff: You are the worst cop on the planet. You know that, right? Page 66 1127 Panel 1 Liz at a convenience store paying for stuff at the register. in her basket is some shampoo and a new notebook. She is looking a small rack with paper back books on it. Panel 2 Cheesy romance novel cover that has her name under the title. Book: In Your Arms Elizabeth Eder Liz: *sigh* Panel 3 cashier pops her bubble as Liz pulling some money out of her purse. SFX: Pop Cashier: Thats like $3.56 Panel 4 Liz walking out of the convenience store over onto a street hear a pier. Panel 5 Liz walks by a pairing of shadowed figures pulling several things out of the trunk of a car. Panel 6 Liz squinting Page 67 1202 Panel 1 The shadowy figures clearer now reveal to be Connor and Jeff. Panel 2 Liz startled. Panel 3 Liz in the foreground and she adjusts her coat collar to hid her face. In the background Jeff is looking up and noticing liz. Jeff: Liz! Panel 4 Liz cursing as in the bacground Jeff is waving. Liz: Shit. Jeff: Hey, Liz! Panel 5 Liz reluctantly walking over with an uneasy smile. Liz: Hi. Page 68 1204 Panel 1 Jeff glancing down at the trunk, which still has some body parts in it. Liz: Sorry, I didnt return your calls. Panel 2 Jeff slaming down the top of the trunk and Connor is bent over and cridging in pain (his hand was slammed by the trunk) SFX: THUMP CricK Jeff: Thats alright, I- Connor: ARGH! Panel 3 Connor glaring at Jeff as he pulls the trunk back up. Liz cringing a little and Jeff scratches the back of his head embarrassed. Connor: LOOK before closing the trunk! Jeff: Sorry. Liz: Ouch. Panel 4 Liz leaning over slightly to get a better look at Connors hand as he shakes it. Liz: I thought I heard a crack. Maybe you should go to the hospital. Panel 5 Connor waggling his fingers to prove his point. Connor: No, Im fine. Liz: Okay. Page 69 1209 Panel 1 Connor raising an eybrow as Jeff hunches over a little. Connor: Just dont be in such hurry to close the trunk next time. Panel 2 jeff nervously smiling. Connor: Its not like we have a dead body in there. Jeff: Heh heh, yeah. Panel 3 Liz glancing at Jeff whos still nervous. Jeff: Rght,/ But so about my phone calls. Panel 4 Jeff clenching his teeth and gesturing toward Liz. Jeff: There is something I really need to clear up. Panel 5 Jeff giving her a weak smile. Liz sighs. Jeff: and if youd let me, Ill explain / and if it weirds you out, Ill never bother you again. Liz: *sigh* Fine. Theres an ice cream place a few blocks from here. Page 70 1211 Panel 1 Jeff turning to Connor uneasy as Connor sits on the trunk looking at his hand. Jeff: Were kinda in the middle- Connor: Go ahead. Panel 2 Connor looking Jeff in the eye. Connor: Ill just call you if I find the guy. Jeff: Uh, okay, thanks. Panel 3 Jeff and Liz in an Ice cream place. Jeff: Heh heh, thats funny. / No, were not in the mob. Panel 4 Liz sipping her milk shake. Liz: You were talking about getting rid of evidence. Panel 5 Jeff bitting his bottom lip. Jeff: Oh. / Well, uh, you see, its kinda complicated why Connor and I care about that. Panel 6 Liz watching that the rest of the people in the ice cream parlor. Liz: Im sure it is. Page 71 1216 Panel 1 Jeff gesturing to liz and through the window you see a car hurried pulling up to the curb. Jeff: See Connor and I arent exactly normal Panel 2 Liz rolling her eyes and putting down her shake. Though the window you see Jordan coming out of a car that is parked crooked on the side of the road with one wheel on the curb. Liz: Gee, I hadnt noticed. Panel 3 Jordan rushing into the icecream place. Jordan: JEFF! Connor, found him, get your arse in gear! Panel 4 Jeff half standing half sitting and pointing to Liz Jeff: But Im telling Liz that uh- Panel 5 Jordan aggravated Jordan: You can tell her how youre a pod person later! / This is bloody important! Page 72 1218 Panel 1 Liz staring at Jeff skeptically. Liz: A pod person? Jeff: Hes joking. Panel 2 Jordan yelling Jeff who give Liz a weak smile. Jordan: HURRY UP! Jeff: Rain check? Panel 3 Liz thinking. Liz: Actually,/ Ill probably regret this, but, Panel 4 Jeff struck speechless as Liz stands up. Liz: Im sort of interested in whats going on. Panel 5 Jeff about to protest put Jordan is pushing Liz and Jeff/ Jordan: Very good, now both of you, lets GO! Page 73 1223 Panel 1 Liz getting out of the back of Jordans car. Liz: So this guy is the one who killed that maul victim? Panel 2 Jeff getting out as he struggles to get his chucks off. Jeff: Uh, not really who, more what. Panel 3 over lizs shoulder and a blonde wolf (connor) fighting a larger brown wolf roll out from an allyway Liz: what? Panel 4 Jeff pulling his shirt off quickly. Jeff: SHIT! Hes big! Panel 5 The Brown wolf flips connor off him. As Liz looks at Jeff confused. Jeffs taking off his pants. SFX: GGGERRRRR Liz: What the hell are you doing? Page 74 1225 Panel 1 Jeff turns to liz and his eyes are glowing, he has fangs, the skin on the tip of his nose has gotten darker, and he now as side burns. And hes got more body hair. Jeff: Ill give you all the details once I help Connor. Panel 2 Liz staring with her mouth wide open while he transforms. SFX: crACK pOp ACK CReerRR Panel 3 wolf Jeff tackles the big brown wolf while Connor goes for its throat. Liz in shock while Jordan gets out of his car. Panel 4 Jordan leaning on the roof gesturing to Liz/ Jordan: You should probably sit down. Panel 5 Liz pointing as Jordan looks bored. Liz: You you knew about thi-THIS? Jordan: Well, yeah. Connor and I have been together for awhile. Page 75 1230 Panel 1 Liz running her fingers through her hair leaning against Jordans car. Liz: So they are both Jordan: Werewolf. Panel 2 naked human connor runs over to the car. (both connor and Jeff have wolf tails while in human form no matter what) Connor has some blood on his mouth. Connor: Jordan, I need my gun. Panel 3 Connor waves happily while Jordan pulls his gun out of the back seat. Connor: Hi Liz. Liz: Uh Hi. Panel 4 Jordan toss the gun to Connor Connor: Thanks, sexy. Panel 5 Liz watching as connor shoots the big brown wolf in the head while wolf Jeff holds it in place. Liz: Im going to need to lie down. SFX: BLAM! Page 76 0101 Panel 1 Jeff sitting in Lizs apartment with her. Jeff is human and dressed but his tail sticks out. Liz: So have you always been like this? Jeff: Uh no. I got bit in high school. Panel 2 Liz looking at jeff questioningly as Jeff laughs. Liz: Was it Connor? Jeff: Heh, no. / I accidentally bit him, actually. Panel 3 Liz thinking. Liz: Okay. So what was the deal with the other wolf, was that a bad werewolf or something? Panel 4 Jeff biting his bottom lip. Jeff: No, it was a wolf demon, which is kinda a backwards werewolf. Panel 5 Liz looking confused. Jeff: Werewolf is person who turns into a wolf, wolf demons are wolves that turn into people. Liz: Oh. Page 77 0106 Panel 1 Jeff explaining stuff. Jeff: Basically, we had to cover up the whole thing Panel 2 Sarah walks in on her while talking on her while jeff is still talking. Sarah: Yeah /great. Jeff: Because a demon hunter might think Connor, me, or one of the other werewolves we know did it. Panel 3 Liz looking a bit worried. Jeffs counting on his fingers. Sarah walks past them. Liz: And just how many is that? Jeff: Um7. Sarah: Oh, youre a miracle worker. Panel 4 Sarah glancing over at jeff. Sarah: Seriously, you have saved all our butts. Liz: Thats kinda a lot. Page 78 0108 Panel 1 Sarah seeing Jeffs tail and still on her phone. Sarah: Hold on. Panel 2 sarah with her hand covering that phone. Sarah: Um what the hell? Panel 3 Liz looking up at Sarah while Jeff looks embarrassed. Liz: I found out why Jeff is weird. / Hes a werewolf. Panel 4 Sarah opening her mouth to speak unsure what to say. Panel 5 Sarah going back to talking on the phone. Sarah: Huh?/ Yes, Im serious. / Youre wonderful and amazing. Page 79 0113 Panel 1 Liz and Jeff sitting there awkwardly. Jeff: So Ill understand if this is too weird. Panel 2 liz with a furrowed Liz: It is really weird. Panel 3 Liz looking down at his tail. Liz: Especially the tail. Panel 4 Jeff with his head in his hands. Jeff: *sigh* I understand. Panel 5 Jeff looking up at Liz hopefully. Liz: But I might still want your help with my book. Jeff: Really? Panel 6 Jeff (so hes in scrubs) coming home from work and there is a package leaning against his door. Caption: 2 Years Later. Page 80 0115 Panel 1 Jeff pushing open his apartment door as he opens the package Panel 2 Pulp looking cover of a novel that has a blonde women looking surprised and a handsome man in a space suit with a ray gun. Book title reads: My Boyfriends an Alien by Elizabeth Eder Panel 3 Jeff smiling as he opens the book Panel 4 Jeff picks up his phone. . Panel 5 Jeff talking on the phone Jeff: Hi Liz,/ Yup, I just got it. Panel 6 Over Jeffs shoulder show the dedication page. Page reads: To Jeff Stewart, the oddest man Ive ever had coffee with. Jeff: Heh heh. Yup, I read the dedication, like you told me. Panel 7 Jeff sitting down on his living room sofa. Jeff: We still on for dinner later? Caption: The End.
As We Were
Page 1 Pane1 1 Its raining. Suzannes combat boots run through a puddle. Panel 2 Same shot of the puddle as Lopes feet are careful not to step in it/ Panel 3 Suzanne running through a poor part of a south western city (so make any background people Hispanic. Suzanne: Will you hurry up, Lope? / Were going to lose him! Panel 4 Lope embarrassed as he awkwardly hops in between several large puddles. Lope: Most sorry, Suzanne. Page 2 Panel 1 Suzanne turns the corner as Lope catches up. Suzanne: Mierda! Panel 2 A tiny back street which has several small alleyways leading off from it. There are lots of boxes and piles of junk everywhere but nothing living in it (except a rat or two) Suzanne: Whered it go? Panel 3 Lope thinking. Lope: Hmm Panel 4 Lopes hand almost touching her should but stopping right before actually touching her (he always asks before touching any one on purpose) as he beams confidence. Suzanne is rolling her eyes. Lope: Do not be worrying, Suzanne. / Her holiness will give the answers. Panel 5 high angle shot with a silhouetted werepanther (basically a human sized panther so its a bit smaller than a real panther) is walking on the edge of a roof in the foreground. Below him Suzanne his gesturing toward Lope extremely frustrated. Suzanne: For the last time, Lope, the world does not work that way! Page 3 Panel 1 Lopes confidence is unfazed by Suzannes lecture as she rubs her temple. So tiny rocks fall on Lopes hat. Suzanne: Your god- Lope: Goddess Panel 2 Lope glancing upward as more tiny rocks hit his hat. Suzanne: Your Goddess isnt going to just give you the answers because you want her to. Panel 3 Lope looking up and pointing with one hand as he reaches for his staff in the other. Suzanne also looks up. Silhouette of the werepanther is on the roof. Lope: But she has. Panel 4 Suzanne stepping back as she pulls out her knife Sfx: rrRRrrr <-Panther noises? Right? Suzanne: Mierda. Page 4 Panel 1 The werepanther leaps down as both Suzanne and Lope jump out of the way SFX: RaoowH Panel 2 Suzanne gets to her feet while struggling off her jacket. Panel 3 the werepanther is slashing at her while she shake twirls her jacket in front of it to keep its attention. In the background Lope is holding his staff horizontally with both hands and starting to cast a spell. Suzanne: Here kitty. Sfx: Hesssss Lope: Deate de enixet volor egen ite Page 5 Panel 1 The werepanther jumps at Suzanne SFX: RaoowwH Panel 2 Suzanne jumps upward while holding one sleeve of her jacket in each hand. Panel 3 the werepanthers head gets caught in her jacket as Suzanne holds on to the sleeves still. SFX: Formp Panel 4 the werepanther thrashes its head trying to get the jacket off SFX: RRRrrrrr Suzanne: Mierda! Panel 5 the motion flings Suzanne across the ally so she hits a bunch of trash cans but the jacket is still on the werepanthers head and she is still holding on. Suzanne: Ugh! SFX: TRiiSHT CLANT Page 6 Panel 1 in the foreground lopes staff is glowing white while in the background the werepanther is still flinging Suzanne around. Suzanne: CHINGADA MADRE! Lope: Jesshon Exinet! Panel 2 Lope as he holds his staff with both hands and the top is pointed to the werepanther. Lope: Suzanne! Move now! Panel 3 Suzanne lets go of one sleeve and is flung through the air Panel 4 Suzanne hits the trash cans again. In the background a large beam of light hits the werepanther SFX: TriishT CLANT SFX: FOOAAAMMM Page 7 Panel 1 Lope steadying himself to hold the force of the blast. Lope:EER Panel 2 - the werepanther is slammed into a wall as the blast peals off some of its skin. Panel 3 Lope stops the blast with a tired look on his face. Panel 4 Suzanne gets up and pulls a piece of trash out of her hair. In the background Lope passes out. Panel 5 Suzanne pulls out a knife while she walks over the werepanther that is still twitching. Panel 6 Suzanne puts the knife through the werepanthers head. Page 8 Panel 1 Lope is clutching his chest and breathing heavy. Lope: *pant* *pant* Suzanne: You done? Panel 2 Lope holds up one finger while giving a weak smile. Lope: In moment. Panel 3 Suzanne looks over her arms which have several bruised and bloody spots. Suzanne: Hurry up, that werepanther is already turning back. Panel 4 the werepanther is turning back into a human in the foreground while Lope gets to his feet and Suzanne is talking in the background. Suzanne: I dont want it to look like were killing humans. Lope: Understand. Page 9 Panel 1 Lope and Suzanne walk away and a silhouetted figure with a hood on is watching them on the rooftops. Lope: I can be healing your arm if you want. Suzanne: After we find a place to crash for the night. Panel 2 The two of them walking down the street the next day and Lope is pushing an old beaten up motorcycle and eating a burrito Lope: This is most good, Suzanne. Suzanne: Uh huh. Lope: Are you sure you not be wanting some? Suzanne: Not hungry. Panel 3 Lope stops as Suzanne keeps walking. Lope: Suzanne. Suzanne: What Lope? Panel 4 Lope thinking as Suzanne looks back at him. Lope: You last ate yesterday morning. / This is not good. Panel 5 Suzanne looking annoyed as Lope glances at his feet. Lope: Is it because you are mad the killer around here was a werepanther and not Seth? Page 10 Panel 1 Suzanne with her arms crossed. Suzanne: No, its because we only had enough money for with food today or a night in a motel. Panel 2 Suzanne starts walking again. Suzanne: I decided I wanted sleep. Panel 3 Lope looks at his burrito. Panel 4 Lope holds it out to Suzanne who glares at him. Lope: You can have my food then. Suzanne: No. Lope: Why not? Panel 5 Suzanne turning away as Lope examines his burrito. Suzanne: Because you found it in a trash can. Lope: Is that not good? Page 11 Panel 1 looking down at them is the hooded figure. Suzanne: Lope is it was in the trash that means someone doesnt want to eat it for a reason. Lope; You humans are most odd. Panel 2 low angle looking up so while lope and Suzanne talk you can see hooded figure jump to the next roof. Suzanne: Humans are odd? / Youre the one who didnt know what glasses were for until I got you a pair. Panel 3 Lope pushing up his glasses while Suzanne looks up. Lope: Put other things on their face for mating rituals, how was I to know glasses were not part of that. Panel 4 Lope Munching on his burrito. Lope: But to waste food is most insa- Panel 5 Suzanne his her hand over Lopes mouth. Suzanne: Shut up, Lope. I think were being followed. Page 12 Panel 1 Suzanne pulls Lope around a corner into an alley way. Suzanne: Come on. Panel 2 Lope shoves the rest of his burrito into his mouth. Lope: They *murph* are on the roof. Panel 3 Suzanne turns to Lope who has his hand on the side of the building and chants a small spell. Suzanne: Youre sure? Lope: Yitlaer rippe. Panel 4 the whole side of the building shakes and the hooded figure loses his balance. Panel 5 Hooded figure falls down and hits the cement. Lope: See? Hooded figure: Ugh! Page 13 Panel 1 The hooded figure getting to his feet. Panel 2 Suzanne shoving the hooded figure into wall Lope had his hand on. She has a knife to his throat. Suzanne: WHY ARE YOU FOLLOWING US?! Panel 3 The figures hood falling back a bit as he raises his hands in surrender. Its a man about Lopes age with bright red hair, freckles, and pale green eye and he has a paniced expression. Hooded Figure: I no hurt you! Please move nif! Panel 4 Lope peeking past Suzanne who looking at hooded guy confused but still angry. Suzanne: Nif? Panel 5 Lope squinting with an unsure look. Suzanne: You mean knife? Panel 6 Hooded figure raising his chin as high as he can as the knife presses against his adems apple. Hooded figure: Y-y-yes. Page 14 Panel 1 Lope questioningly looking at the man. (the next conversation for Nam and Lope Im going to give you a font to hand write in their speech bubbles.) Lope: Nam? Is that you? Panel 2 Nam looking pleadingly at Lope. Nam: Yes, dumbass. Now get this bitch away from me! Panel 3 Suzanne with her knife still at Nams throat. Lope scratches the back of his head embrassed. Suzanne: Lope, do you know what he just said? Lope: Ah Yes. Please let go. Panel 4 Suzanne pulling away as Nam who know that he is finally standing up right you can see hes only slightly shorter than Lope. Lope and Nam shake his hand. Lope: (again in alphabet Im giving you) What are you doing here? Panel 5 Nam brushing himself off as Nam: Looking for you. Panel 6 Suzanne glancing over as Lope puts his hand on Nams shoulder. Lope: What for? Nam: Ozar has been caught. Page 15 Panel 1 Suzanne boringly picks some mud out of the bottom of her boot with her knife. Nam: We need you to be present for his execution. Panel 2 Lope glancing over at Suzanne who is scrapping stuff out of the bottom of her boot. Lope: Can I take Suzanne with me? Panel 3 Nam furrowing his brow as he watches Suzanne from the corner of his eye. Nam: No humans on the island. Panel 4 Lope hunching over a bit and pouting as Nam looks at him surprised. Lope: I would like her to be my companion. Panel 5 Nam a bit disgusted looking at Suzanne who is now cleaning her knife. Panel 6 Nam with his arms crossed as Lope perks up with a grin. Nam: Fine, well tell people shes a shifter. Lope: Really?! Thank you! Page 16 Panel 1 Lope walking over to Suzanne who is putting her knife away. Suzanne: Done talking? Lope: Yes, most done. Panel 2 Suzanne leaning against the wall. Suzanne: Is he your brother or something? Panel 3 Lope opening his mouth to speak. Panel 4 Lope then pouting. Panel 5 Lope with an unsure look on his face. Suzanne looks up at him with her hands in her pockets. Lope: What is word for male family with same mother but different father? Suzanne: Half brother. Panel 6 Lope nodding happily as Suzanne walks over to Nam with her hands in her pockets. Lope: Yes, Nam is my half brother. / How did you know? Suzanne: You touched him without asking. Page 17 Panel 1 Lope gesture to Nam as both Nam and Suzanne have an unenthusiastic look on their faces. Lope: Suzanne, this is my half brother, Nam. Suzanne: Hi. Panel 2 Nam thinking as he finds the words. Nam: Uh It is uh neece to meet Panel 3 Nam nodding with a proud look on his face. Nam: You. Suzanne: Yeah. Panel 4 Lope grinning as he talks to Suzanne. Lope: Nam needs me to be going home for short time. Panel 5 Suzanne glancing up with Lope with a suspicious look. Lope: I would like for you to come as well. Suzanne: What about finding Seth? Panel 6 Lope shoving his hands in his pockets hunched over. Lope: Well, it will not be long time. Page 18 Panel 1 Suzanne thinking a bit. Suzanne: Do you think we could find someone to cast a locator spell while there? Panel 2 Lope nodding. Lope: Yes, Yes. Most powerful one too! Panel 3 Suzanne reluctantly agrees as Lope smiles excited. Suzanne: *sigh* fine. Panel 4 A port at night that is empty. Lope, Nam, and Suzanne are waiting to get on. There are only a few other people there most of them have hoods or scarves covering their faces. Caption: But were going back to finding Seth as soon as we get back. Panel 4 Nam leaning backward as he trying to see what is going on better. Nam(in special text): Did you tell her yet? Lope: (in special text) Um Ill do it now. Panel 5 Lope turning to Suzanne. Lope: Uh Suzanne there is one this I must say before we will be getting on. Page 19 Panel 1 Suzanne looking up at him as Lope adjusts his glasses. Suzanne: What? Panel 2 Lope uneasily glancing away. Lope: See humans not been in my home for a most long time Captain: HEY, YOU THREE! Panel 3 all 3 of them glance over as a skinny middle-aged hispanic man walks over. His eyes are yellow and he has brown scales on the back of his neck which may or may not be visible depending on what kid of clothes you put on him. Captain: What are your names- / Oh, Lope. Panel 4 The captain smiling at Lope who is standing up straight. Captain: How are you? Lope: Good. Good. Captain: And who are these two? Panel 5 Lope with a hand on Nams shoulder. Lope: This my half brother Nam. Panel 6 The captain pointing to Suzanne while still talking to Lope. Captian: And her? Lope: Suzanne is good friend. Page 7 Lope glancing away uneasy as Suzanne tilts her head suspiciously in Lope and the Captains direction. Captian: Is she human? Lope: uh/ no. Page 20 Panel 1 -
Sorcery 101
20050512 cover for the intro Page 1 20050513 Panel 1 Danny and Pat sitting in Pats crappy motel room. Danny: Right then, / So Im going to give this fire spell one more try, Pat. Panel 2 Pat standing up as Danny looks over the spell book. Pat: Go ahead, and remember to focus, Danny. Danny: Will do. Panel 3 Danny starting his fire spell. Pat is walking into his room Danny: (fire spell) Panel 4 fire spell exploding and catching Dannys shirt fire. Danny: AHHH SFX: FAOUM Panel 5 Pat blasting danny with a fire extinguisher. SFX: FSSSSHHHHH Panel 6 Danny dripping wet as Pat stands there holding the fire estinisher. Panel 7 Danny still dripping. Danny: Im going home. Pat: I thought youd say that. Page 2 20050516 panel 1 Danny walking up his front porch angry. Caption: Later Danny: Bloody stupid spell bloody backfiring. Panel 2 Dannys hand opening the handle. Danny: bloody stupid vampire, SFX: CIK Panel 3 Rebecca evil face Danny: blasting me with fire extin- Panel 4 Danny opening the door wide eyed. Danny: Oh hell Panel 5 Rebecca tackling Danny jumping through the air. Rebecca: UNCLE DANNY! Panel 6 Brad and Ally cuddling on the couch. SFX THUNK ThUMap ThOnk Brad: Sounds like Dannys home. Ally: That and Rebecca snuck out of bed. Page 3 20050518 Panel 1 Rebecca sitting on Danny stomach as King lick Dannys face as Brad walks down the steps. Danny: Ya know, mate, I taught my dog to not jump on people. Panel 2 Brad looking down at Rebecca and Danny. Danny: Youd think you could teach your daughter to do the same. Brad: Sorry. Panel 3 Rebecca biting her lip. Brad: She was supposed to be putting on her Pjs. Rebecca: Um Panel 4 Brad crossing his arms as Rebecca runs up the stairs. Brad: Hop to it, kiddo. Panel 5 Rebecca running up the stairs as king follows. Rebecca: Come on, King. Page 4 20050520 Panel 1 Brad helping Danny up. Brad: Did Rebeccas welcome injure anything? Danny: Just my pride. Panel 2 Danny and Brad walking up the steps. Brad: And I guess from your demeanor / and the scorch marks on your shirt, Panel 3 Danny scratching the back of his head. Brad: Magic lesson didnt go so well. Danny: *sigh* I can get the fire to show up, / but not stay under control. Panel 4 Brad closing the door behind him and Danny. Brad: Youll get it eventually. Danny: In the mean time, I need to figure out how to fix my shirt. Panel 5 Ally channel surfing Danny looks surprised. Ally: I say just throw out that old thing. Danny: What? Why!? Panel 6 Ally raising an eyebrow. Ally: It was a black shirt when you bought it. Page 5 20050523 Panel 1 Danny sits in the recliner as Ally fans her hand to get smoke away from her. Danny: Hey Ally, this shirt and I have been through a lot together. Ally: Ugh, Danny, could you do me a favor? Panel 2 Danny reclining and looking up at Ally as Brad sits next to her. Ally: Please out your cigarette Panel 3 Danny pouting,. Danny: Now why would you have me do a thing like that? Panel 4 Ally glaring at him as he lies back. Ally: Because I have lungs that work and would like to keep it that way. Danny: My lungs work just fine. Panel 5 Danny furrowing his brow. Ally: Riiiight. And thats why you cant run 2 blocks without gasping for air. Panel 6 Danny putting his arms behind his head. Danny: Well, at least I look cool while doing it. Page 6 20050525 Panel 1 the whole living room with Brad raising one hand. Brad: Could you two please stop? Danny: She started it. Panel 2 Ally crossing her arms as Brad sits there uneasy. Ally: Very mature. Brad: Heres an idea. Panel 3 Brad gesturing to Ally Brad: How about Danny and I go rent a movie and you put Rebecca to bed? Panel 4 the whole living room. Brad: By the time youre done, well be back, and we can all watch a movie. Panel 5 Ally reluctantly agreeing. Ally: Hmm. Alright. Panel 6 Brad kissing her on the cheek. Brad: Well make sure to get something you like, dear. Page 7 20050527 Panel 1 Dannys car pulling into the blockbuster parking lot. Brad: Hold on, / I got to tuck in my tail. Danny: Eh, leave it out. Panel 2 Brad with looking over the car to talk to Danny. Brad: And what do we say when people start staring? Panel 3 Danny gesturing to Brad as he closes the car door. Danny: You tell them youre a werewolf, / and if they keep staring say Panel 4 Danny hunched over like wolverine as a passer by over hears and eyes get wide. Danny: Youll eat them! Panel 5- Passer by scrabbling into his car. Passerby: Errh Panel 6 Danny watching the guy drive off while Brad tucks in his tail. Brad: Im tucking it in. Page 8 20050530 Panel 1 Danny and Brad walking into the video store. Danny: So what are you in the mood for? Panel 2 Brad with his hands in his pockets looking over. Brad: Uh, I dont know, probably an older movie. Panel 3 Danny grabbing something from the lower shelf. Danny: How about this? Panel 4 Brad looking at Dannys choice. Brad: Nah. Id rather not get any werewolf movie. Panel 5 Brad look glancing over the other movies. Brad: The werewolf always gets killed in the end. Panel 6 Brad looking at Danny and Ryan looking at Megan. Brad and Ryan: How about Ghostbusters? Page 9 20050601 Panel 1 Brad laughing and handing the movie to Ryan as he points to Ryans shirt. Brad: You two take it. / I can tell youre a bigger fan than me. Panel 2 Danny glancing at Megan who is looking through the movie. Ryan: Thanks. Brad: So whats your favorite part? Panel 3 Megan bent over and looking at Danny raising an eyebrow. Ryan: Oh man! There is so much to choose from! Panel 4 Gesturing toward Ryan. Ryan: Like when- Danny: So uh is he your boyfriend? Megan: God, no. Panel 5- Danny glancing at her chest. Danny: So uh Megan: Before you finish that sentence, Danny: Hmm? Panel 6 Megan raising an eyebrow. Megan: How old do you think I am? Page 10 20050603 Panel 1 Danny looking Megan p and down. Danny: Eh22 21 Panel 2 Megan shoving her hand in her pockets. Megan: Im 16. Danny: Oh. Panel 3 Danny taking his eyes off her chest. Danny: Well, you kids enjoy the movie. Panel 4 Danny going back up to Brad. Danny: So did you find a movie? Brad: Uh yeah. Panel 5 Brad hold out a dvd case. Brad: How about Army of Darkness? Panel 6 Danny furrowing his brow and looking Brad. Danny: And here I thought we wanted to rent a good movie. Ryan: WHAT!? Page 11 20050606 Panel 1 Megan holding back Ryan Ryan: ARMY OF DARKNESS IS AN AMAZING MOVIE! Megan: Calm down. Panel 3 Danny laughing and pointing. Danny: Hey check it out, When Fanboys Attack. Panel 4 Ryan still enraged. Ryan: Im serious, shortie. Panel 5 Danny less amused. Danny: Let him go. Panel 6 Brad looking uneasy as Danny gesture toward them. Brad: Danny Danny: Oh come on, mate. It will be funny. Page 12 20050608 Panel 1 Pat opening his mini fridge. Pat (thought bubble): Almost out of pigs blood. Panel 2 Pat drinking some and showing Dannys spell book on Pats coffee table. Pat: (thought bubble): Ill make a quick run to the butcher shop to get some more. Panel 3 Pat putting down the plastic cup and reaching for Dannys spell book. Pat (thought): Ugh, the moron left it here again. Panel 4 Pat putting on his coat. Pat (thought): Ill just give it back to him on my way back. Panel 5 Pat walking out the door Pat (thought) Its not like hell need it. Page 13 20050610 Panel 1 Up shot of Ryan behind him megan is rolling her eyes. Ryan: PREPARE YOURSELF, FOOL! FOR YOU FACE A MASTER OF NECROMANCY! Panel 2 Danny laughing and elbowing Brad. Danny: Heh heh. You hear that, Brad! Bloody priceless. Panel 3 wiping a tear from his eye from laughing so hard. Danny: hahahaheh heh. Panel 4 Danny looking up with a smirk at him as he has his arms crossed. Panel 5 Same panel as panel 4 Danny: Oh, youre serious. Page 14 20050613 Panel 1 Ryan striking dr. doomish pose. Danny looks through his jacket pockets. Ryan: Taste my wrath! (Did you mean Taste MY wrath? or does he have an accent?)/ Acende mortui ab Hades Panel 2 Danny pulling out his little notebook. Ryan: Um/ Et appine Panel 3 Ryan thinking as Megan looks at her watch standing behind him. Ryan: Appone?/Or is it appune? Panel 4 Danny get flipping to the right page on his little notebook. Ryan scratches his head. Ryan: Hold on, I know this. Danny: Uh huh. Panel 5 Danny flipping the page again as Pat walks through the entrance. Danny: Ah found it! Panel 6 Pat slapping Danny on the back of the head. Danny: Deate de Eni- OUF! SFX: TaCK Page 15 20050615 Panel 1 Danny rubbing the back of his head as Pat glares at him. Danny: What the hell was that for? Pat: What the hell do you think youre doing? Panel 2 Megan turning to Ryan annoyed. Megan: If youre done making a fool of yourself, can we go? Panel 3 Ryan looks at Pat yelling at Danny. Pat: What would make you think casting a spell in public was a good idea?! Ryan: Uh, yes. Panel 4 Danny gesturing at Ryan and Megan who are leaving. Danny: The kid was threatening me. Panel 5 Pat glaring. Pat: Hes a kid and therefore stupid. So ignore him. Page 16 20050617 Panel 1 Danny hunched over as Pat continues to glare. Danny: Yeah, I know Pat, but uh/ he called me short. Panel 2 Pat grumbling as he rubs his temple frustrated. Pat: Thats because you are short. Panel 3 Danny throwing his hands up in the air frustrated, Danny: Dammit, Pat, why are you even here? Panel 4 Pat pulling Dannys spell book out of his bag. Pat: Im returning this. Panel 5 Dannys face lightening up. Danny: Hey, my book. Panel 6 Pat glaring at Danny as he hands him the book. Pat: You left it at my place, /AGAIN! Page 17 20050620 Panel 1 Danny hunched over as Brad comes back with a movie. Danny: Sorry. Brad: I got a movie. Panel 2 Brad putting a hand on Dannys shoulder. Brad: We should start heading back. Panel 3 Brad noticing Pat who is very pissed off. Brad: Uh Hi. Panel 4 Danny gesturing upward. Danny: Pat, this is Brad. / Brad, this is Pat. Panel 5 Brad holding out a hand and smile. Brad: Oh hey, nice to finally meet you. Panel 6 Pat looking down at Brads hand a bit disgusted. Page 18 20050622 Panel 1 Pat looking back up at him. Pat: I dont associate with demons. Panel 2 Brad still smiley but pulling his hand away. Brad: Im not a demon, Im a werewolf. Panel 3 Pat giving Brad an EXTREMELY dirty look. Pat: Werewolf is really just another word for wolf demon. (awkward; Id pick either another word for wolf demon or another way of saying wolf demon) Panel 4 Brad scratching the back of his head and biting his bottom lip. Brad: Oh./ Umo-o-okay./ N-n-nice to m-meet y-y-you. Panel 5 Pat walking away as Brad hunches over. Pat: Whatever. / Danny, you better be on time tomorrow. Page 19 20050624 Panel 1 Danny titling his head backward and rolling his eyes. Brad is still hunched over. Brad: Yikes. Danny: And THAT is why I never introduced you to that wanker. Panel 2 The two of them walking out the door. Danny: Sorry he said that to you though, mate. Brad: Its okay. Panel 3 the two of them walking over to the car. Brad: So is he always that mad? Danny: Yup. Panel 4 Danny opening his car door. Danny: I think it causes him pain to be happy. Brad: Fun. Cover page for predators 20050627 Page 1 20050629 Panel 1 Ally with her arms crossed as Brad pleads with her. In the background Danny is eating dinner while Rebecca climbs on the table. Ally: I said no. Brad: But/But its Star Wars. Panel 2 Rebecca trying to take some of Dannys food and he pulls it away. Ally: Episode 3 was terrible and Im not sitting through it for the 12th time. Danny: No, Rebecca. Panel 3 Danny leaning over in his chair to keep his food away from Rebecca. Rebecca: But I want some. Brad: But its STAR WARS! Ally: Brad, I have to go to work. Panel 4 Brad slumping over. Brad: *sigh* SFX: CRICISH THUNK CliNk Panel 5 Brad turning around to see Danny and his food on the floor and the chair tip over. Rebecca looks over the edge of the table. Brad: Rebecca! Rebecca: What?! Page 2 20050701 Panel 1 King eating some of the food still on the floor while Danny cleans it up. Panel 2 Danny waving at King to get out of the way while he wipes steak sauce off the floor. Danny: Out of the way, boy. Ally: Hey, Danny. Panel 3 Danny throwing a tiny piece of meat up for King to catch. Danny: Yes? Ally: Brad took the car to the movie. Panel 4 Danny wiping up the floor some more as King licks up some of the missed sauce. Ally: Can I borrow yours? Danny: Nope. Only Im allowed to drive my car. Panel 5 Ally rolling her eyes. Danny: But Ill give you a ride on one condition. Ally: *sigh* Panel 6 Danny looking up at her. Danny: You dont bug me about cigarettes in the house for the next two weeks. Ally: One week. Danny: Okay. Page 3 20050704 Panel 1 Dannys car driving through New Mahtlaw. Ally: RIGHT side of the road/ We drive on the RIGHT side of the road here, Danny. Panel 2 Danny driving. Danny: Relax. I know how to drive, Ally. Panel 3 Danny glancing at Ally. Danny: So Im curious, how does a demon bar compare to the normal bar you used to run? Panel 4 Ally holding on to the dashboard. Ally: Its about the same, only demon bar fights are a bit more dangerous. Panel 5 Ally turning to Danny. Ally: And if I were you, Id watch who I hit on. / Most of the girls there bite. Panel 6 Danny blowing his cigarette out the window as they pull up to the bar. Danny: Whats wrong with biting? / Its kinky. Page 4 20050706 Panel 1 Danny and Ally getting out of the car. Ally: Im serious, Danny. Panel 2 them walking down a set of stairs. Danny: And I was just kidding. Panel 3 Ally opening the door as Danny puffs his cigerette. Danny: Im well aware of what kind of Panel 4 Danny turning his head as a girl in a very tight skirt walks by. Danny: girls attend your bar. Panel 5 Danny staring as the girl walks by. Ally crosses her arms. Panel 6 Ally yelling at him as he snaps out of it. Ally: Danny, go home. Danny: Why? Chesley: Ally! Page 5 20050708 Panel 1 Chelsey walking up to Ally carrying a few drinks. Danny meanwhile start chatting it up with a vampire and demon girl. Chesley: Youre here early! Panel 2 One of the girls Danny is talking to runs a finger along his arm. As Ally talks to Chelsey. Ally: Well, Brad took our daughter to the movies. Panel 3 Danny sits down with the girls and puts one arm around each one. Ally heads to the bar with Chelsey. Ally: And Im behind on paper work, / so here I am. Panel 4 Chelsey placing down the drink and looking toward Danny. Chelsey: So then whos that guy you came in with? Panel 5 Danny flirting with the two demon chicks. Ally: Thats Brads friend Danny. / Theyve been friends since grade school Panel 6 Danny getting up and holding up his index finger. Ally: So he moved in a several months ago to help us with Rebecca. Page 6 20050711 Panel 1 Chelsey grinning as Danny walks up to them. Chelsey: Hes REALLY cute. Ally: Um okay. I guess. Panel 2 Danny pulling out his wallet. Danny: Hey there, luv. Chelsey: H-h-hi. Panel 3 Danny pulling out some money. Danny: Ill have a beer and two martinis. Panel 4 Chelsey grinning like an the idiot she is. Chelsey: O-okay. Panel 5 Chelsey putting to two glasses on the starting to prepare the martinis. Panel 6 Danny turning as he waits and sees a new guy with the ladies. Danny: Uh crap. Page 11 20050713 Panel 1 Danny slumping over and saying to a confused Chelsey. Danny: Err, scratch the 2 martinis. Panel 2 Dannys head perking up. Snake lady: Make it just one martini. Panel 3 Snake lady sliding on to the stool next to Danny. Snake lady: Perhaps I can keep you company. Panel 4 Danny glancing downward. Danny: Uh Panel 5 Snake ladys finger is running along his tigh. Danny: Okay. Page 12 20050715 Panel 1 Chelsey carrying some drinks on a tray. Chelsey (thought): Dammit. I screwed up bad back there. Panel 2 Chelsey placing some drink for a group of demons seated at a booth. Chelsey: Here you all go. Chelsey (thought): I should try again. Panel 3 Chelsey walks away as the group all switch drinks. Chelsey (thought); Yeah Ill do that). Panel 4 Snake Lady run a finger across Dannys chin as she walks away. Snake Lady: Perhaps we could go somewhere private. Panel 5 Danny excited focused on the snake lady as Chelsey walks up to him. Chelsey: Uh Hi again. I just- Panel 6 Chelsey disappointed watching Danny leave. Chelsey: Oh. Page 13 20050717 Panel 1 Snake lady and Danny walking into a simple hotel room. Snake Lady: Well, here we are. Panel 2 Snake lady swiveling her hips as she walks and Danny watches her ass as he takes off his jacket. Snake Lady: Make yourself more comfortable. / Ill be out in a moment. Danny: Okay. Panel 3 Danny pulls off his shirt. Danny: So uh if you dont mind me asking, Panel 4 Danny pulling off his pants. Danny: Whats with the scales? Snake Lady: Im a snake demon. Panel 5 Snake lady coming out in her underwear. Dannys mouth hangs open a bit amd he sit on the bed. Snake Lady: That doesnt bother you does it? Danny: Not a bit. Page 14 20050720 Panel 1 Snake lady climbing on top of Danny who is on the bed. Snake Lady: So is that a real Rolex? Danny: Uh yeah. Why? Panel 2 Snake talking into Dannys ear. Snake lady: No reason. / Now close your eyes. Panel 3 Danny smirking as the snake lady pulls some handcuffs out from under the pillow. Danny: Heh. Okay. Panel 4 Dannys wirst getting handcuffed to the bed. SFX: Click. Danny: Uh what are you doing? Panel 5 _ Dannys opening his eyes yelling at the snake lady. Snake lady: Robbing you. Danny: HEY! Panel 6 Snake Lady taking his watch. Snake Lady: Thanks for the watch. Page 15 20050722 Panel 1 - Danny sitting there watching the now dressed snake lady go through his wallet. Danny: So do you so this all the time? Snake lady: Girls got to make a living. Pabel 2 Snake lady shoving the money in her pocket and picking up Dannys car keys. Snake lady: Though I dont think any Ive hit has had such a nice car. Panel 3 Danny biting his lip. Danny: Uh, I dont know if you want it. / It has problems starting. Panel 4 Danny lies down in the background as the Snake lady pockets the car keys. Snake lady: Thats okay, / Im just going to sell it. Danny: *sigh* Could you at least hand me my pants? Panel 5 snake lady stepping over his pants as she leaves the room. Snake: No. Panel 6 Danny looking at his pants all the way across the room. Danny: Well, this just/ sucks. Page 16 20050725 Panel 1 Danny struggling to get his jacket from the other side of the bed. Danny: Almost got it. Panel 2 Danny pulling out his cell phone from his jacket pocket. Danny: There we go. Panel 3 Brad and Rebecca in the movie threater. SFX: BZZZ Rebecca: Daddy, your phone Brad: Rebecca, shh. Panel 4 Danny on his phone. Danny: Oh right theyre at the movies. Phone: Hello? Danny: ALLY! I need your help! Panel 5 Ally with her foot on a demons head and dodging a flying bottle. Ally: Kinda busy. Danny: But its an emergency. Panel 6 Danny confused while talking on the phone. Phone: Are you dead or dying? Danny: Um No. Phone: Then bye. Panel 7 Danny pouting. Danny: Good to know she cares. Page 17 20050727 Panel 1 Phone ringing. SFX: BRRRIINNNG Panel 2 Phone ringing in the foreground and Pat opening one eye in the background. SFX: BRRRRIIIIINNNG Pat: Ugh. Panel 3 Phone flying across the room and hitting the wall. SFX: THWAACK THADUMP Thwipt krussish Panel 4 Phone on the ground as Pat rolls back over to go to sleep. Panel 5 Danny looking at his phone with a furrow brow. Danny (thought): DAMMIT PAT. / Guess Im going to have to call Seth./ But I dont know his number. Page 18 20050729 Panel 1 A goth club. Caption: Meanwhile. Seth: So you like vampires? Panel 2 Goth girl in slutty clothes with Seth sitting at a table with her. Goth girl: Oh yeah, theyre so hot. Panel 3 Seth leaning into her and his smile reveals some sinister fangs. Seth: Oh really? / Well, then I have a surprise for you. Panel 4 Seth about to bite her neck. Danny (pyshic): SETH! Panel 5 Seth pulling away with an annoyed look. Goth girl: Something wrong? Seth: No Panel 6 Seth standing up. Seth : I just need to go kill someone. Danny (psychic): Wicked! It worked! Page 19 20050801 Panel 1 Seth stepping out of the goth club. Danny: You know I was a bit weirded out when you said you could hear my thoughts no matter wha- Seth: Danny, get to the point! Panel 2 Seth walking pass people waiting to get into the club. Danny: Right. See I um need your help. Seth: Get Brad. Panel 3 Seth aproching a cross walk where a middle aged man stands. Danny: Already tried him, and Ally AND Pat. Seth: So Im your last resort. Panel 4 Seth snarling. Seth: Im touched. / What happened? Panel 5 Seth standing at the cross walk. Danny: A fit bird invited me to her hotel room, chained me to the bed, and then robbed me. Page 20 20050803 Panel 1 Seth talking as the business man glances up at him. Seth: And you didnt use a spell to escape because Panel 2 down show of seth and business man waiting at the cross walk. Danny: My spells are in my pants which are on the other side of the room. Panel 3 The man giving seth a worried expression as seth talks. Danny: The hotels Seth: I know where you are. Panel 4 man looking at the street sign that still saying dont walk Seth: I told you, the blood bond I created between us lets me sense where you are. Panel 5 Seth noticing the man giving him a weird look. Seth: What? Man: Uh nothing. Panel 6 man presses the crosswalk button repeatedly as seth rolls his eyes. Seth: Danny, you owe me a bottle of Johnnie Walker Black after this. Man: Come on. Come on. Page 21 20050805 Panel 1 Seth outside the hotel door. Seth: Alright, I got the key from the front desk. Danny: WAIT! Dont come in- Panel 2 Seth standing there and through the open door Danny is sitting on the bed with an obvious boner. Danny: yet. Panel 3 Seth running his fingers through his hair. Seth: Now if you get so excited with me just walking in the room / I think all your comments about me being gay might be misdirected. Panel 4 Danny glaring at him as seth stands there with his hands in his pockets. Danny: Oh shut up! / She was a very fit bird and it has a mind of its own, okay? Panel 5 - Seth picking at his finger nails. Seth: Obviously, listening to that mind got you into this mess. Panel 6 Danny glaring at him. Danny: Are you going to help or not, you berk? Seth: I will once you calm down. Page 22 20050808 Panel 1 Danny scratching his head. Danny: Okay, think about something not sexy. Panel 2 danny cringding. Danny: Hmm/ Rugby. / Dead puppies. / My ex-wife. Panel 3 Seth yawning and danny makes an O_O face. Seth: How about that vampire in drag that almost raped you? Panel 4 Danny yelling at Seth who looks uninterested. Danny: You BLOODY bastard! I was trying to repress that! Panel 5 Seth pointing downward. Danny: WHY would you bring that up?! WHY?! Seth: Look down. Panel 6 Danny noticing he no longer has a boner Seth breaks the chain between each part of the handcuffs. Danny: Oh. / Well, that did the trick. Seth: Now hold still. Page 23 20050810 Panel 1 Seth sitting on the edge of the bed while Danny puts his pants on. Seth: So she hit on you first? / That wasnt suspicious to you? Panel 2 Danny getting his shirt on. Danny: No, should it? Seth: Think about all the girls who have made the first move on you. Panel 3 Danny thinking. Danny: There were those mercenary girls who were hired to capture me, / that vampire who knocked me out, / Panel 4 Seth lying on the bed. Danny: And now this bird who robbed me. Seth: Seeing a pattern? Panel 5 Danny getting his coat on. Danny: Hmm./ Evil girls are hot. Panel 6 Danny adjusting his jacket as Seth sits up. Seth: Uh huh. / So are you sure you dont want me to break the rest of the handcuff? Page 24 20050812 Panel 1 Danny opening the hotel door and glaring at Seth. Danny: Positive./ Youd probably think itd be funny to break my wrist in the process. Panel 2 Seth walking out the door behind him as Danny lights a cigarette. Seth: Fine. As long as I get my scotch, Danny: Uh yeah About that. Panel 3 - Danny scratching his head as Seth glares are him. Danny: See, she took my wallet, so youre going to have to wait. Panel 4 Seth towering over Danny. Danny: heh heh . / Please dont hurt me. Panel 5 Seth pulling Danny by his hair. Danny: Ow. Ow. Ow./ Where are we going?/ Ow. Seth: To get your wallet. / I want my scotch. Page 25 20050815 Panel 1 Danny and Seth in the stairwell that leads to Allys bar. Seth: Then she gave me the money back. Danny: Thats bullshit. A prostitute wouldnt do that. Panel 2 = Seth pushing open the door. Seth: No, its true. Im THAT good. Panel 3 Danny walking behind Seth toward the bar. Danny: No way. Seth: Believe what you want. Its true. Panel 4 Kim behind the bar sees and gives a sly smile. Kim: Hi Seth./ You want a glass of scotch, right? Panel 5 Seth flirting with Kim. Seth: Sadly, Kim, I cant be graced with your presence. Panel 6 Seth gesturing to Danny. Seth: My blood bond here got his wallet stolen by a snake demon. / Have you seen her? Wolf Demon: Heh heh. Page 26 20050817 Panel 1 Seth and danny turning their attention to a buzzed wolf demon. Wolf demon: Youre one of the morons who fell for her con. / You loser. Panel 2 Seth looks bored as Danny leans across he bar. Danny: Hey, how about instead of laughing, you help us find her? Panel 3 Wolf demon sipping his drink. Wolf demon: Maybe if I saw some cash, Id be more inclined to help. Panel 4 Danny biting his lower lip and turned to seth who is reaching into his coat. Danny: uh Seth since she nicked my wallet, could you maybe handle this? Seth: Fine. Panel 5 Clubs stairwell. SFX: GAAHHHH Panel 6 danny and Seth walking out. Danny: I meant bribe the guy, not stab him. Seth: He told us what we need to know, didnt he? Page 27 20050819 Panel 1 danny and Seth walking down the street. Seth lips his bloody knife like a lollipop. Danny: Seth, youre one sick bloke. Seth: Funny. / Youre not the first to tell me that. Panel 2 Danny looking at Seth. Danny: Im serious. First, I thought it was a vampire thing. Panel 3 danny points at seth who is sucking on his knife. Danny: But Pat doesnt act this way. / So its just you. / YOU are completely mad. Panel 4 Seth puts his knife away unphased by what Danny has said. Seth: Well, Pat doesnt act this way because he still tries to be human. Panel 5 - Seth talking. Seth: Its why hes so unhappy. / He doesnt realize his true power. Page 28 20050822 Panel 1 Seth grabbing Dannys collar and pulling him right to his face. Seth: Like did you know, / I could rip your heart from your chest. Panel 2 Seth making a very sinister face. Seth: Before you even had time to scream. Panel 3 Seths face even closer to Dannys Seth: And all those comments youve made suggesting Im gay? Panel 4 Seth holding Dannys chin. Seth: I could make those jokes your desires/ and make you beg me to explore every inch of your flesh. Panel 5 seth dropping danny who is pretrified. Seth: Oh hey! / its your car. We must be in the right place. Panel 6 Danny standing there still terrified. Seth ( off panel): Danny, stop pissing yourself and hurry up. Page 29 20050824 Panel 1 Danny chasing after Seth. Danny: Seth? SETH! Wait up!. Panel 2 Seth glancing backward as a nervous Danny walks up to him. Danny: You you were just joking about that right? Seth: About what? Panel 3 Danny still worried looking up at Seth who is smirking. Danny: About how you could make me fancy you. / You cant really do that, um/ Can you? Panel 4 - Danny gets wide eyed with panic and seth smirks. Seth: Oh, of course I can. Panel 5 Seth rubbing dannys head in a very patronizing manner. Seth: Oh but dont worry. / If I wanted you as a love slave, I would have done it already. Danny: I REALLY hate you. Panel 6 Seth looking around as Danny points. Seth: I know./ Now where this snake chick? Danny: By the bar. Page 30 20050826 Panel 1 Seth sitting next to the snake lady. Seth: Excuse me, miss. Snake Lady: Sorry, not interested in vampires. Panel 2 Seth standing to block her from leaving. Seth: This will only take a moment. Snake lady: Okay Panel 3 Seth gesturing as he leans toward her. Seth: Do you know what a blood bond is? Snake lady: Um thats when Panel 4 Seth glently pulling Dannys wallet out of her pocket, while she looks at him. Snake Lady: A vampire gives a human some of their blood, Panel 5 Seth moving the wallet behind his back. Snake Lady: But not enough to turn them into a vampire. Panel 6 Seth pretending to listen. Snake Lady- and then the human doesnt age until the vampire dies. Seth: Correct. Page 31 20050829 Panel 1 Seth leaning in closer. Seth: Now the reason Im here is because you took MY blood bonds wallet. Panel 2 Snake lady getting defensive. Snake lady: Prove it. Panel 3 Seth presenting the wallet. Seth: Well, his wallet was in your pocket. Panel 4 the arm still behind his back has black magic circling around it. Snake Lady: And what exactly are you going to do about it? Panel 5 Seth grinning as his eyes turn black and the black magic circles most of his body now. Seth: I thought youd never ask. Page 32 20050831 Splash page seth blowing snake lady up. Page 33 20050902 Panel 1 Seth standing over the skeleton. Panel 2 Seth picks up the skull. Panel 3 Seth walking up to Danny with the skull in hand. Seth: Heres your stuff. / And look, I get a souvenir. Danny: Thats gross. Panel 4 Seth holding the bloody skull right up to Dannys face. Seth: Oh come on. You dont think shes pretty anymore? Danny: Aw nasty! Get that away from me! Panel 5 Seth playing with the skull. Seth: heh, just give her a little kiss. Heh heh. Danny: Youre completely disgusting.
redo ends here
Page 1 20080225 Panel 1 establishing shot of the city with a park. Panel 2 the park with Rebecca playing on the monkey bars in the foreground in the background Danny, Brad , and Natalie are sitting on a bench. Danny is watching Natalie read with his arm in a sling, Brad has a bag of chips, and Natalie is reading. Danny: So is the book good? Natalie: Yes. Panel 3 Danny hunched over to talk to Natalie better Danny: Dont you think you should go play with the other kids? Natalie: No. Page 2 20080227 Panel 1 - Danny taking the book from Natalie. Natalie: HEY! Danny: Go be social. Natalie: But- Panel 2 Danny holding her book above his head. Natalie reaching for it. Natalie: My book! Danny: You can have it back after you go play. Panel 3 Danny giving Natalie a push with his foot. Danny; Now go play. Its good for you. Panel 4 Natalie pouting and shooting a glare at Danny. Natalie: Hmph? Panel 5 Brad and Danny sitting on the park bench. Brad: I thought kids werent supposed to get moody and withdrawn until they hit puberty. Page 3 20080229 Panel 1 Danny giving Brad a look. Danny: Shes not withdrawn. Its just uh- Panel 2 Danny giving a smug look as he takes some chips. Danny: Her massive intellect just makes it hard for kids her age to understand her brilliance. Panel 3 Danny handing the chips back to Brad Danny: Not that Id expect you to understand, what with your daughter being- /Well you know, Panel 4 Rebecca pushing on of the boys she was playing with and sticking her tongue out while Natalie just looks at Rebecca. Brad and Danny are in the background on the bunch. Brad: There is nothing wrong with Rebecca. Danny: Of course there isnt. Page 4 20080303 Panel 1 Brad and Danny from behind as Ally walks up to them. Brad: Hey, she might not be as smart as Natalie, but at least she goes outside. Danny; Yeah, to chase squirrels with my dog. Panel 2 Ally comes up and give Brad a kiss from behind. Ally: Hey sweetie, Brad; Hi. So howd your psychological exam go? Panel 3 Brad scouting over so she can sit. Ally; Good, I think./What are you guy talking about? Panel 4 Brad leaning in toward Ally, Brad: Danny is calling our daughter stupid. Panel 5 Ally hitting Dannys broken arm. Danny: ERR! Page 5 20080305 Panel 1 Danny standing up holding Natalies book. Ally giving Danny a smug look. Ally: Watch it, or we wont bring you to Alpha Phoenixs healer. Danny: Fine. Fine. Im sorry./ There is nothing wrong with Rebecca. Ally: Good. Panel 2 Ally looking at her watch. Ally: Do you think you could pry her away from the park? Panel 3 Rebecca getting sand thrown at her by little demon boy using his powers. Ally: We have to meet with my boss in a half hour. Panel 4 Rebecca and Natalie retreating back to the park bench as little demon boy starts moving the ground. Brad: Uh dont think I need to. Page 6 20080307 Panel 1 All of them walking down the street of Baymick. Rebecca is on Brads shoulders and Dannys hand is on Natalies head to guide her to she can read without looking up. Busy street filled with demons and normal people. Danny: I got to say Ally, this place is a lot nicer than I expected. Panel 2 Ally turning to him as they still walk through the streets. Ally: What did you think it would be like? Danny: I dont know, but its basically run by the demon mob... Panel 3 Danny gesturing toward Brad. Danny: ...I thought it would be uh Brad: Sketchier and dirtier. Danny: Yeah, pretty much. Panel 4 All of them coming up to Alpha Phoenixs main building. Ally: Eh, there are a few shifty parts but for the most part Baymick is pretty well kept. Page 7 20080310 Panel 1 All of them waiting outside Darkfires office. Danny looks around as Brad struggles to hold Rebecca still and Ally flips through a magazine and Natalie reads. Panel 2 Over Dannys should shot of Lucy behind the counter typing and wearing a headset. SFX Tkk tkk tkk tkk Panel 3 Lucy putting one hand on her head set. Lucy: Mr. Tamura will see you now. Panel 4 Brad seating Rebecca down as Ally all get to their feet. Brad: You stay here and behave for Uncle Danny. Rebecca: But- Ally: No buts Rebecca. Panel 5 Rebecca pouting and crossing her arms. Panel 6 Ally pushing open the door to Darkfires office. Page 8 20080312 Panel 1 Darkfire sitting at his desk filing out some papers and without looking up, gesturing to a group of chairs. Darkfire: Have a seat. Panel 2 Darkfire leaning back as they sit down. Darkfire: Ms. Warren. Mr. Wolfe, what do I owe the pleasure? Ally: Well, I was wondering... Panel 3 Ally settling herself in the seat. Ally: If there is any chance I could get a raise? Money has been tight an- Darkfire: No. Panel 4 Ally taken aback but his flat out rejection. Ally: Wha- I Darkfire: While you are good at your job Ms. Warren, Panel 5 Darkfire with his hands folded on his desk. Darkfire: You are already the highest paid club manager. I simply can not give you a raise. Panel 6 Darkfire gesturing a hand toward her. Darkfire: However, if you or your husband were interested in a short-term job I would not be opposed to that. Page 9 20080314 Panel 1 Brad making an uneasy look. Brad: Umwhat kind of job exactly? Panel 2 Darkfire standing up and opening his desk. Darkfire: Well, at the moment I had a particular errand,- Panel 3 Darkfire pulling out a file. Darkfire: -which I though may interest you two. Panel 4 Darkfire folding a file in hand and flipping through it. Darkfire: It is illegal, but you would be well paid. Panel 5 Darkfire handing the file to Ally. Darkfire: You see, there is a woman in prison, Panel 6 Ally flipping through the file. Darkfire: Why is inconsequential. Page 10 20080317 Panel 1 Darkfire leaning against his desk. Darkfire: What is important is her trying to gain early parole- Panel 2 down shot of the office. Darkfire: -in exchange for giving the authorities information on the supernatural. Panel 3 Darkfire turning his attention to Brad. Darkfire: That is of course not something I or this company wants. So, you will be breaking her out, in order to prevent her testimony. Panel 4 Brad looking at Darkfire confused and getting out of his seat a bit. Ally still looks down at the file Brad: What?! What would make you think wed do that? Ally: Brad, Panel 5 Over Allys shoulder to look down at the file with a mug shot of her mom. Ally: Shes my mom. Page 11 20080319 Panel 1 The whole group in the car Allys driving, Brad leaning against the window glancing back at Ally. Danny smokes in the back seat, Rebecca is asleep, Natalie her head in Dannys lap. Brad: Youre sure about this? Ally: Yes. Panel 2 Ally driving. Ally: Shes my Mom and we need the money. You dont have to come though. Panel 3 Brad shifting in his seat. Brad: No, I will. Danny: So you guys need me to call Jeff to babysit? Panel 4 Brad turning to talk to Danny. Brad: Wouldnt you be watching Rebecca and Natalie? Danny: Well, Panel 5 Danny puffing out smoke while gesturing with his cigarette. Danny: I kind of still owe Allys boss some money. Panel 6 back of there car driving away. Danny; Plus, since I use the kitchen, I should probably help pay to fix it. Ally: Thats for damn sure. Danny; Thanks, Ally. Page 12 20080321 Panel 1 panel has rounded edges so minic an odd tv screen. Hispanic man (carlos) walking in on another hispnaic couple (Rosa and Jos). --Make sure you make the TV dialogue bubbles different from the normal ones. Carlos: Rosa, por que? Aaron (off panel): Ahm telling ya no. Panel 2 Loki eating some popcorn sitting in his boxers --boxers huh? What kind of pattern does Loki sport? Hearts? Spongebob? Rosa: *gasp* Carlos! Aaron: No! Its not cause Ah want to sleep in. Panel 3 Aaron pacing back and forth in his and lokis apartment as Loki continues to watch tv. Carlos: U, y mi hermano, Jose?! Aaron: There is no possible way Ah can meet you at noon. Panel 4 Aaron gritting his teeth with his hand over the phone. Over his should Loki and the tv are visible. Jose: Carlos, escucha, por favor! Aaron: Loki, could ya turn that darn thing off!? Panel 5 Loki gesturing toward the tv . Loki: But- but Carlos just discovered Rosa in the arms of his brother, /but doesnt know she is actual Rosas evil twin Gazelle/ whos brainwashed Jose into- Page 13 20080324 Panel 1 Aaron glaring at Loki who is pouting. Aaron: Theyll recap it tomorrow. Loki: Fine. Panel 2 Aaron going back to yelling at his cell phone as Loki turns off the tv. Aaron: What?/ No. One o clock wont be okay! Panel 3 loki lying down on the couch and braiding his hair. The phone behind him rings. Aaron (off panel): Because ahll burn up an die./ No, ahm not joking. SFX: BRIIIINN BRIIIIN Panel 4 loki picking up the phone as Aaron in the background throws one hand up in the air. Loki: Heeeellllooooo / yeah okay. Aaron: Fer the LAST TIME, AH CANT MEET YOU DURIN THE DAY! Panel 5 Loki sitting up as aaron closes his phone and bites down on his lip hard enough for it to bleed a little. Loki: That was Darkfire/ He says were getting some help with that thing, with the person, at the place. /And Im sorry your new Editor is a moron. Aaron: Thanks. Page 14 20080326 Panel 1 Ally walking through the upstairs hallway as she puts her hair up. Caption: Later Ally: You guys almost ready? Jeffs already here and Panel 2 Over the should shot showing brad and danny dressed as ninjas. Panel 3 Ally looking very confused with her arms crossed. Brad holds up an extra uniform and Danny grins. Ally: What the hell are you two wearing? Danny: Ninja outfits. Brad: We got one for you too. Panel 4 Ally standing there with her arms crossed as Brad grins holding up the outfit. Panel 5 Ally takes the outfit. Ally: You two go tell Jeff what to do. Ill get changed. -Lure of the dork-no jitsu Page 15 20080328 Panel 1 - Brad and Danny stand in front of Jeff leading him throw the living room. Rebecca is coloring in a coloring book (making the sky red). Natalie is sitting on the couch reading. Brad: So the emergency numbers are on the fridge / and heres $50 to order some pizza. Panel 2 Jeff looking confused as Brad hands him the money. Jeff: Isnt that like, a lot? Brad: Well, Rebecca will probably eat two by herself. Panel 3 Danny lighting a cigarette as jeff nods. Danny: He means pizzas, not slices. Panel 4 Brad gesture toward Natalie. Brad: Yeah, / and then you need a few slices for Natalie. / And unless you already ate, I figured youd want some too. Panel 5 Jeff looking down at the $50 bill. Jeff: Oh/ um I think Ill need some more money for pizza, then. Panel 6 Brad laughing as he hands Jeff more money. Brad: Heh / Here. Page 16 20080331 Panel 1 Jeff turning to Danny who points to the two little girls. Danny: So these two, Panel 2 Rebecca looking up at Danny as he points to her Danny: The one with the tail needs to be in bed by 8. Panel 3 Danny pointing to Natalie as Rebecca stands up. Danny: And the other one needs to be in bed by 9. Rebecca: Hey! How come Natalie gets to stay up longer?! Panel 4 Danny crossing his arms and looking down at Rebecca and Brad look leaning over her. Danny: Because she is older. Brad: And shes not grounded. Panel 5 Natalie flipping the page in her book. Natalie: And my Dad loves me. ^_^ Kids say the darndest things, dont they? Page 17 20080402 Panel 1 Rebecca looks like she is about to cry. Danny giving Natalie a look. Rebccca: WHAT!? Danny: Natalie, for that you have to go to bed at 8 too. Panel 2 Danny with his arms crossed looking at jeff as Natalie throws down her book. Natalie: BUT DAD! Danny: Dont argue. Panel 3 Danny gesturing with his cigarette. Danny: Also, Natalie has some medication she needs to take with dinner, Panel 4 Jeff pointing toward the hall entrance. Danny: And if she has a headache her- Jeff: -Her - Other medicine is in the upstairs bathroom./ You uh told me last time. Panel 5 Danny scratching the back of his head. Danny: Lets see...What else? Jeff: Well, I got a question. Page 18 20080404 Panel 1 Jeff looking over Danny and Brads outfits. Jeff: Where exactly are you going? Panel 2 Brad and Danny making a surprised face. Brad: Uh Panel 3 Brad raising on finger as he speak Danny with his arms crossed as the same angle and size as the last panel. Brad: Movies! Danny: Laser Tag. Panel 4 Danny glancing up at and gesturing with his cigarette. Danny: Movies, then Laser Tag. Panel 5 Ally walking out in her ninja outfit. Ally: Its a costume party, Jeff. Panel 6 - Ally pushing Brad and Danny. Ally: We should REALLY be going. Page 19 20080407 Panel 1 Darkfires office with Brad and Ally sitting on the couch and Danny in a extra chair. Darkfire stands behind his desk. Darkfire; I told the two mercenaries originally assigned to this job you would be helping. Panel 2 Up shot of Darkfire sitting down . Darkfire: They should be here soon. Panel 3 Danny tapping his finger on his knee raising on eyebrow. Darkfire: Also, please put out your cigarette, Mr. Gunn. Panel 4 Over Allys shoulder, Danny scowling slightly has he puts out his cigarette in an ashtray on the glass table in front of him. Danny; Um, so Ally, if you dont mind answering, why exactly is your Mum in jail? Panel 5 Ally looking bored turning her head toward Danny, Ally: She tried to kill the vampire who killed my Dad and he charged her with assault. --Hurray for the legal system! Page 20 20080409 Panel 1 Ally making a WTF face. Loki: (off panel) Well in my defense, I could have killed her. Panel 2 Ally glaring at Loki about get up. Loki is sticking his tough out at her. Darkfire sits are his desk only glancing up from his papers. Loki: But Im a nice guy and didnt so there! Panel 3 Aaron hitting loki on the arm. Aaron: Quit it. Panel 4 Ally still at the edge of her seat and behind her Darkfire is putting papers away. Darkfire: Ally, we talked about this. Ally; Yeah, I know. Panel 5 Darkfire walking over to Loki and Aaron while holding an ashtray. Darkfire: If it makes you feel better, they are not getting paid for this job. Panel 6 Darkfire holding up the ashtray and Aaron reluctantly puts his cigarette out. Darkfire: Cigarette. Aaron: Whatever. Page 21 20080411 Panel 1 Darkfire putting down the ashtray and gesturing toward Loki and Aaron. Darkfire: These two will fill you in on how you will go about breaking Mrs. Warren out. Panel 2 Over Darkfires shoulder. Aaron raising one hand and stepping forward. Aaron: Uh sir, befer we get goin Ahve bin havin some problems accessin the archive and- Panel 3- Darkfire turning to aaron. Darkfire: That is because I put a block on your account. Panel 4 Aaron with his mouth wide open to speak. Aaron: Bu- Darkfire: Alpha Phoenixs archives are not to be used for The Orders business. Panel 5 Darkfire giving him a sharp look. Aaron meekly shoves his hands in his pockets. ---AND sit down. Youre done. Darkfire: If you require a file, you are to speak to me. End of discussion. Aaron: Yes, Sir. Page 22 20080414 Panel 1 Aaron walking out of the room first grumbling to himself. Loki turns to follow and Ally, Brad, and Danny all get out of their seats. Panel 2 Darkfire watching everyone walk by him. Panel 3 Darkfire looking up. Panel 4 Brad standing there scratching the back of his head. Brad; Uh hi. Darkfire (off panel) Can I help you, Mr. Wolfe? Panel 5 Brad swinging his arms back and forth nervously. Brad; S-s-so running a b-b-big company l-l-like this must- Darkfire: Mr. Wolfe, Panel 6 Darkfire looking up at him from sitting behind his desk. Darkfire: I am well aware that you do not like me, so save us both time and cut the pleasant forefront. Page 23 20080416 Panel 1 Brad hunched over a bit. Darkfire is filling out some paper work. Brad; Oh, um well there was this demon who attacked me an- Darkfire: Yes, Baras. / You are lucky to be alive. Panel 2 Brad biting his upper lip. Brad; Right/ So he said there was a bounty on me. Panel 3 Brad giving an uneasy look. Brad; Is that true? Darkfire: Yes. Panel 4 Darkfire continuing to fill out papers and not looking up. Darkfire: But dont worry about it./ Its been posted for almost 10 years./ The fact that you are claimed by Seth keeps most people away. Panel 5 From behind Brad at hip height, Darkfire finally looking up. Darkfire: Baras only when for it since you were right there. Page 24 20080418 Panel 1 Brad glancing downward. Brad: Could you tell me who put it up? Panel 2 Darkfire giving an youve got to be kidding me look as he stands up. Brad hunches over a bit. --Cant a man just get his paperwork done? Darkfire: Mr. Wolfe, you are not the kind of person who makes themselves a lot of enemies. Panel 3 - Darkfire heading toward the door. Darkfire: The list of people who hate you and can afford to put a price on your head must be very short. Panel 4 Over Darkfires shoulder Brad scratching the back of his head again. Brad: Its Damien isnt it? Panel 5 Darkfire holding open his office door. Darkfire: Very perceptive. Now out, I have work to do. Page 25 20080421 Panel 1 Ally talking to Danny who is lighting another cigarette. Loki is nudging Aaron. Ally: Do you think Brad brought up the Baras thing? Loki: Aaron, Aaron, AAARROOnnn Panel 2 Loki and Aaron in the foreground behind them you see Danny. Aaron: WHAT!? Loki: Since we cant use the archive, we should just ask him. Panel 3 Aaron crossing his arm giving a skeptic look and glancing at Danny. Aaron; I doubt hes stupid enough to flat out tell us he is the Prince of Terra. Panel 4 Danny looking toward them. Loki (off panel): Its worth a try. /Hey! Danny: Huh? Panel 5 Loki bending over a little to look Danny in the eye. Loki: A you the former Prince of Terra? Danny: Uh- Darkfire (off panel): Mr. Gunn. Panel 6 Brad walking out of Darkfires office as he holds open the door. Darkfire: For your own benefit do not answer that or any other personally questions from those two. ----Darkfires certainly doing a lot of looking out for Danny and his group? This impression is on purpose right? Page 26 20080423 Panel 1 Aaron scowling and Loki pouts as everyone looks at them. Aaron: Thanks, boss. Panel 2 Darkfire closing his door. Darkfire: Just fill them in Mr Harper, Panel 3 Aaron gesturing fro them to follow. Aaron: Well first off, this shouldnt be too hard. Panel 4 Everyone walking through the lobby of Alpha Phoenix. Aaron: Because of good behavior and bein so cooperative/ Mrs. Warren has bin moved to a minimum security prison while they work out the details of her agreement. Page 27 20080425 Panel 1 A grey van driving past a minimum security prison. Caption: We just need to park somewhere near by. Panel 2 the van driving down a dirt road. Caption; Well make sure Alpha Phoenix has their override equipment set up. Panel 3 Aaron turning from the drivers seat to Ally, Brad, and Danny. He points at Danny. Aaron; Then you will cast an invisibility spell on you and yer friends. Panel 4 Ally giving skeptically look. Ally: Some how I think itll tougher than that. Panel 5 Loki reclining his seat so he can see everyone else better. Loki: Minimum security. Aaron; Theres a few guards watchin the fence and some security cameras. Panel 6 Aaron getting out of the van. Aaron. Thats bout it. Page 28 20080428 Panel 1 Aaron fiddling with some video equipment. Brad is fixing his ninja mask, danny is having a cigarette, and ally is just watching Aaron out of the corner of her eye. Loki is gesturing to them. Loki: You should go on ahead and well let you know when to start moving on the little radio thing. Ally: Sure, whatever. Panel 2 Ally, Brad, and Danny walking away. Danny throws his cigarette butt. Ally puts on her mask. Aaron continues to play with the wires. Brad: We should probably have code names for this. Danny: Definitely! Mine should be James Bond. Panel 3 Aaron watching them walk into the woods. Aaron: Do ya think the werewolf can still hear us? Loki: Nah. Panel 4 Loki with his hands in his pockets still watching them leave. Aaron bends over to pull in some cords. Aaron: So what should we do about this Seth thing? Loki: Its gonna be harder to find proof now. Panel 5 Aaron flicking some switches on. Aaron: We should figure it out before they get back. Panel 6 Aaron talking into the walkie talkie. Aaron: Yall should get started now. Walkie talkie; KSHT Okay, Dan- ofph! I mean James Bond is casting his spell now. Page 29 20080430 Panel 1 Aaron watching the security camera video against the replacement video. Loki looking over his shoulder. Loki: Maybe we should just say we cant find anything. Panel 2 Aaron watching the screens bored. Aaron: That wont work. /Suryull kill us. /Or castrate us. /Or something... Panel 3 Aaron running his finger through his hair. Aaron: But if we do prove it, killing Seth will be REALLY hard. Panel 4 Loki resting his head on Aarons shoulder. Loki: And that would also make Asagi mad. Panel 5 Lokis titled toward Aaron and in front of them you can see 3 main characters on one screen but not on the other. Loki: I say we just kill him when he gets back. Panel 6 screen with Danny, Ally, and Brad on it. A guard walks by them. Aaron: That would make things easier. Page 30 20080502 Panel 1 Allys mom (sarah) waking up. Ally: Bend the bars. Brad: Wouldnt it be easier to just steal keys from a guard? Panel 2 Sarah getting out of her cot. Ally: It would be too risky. You can bend them back later. Panel 3 Over the shoulder of Allys mom showing the cell bars bending. Brad: Okay. SFX: EERRRTT Panel 4 Allys mom readying herself for a fight. Sarah: Whos there? Ally: Danny undo you invisibility spell. Danny: Uh sure. Panel 5 Ally, Danny, and Brad appearing in front of Sarah how is looking at them confused. Panel 6 Ally taking offer her ninja mask. Ally: Hi Mom. Page 31 20080505 Panel 1 Ally hugging Sarah now is a bit confused Sarah: Ally, uh, not that it isnt good to see you, Panel 2- Allys mom pushing her away a little. Sarah: But what are you doing here? Ally: Were busting you out. Panel 3 Allys mom looking past her. Sara: And whos we? Panel 4 - Ally gesturing to Danny and Brad. Brad is waving. Ally: My husband Brad and his friend Danny. Brad: Nice to finally meet you. Panel 5 A guard walking toward her cell. Danny: A guards coming. Brad, straighten the bars Page 32 20080507 Panel 1 Guard walking past Saras cell with the bars slightly bent. Panel 2 the slightly bent bars. Panel 3 the bars bending. SFX: EEERRRT Brad: Coast is clear. Panel 4 the bars bending back. SFX: EEERRRT Brad: Now, lets get out of here. Panel 5 Prison security camera. Sarah: Not to be ungrateful. Panel 6 Aarons tv screen with them running on it. Sarah; But Im not sure I should be doing this. Page 33 20080509 Panel 1 Ally, Brad, Sarah running up the hill. Danny is struggling and cough. Danny; KA-uhK KA-uhlK eee KA-ck Sarah: Is he okay? Ally: Yeah, he just smokes a lot. Panel 2 Through Aarons feet you see Allys mom stopping as she comes up the hill. Aaron: Hello, Sarah. Sarah: YOU! Panel 3 - Sarah slamming Aaron against as Ally reaches toward her mom. Sarah: You bastard! Youll f- Panel 4 Loki putting his hand over her mouth. Loki: Noctis, Dormirent. Panel 5 Loki dodging a blast of lighting. Page 34 20080512 Panel 1 Ally readying another lightening bolt. Ally: What did you just do to her!? Panel 2 Loki with his hands in the air Aaron gets something from the van. Loki: Just a sleeping spell, I swear. Aaron: Darkfire wants to talk to her and given our history,/ Panel 3 Aaron opening up a box while Ally keeps the lightening blot ready. Aaron: We figured she probably wouldnt come willingly. Panel 4: Aaron pulling out a shotgun. Aaron: So yer goin to let us take her an put the lightin away? Panel 5 Brad and Danny putting up both their hands but Ally keeps her lightening ready. Page 35 20080514 Panel 1 Ally glancing at Loki as Aaron point the gun at them. Aaron: Ah may not be good at any fancy vampire powers, but ah know how to use this. Panel 2 close on Ally with her lighting. Aaron: An while ya might be able to hit Loki or me with that. Panel 3 Brad and Danny still panicking who still have their hands up. Aaron; But Id be able to get at least one shot off / an not even your husbands werewolf healing can save im from gettin his head blown off. Panel 4 Aaron profile shot of him holding the gun and you can see next to him holding Allys mom. Aaron: But Loki and I can recover for a hit of lightening. Panel 5 Ally lowering her hand in defeat as Aaron lowers the gun. Aaron; Now just get in the van and well get out of here. Page 36 20080516 Panel 1 Loki putting Allys mom in the back seat as Ally, Brad, and Danny walk toward the van. Panel 2 Ally getting into the van as Aaron puts his gun away. Aaron: Sorry, but Ah wasnt bout to let you shoot my boyfriend with lightenin. Ally: Whatever. Panel 3 Aaron climbing into the driver seat. Loki is seated in the passenger side. Loki: You shouldve shot the short guy. Aaron; Yeah probably, but its too late now. Panel 4 Darkfires office. Allys mom is on the couch with handcuffs on. Darkfire is taking a seat next to her. Sarah: Cant you just stay out my business for once?! Darkfire; Not when it means letting you reveal this place and the supernatural worlds secrets to everyone. Page 37 20080519 Panel 1 Allys mom scowling. Sarah: Yeah, well, if you hadnt put me in jail I- Darkfire: I did not put you in jail. / Loki and Aaron did. Panel 2 Allys mom looking away from him. Darkfire: I could have simply had you killed to keep this information secret. -Ive noticed the pattern youve got going for DFs speech doesnt have him lending well to abbreviations or contractions. Using just info seems odd. Panel 3 Darkfire crossing his arms raising one eyebrow. Darkfire: Instead I am giving you a new identity and home and will take care of your finances. and residence, as well as assume your finances. Panel 4 Sarah giving him a skeptic look. Sarah: And all I have to do is murder someone for you?/ Isnt that how this works? Darkfire: No. Panel 5 up shot of the two of them talking. Darkfire: Obviously, you would have to lie low since you just escaped from prison./ Your new home would be here in Baymick. Panel 6 Darkfire glancing at the door. Darkfire: And you have to give up you revenge plans. Page 38 20080521 Panel 1 Sarah open her mouth to speak. Sarah; You can shove it u- Darkfire: Before you answer, think about it. Panel 2 Darkfire with his hands folded. Darkfire: Think about what you lost because you focused on revenge. Panel 3 Sarahs reflection in the glass table. ---Darkfire; Several jobs, watching both your daughters grow up, the several years of your life spent in jail, friends. Panel 4 Sarah looking up. Darkfire: I bet you are at least interested in meeting your granddaughter. Sarah: So they can visit? Panel 5 Darkfire standing up and smirking slightly. Darkfire: I said you have to live here, not that you are under house arrest. Panel 6 Pull out shot of Darkfire talking to her. Darkfire: Do we have a deal? Sarah: Yeah, sure. Cover of Daddys little girl 20080523 Page 1 20080526 Panel 1 Lit candle. Panel 2 Dannys eyes squinting. Panel 3 - close up of Dannys mouth. Danny: *sigh* Panel 4 Danny seated on the floor of Pats motel room in front of a small table with his eyes closed and hands around the candle. Pat is seat on the other end watching Danny with some old books and scrolls laid out in front of him. Pat: Just concentrate on the candle. Panel 5 Danny moving one hand upward. The flame of the candle gets bigger. Danny: Rise. Panel 6 Danny a bit shocked it worked. Makes a cup shape with the small hand. Danny: Uh Ball. Panel 7 the fire turning into a ball. Danny: Hey! Its working! Page 2 20080528 Panel 1 Pat looking back down at his old books and such while Danny continues to fiddle with the fire. Pat: Good. Now put it out and try working with fire you summoned yourself. Panel 2 Danny looking down at the fire and bringing his hands closer to it. Danny: (fire spell) Panel 3 Close up of the small flame in Dannys hand Danny: (continuing fire spell) Panel 4 Danny placing the fire on three candle at once. Now hes in his room. Melanie is layed across the bed behind him looking over. Danny: tada! Page 3 20080530 Panel 1 Danny hopping on to the bed next to Melanie. Mel: Cool! Panel 2 Danny doing that one pose no man should do. Danny: You like that, dont you? Panel 3 Close up on Dannys face with a smug look. Danny: Course you do./Its magic. Panel 4 - Melanie laughing as Danny raises an eyebrow. Melanie: Heh heh. Panel 5 Melanie giving Danny a kiss. SFX: Tunk Tunk Page 4 20080602 Panel 1 Danny getting out of bed as Melanic pulls away a bit disappointed. Danny: *sigh* Panel 2 Danny putting on a bathrobe. SFX: Tunk Tunk Danny: Hold on, Im coming. Panel 3 Danny opening the door and looking down. Danny: Yes, Natalie? Panel 4 Over Dannys shoulder to show in front of him is Natalie with a hand over her eyes. Natalie: I know Im not supposed to bother you when your lady friend is over, Panel 5 Danny turning toward Melanie as Natalie still stands in front of Danny. Natalie: But theres a spider in my room. Danny: *sigh* Ill be right back, Melanie. Page 5 20080604 Panel 1 Danny and Natalie walking into her room as Natalie point to the corner of the ceiling . Danny: So where is it? Natalie: Over there. Panel 2 Danny picking up one of Natalies shoe while keeping an eye on the spider. . Panel 3 Danny stepping on top of Natalies nightstand. Panel 4 Natalies shoe hitting the wall. SFX: THUMP! Panel 5 Danny hopping off Natalies night stand as she looks up at him. Danny: Right then./ Do you need anything else before I go? Natalie: No. Page 6 20080606 Panel 1 Danny starting to leave as Natalie gets into bed. Natalie: Dad? Danny: Yes? Panel 2 Natalie holding her feet looking up at him. Natalie: Were still going to the aquarium tomorrow, right? Panel 3 Danny back at her. Danny: I said we were, so yes. Natalie: Is Melanie coming with us? Panel 4 Danny crossing his arms. Danny: Do you want her to come? Panel 5 Natalie looking down at her feet. Natalie: Not particularly. Panel 6 Danny walking out of the room. Danny: Then no, shes not coming. Page 7 20080609 Panel 1 A shark swimming in a giant fish tank. Danny: I heard sharks dont sleep. Panel 2 Natalie up against the railing with her head resting on her hands as she looks up at the tank. Natalie: Scientists havent proven that yet, / but if they do sleep, they would have to keep swimming. Panel 3 Danny with his head turned to Natalie as she keeps watching the sharks. Danny: Really? Whys that? Natalie, They cant breath if they arent swimming. Panel 4 down shot of Danny and Natalie looking up at the sharks. Danny: Huh. Panel 5 Same as the panel before it. Panel 6 Same as panel 4 and 5 Natalie: Dad. Do you REALLY like Melanie? Page 8 20080611 Panel 1 Natalie looking over at Danny. Natalie: Enough that I need to be nice to her? Panel 2 Danny thinking. Danny: Hmm Panel 3 Danny looking up at the fishes again. Danny: I dont know. / Though you should be nice either way. Panel 4 Natalie with an unenthusiastic expression fidgeting and swinging on the banister. Natalie: Okay. Danny: You dont like her? Panel 5 Natalie stepping away from the sharks. Natalie: Um I dont know. / I just thought of something Mum said. / Thats all. Page 9 20080613 Panel 1 Danny following her. Danny: Oh? What did she say? Panel 2 Natalie looking away uneasy. Natalie: Um/ That you date younger women not because you fancy them, / but to ease your insecurity about your role as a man. Panel 3 Danny rolling his eyes and shoving his hands in his pockets. Danny: * sigh * Oh./ That sounds like something she would say. Panel 4 Natalie looking downward a bit. Natalie: I dont think I was supposed to tell you that. Panel 5 - Danny walking away with Natalie who is cheering up. Danny: Probably not, but its alright./ Do you want to grab some lunch? Natalie: Okay! Page 10 20080616 Panel 1 Danny and Natalie in the corner of a fast food joint. Danny: So now I can do this. Panel 2 Danny moving his hand into a ball shape as a flame appears inside it. Natalie has a big grin. One little boy in the background notices. Danny: Incedere. Natalie: Wicked! Little boy: Mommy, mommy, look. Panel 3 Danny closing his fist as the fire disappears. Natalie is rubbing her head. Danny: I still have to learn how make it change size and move, though. Panel 4 Danny giving her a concern look as Natalie continues to be in pain. Danny: You okay? Natalie: Yeah. My head just hurts. Panel 5 Danny jumping to his feet as she yells out in pain. Natalie: ARRHHH Page 11 20080618 Panel 1 Natalie grabbing her head yelling as Danny pulls out some her meds Doctor: (off panel) Mr. Gunn, has your daughter ever had a seizure before? Panel 2 Natalie sitting on a hospital bed kicking her feet. Danny: (off panel) I think so. But she lives with my wife most of the time. Panel 3 The doctor looking down at his chart. Doctor: And shes been tested for epilepsy, I see. Danny: Right. Panel 4 The doctor nodding as Danny looks at the ground. Doctor: Uh huh. / It seems shes been tested for la lot of things to find out the cause. (Shes been tested for a lot of things? Shes been tested a lot? Not sure what this one is) Panel 5 Danny rubbing his face. Doctor: Regardless, Id like to keep her overnight. Page 12 20080620 Panel 1 The doctors hand writing stuff down while Danny gestures, leaving. Doctor: She might have hit her head. / So we need to make sure she doesnt have a concussion. Danny: Right./ Ill just go tell her. Panel 2 Danny walking into the room where Natalie sits and reads. Panel 3 Danny sits next to her on the bed. Danny: *sigh * Panel 4 Danny giving Natalie a weak smile. Danny: How are you feeling? Panel 5 Danny pushing Natalies hair back as she smirks. Natalie: My head still hurts a bit./ Otherwise, Im okay. Page 13 20080623 Panel 1 Dannys smile fading Natalie: I could hear you and the Doctor. Panel 2 Natalie looking down at her book. Natalie: Im not going home tonight. Panel 3 Danny leaning back. Danny: They just want to make sure you didnt hit your head too hard. Panel 4 Danny lifting Natalies head out of her book. Danny: And Ill stay in the hospital all night, until they are done. Panel 5- Danny standing up. Danny: But first Im going to let Brad and Ally know what happened. Panel 6 Natalie with a big smile. Danny: Is there anything you want at home? Natalie: Some more books? Page 14 20080625 Panel 1 Danny shoving he hands in his pockets as Natalie gets excited. Danny: I should have guessed. Which ones? Natalie: Measure for Measure, Good Omens, Snow Cr- Panel 2 Danny holding up his hand to slow her down. Danny: Youre staying a NIGHT, not a week. Panel 3 Natalie looking downward. Natalie: If you say so. Danny: Whats that look for? Panel 4 Natalie pouting as she looks downward. Natalie: Last time mum said Id only be in the hospital for a night, they did tests for a month. Page 15 20080627 Panel 1 Danny looking very confused. Danny: You were in the hospital for a month? A month straight? Panel 2 Natalie pouting with her head resting in her hands. Natalie: And they didnt even find out why I have headaches. Panel 3 Danny with a furrowed brow as he heads toward the door. Danny: When? Natalie: 2 years ago./ Its how Mum met Steven. Panel 4 Danny pointing toward Natalie. Danny: Ill be back in a half hour or so. Ill have your books for you then. Panel 5 Danny walking out the door, over his shoulder you see Natalie. Danny: Bye. / Ill see you later, half pint. Natalie: Bye, Dad. Page 16 20080630 Panel 1 Two campaign glass toasting. SFX: CLINK Steven: To paradise. Panel 2 pull out to show Jackie and Steven sipping champagne on a sunny private beech. Jackie: Youre such a dork, Steven. Panel 3 Steven putting his glass down on a tiny table they have near them as he leans in to kiss her. Steven: Only because you love it. Panel 4 Steven and Jackie about to kiss. SFX: Dooo Dooo DEE DOO dee Page 17 20080702 Panel 1 Jackie reaching to her cell phone in the foreground. Steven pulls away disappointed. SFX: Dooo Doooo DEE dee Panel 2 Jackie holding the phone to her ear. Jackie: Hello? Panel 3 Jackie holding the phone away from her ear. Phone: WHAT THE HELL IS WRONG WITH YOU!?!? Panel 4 Jackie glaring at the phone. Jackie: What the hell is wrong with ME?/ Im not the one who calls people to curse at them. Panel 5 Danny obviously pissed in the hospital parking lot next to his car. Danny: WHY DIDNT YOU TELL ME NATALIE WAS IN THE HOPSITAL FOR A BLOODY WHOLE MONTH!? Page 18 20080704 Panel 1 Jackie rolling her eyes as she adjusts herself on the beach. Jackie: I told you that summer she was tested for epilepsy, brain damage, tumors, and a bunch of other headache-causing medical stuff. Panel 2 Danny yelling into the phone. Danny: Yes, but you left out she was there for a MONTH STRAIGHT!! (maybe for a month straight? I havent heard of used that way, unless its British or something. And I wanna say you left out that she was there) Jackie: So? Danny: Im her goddamn father! You should have told me. Panel 3 Jackie taking a sip of her campange calmly. Jackie: Daniel, where were you two years ago? Panel 4 Danny looking confused. Danny: What does that have to do with anything? Panel 5 Jackies mouth, Jackie: Where/were/you? Page 19 20080707 Panel 1 Danny biting his lip. Danny: Um Panel 2 Danny scratching his head while talking into his cell. Danny: It depends on the time of year, but probably either Sipan or Urach. Panel 3 Jackie putting her drink down behind her Steven is refilling his glass. Danny: Could have been Gylia. Jackie: Right. Panel 4 Jackie speaking into the phone wth a furrowed brow. Jackie: So do you think that maybe, just maybe, I would have told you if you were in the same country as your daughter? Panel 5 - Danny looking at the ground. Jackie: Let alone the same part of the world. Panel 6 Danny;s mouth. Danny: Thats not fair. Page 20 20080709 Panel 1 Jackie adjusting herself. Jackie: Riiiight. Because you had to go travel the world while you learned sorcery from that fuzzy guy. Panel 2 Danny leaned against his car. Danny: Lope. Jackie: Whatever. The fact is, dont come complaining to me that you arent up to date on Natalie. Panel 3 Danny sliding down against his car. Jackie: When you werent there. Panel 4 Danny responded weakly now sitting on the ground. Danny: I took her for a month when Id get back from those trips. Panel 5 Danny biting his lip. Jackie: And Im sure one month out of every four is all the fathering Natalie needs from you. / Grow up, Daniel. Page 21 20080711 Panel 1 Dannys waist you see him opening the front door and you see Rebecca and Brad in the livingroom. Brad: Rebecca, I said No. Rebecca: But I wanna watch TV. Brad: No. Panel 2 Danny waking by them depressed. Brad looks up at him. Brad: Welcome back. Danny: Hi. Brad: Uh Panel 3 Danny looking around the room. Brad: Wheres Natalie? Danny: The hospital. Panel 4 Brad standing up surprised Brad: What happened? / Is she okay? Danny: She, uh had a seizure or something. The doctors are keeping her overnight. Panel 5 Danny still opening the coat cabinet. Danny: Im bringing her a few things./ Is this where Ally put her duffle bag after we helped Rita out? Brad: Uh, no. Page 22 20080714 Panel 1 Danny searching through the coat cabinet as Brad sits back down. Rebecca looks over at Brad. Rebecca: Daddy, whats a doctor? Brad: Uh- Panel 2 Brad looking down at Rebecca from the couch. Brad: Well, its a person you go see when you are sick or hurt, and they make you better. Panel 3 Rebecca returning her attention to the TV, opening the cabinet is a lock on it. Rebecca: Oh, like the healer Uncle Danny went to see. Brad: Kinda. Panel 4 Brad getting up. Brad: But they use medicine and tools to make you better instead of magic. Panel 5 Brad picking Rebecca up. Brad: So it takes longer and doesnt always work. / And stop it, Rebecca. Page 23 20080716 Panel 1 Rebecca struggling against Brad Rebecca: But if it takes longer - Panel 2 Danny pulling the duffle bag out of the cabinet. Over his shoulder Brad is holding Rebecca. Rebecca: why not see a Healer instead? Panel 3 Danny standing up and thinking. Behind him is still Brad and Rebecca. Brad: Well, uh/ there arent as many Healers as there are Doctors. Panel 4 Danny runs out of the room as Brad watches. Panel 5 Brad titling slightly to see where Danny went. Page 24 20080718 Panel 1 Pat leaning under his toilet which a roach in the foreground. Pats holding a can of Raid ready to spray it. Pat: There you are. Panel 2 - Pat hitting his head on his sink as his head jerks up. SFX: THUMNK THUMNK THUMNK Pat: Hu- ERR! SFX: BAMP! Panel 3 Pat setting over the broken bathroom door while rubbing his head. SFX: THUMNK THUMNK THIMNK Pat: Im coming, hold on. Panel 4 Pat opening the door and Danny rushes past him and heads for his books. Danny: Pat, I REALLY need one of your spellbooks. Panel 5 Pat standing there confused as Danny begins to rummage through his bookshelf. Pat: What? Why? Danny: Because Im going to find a spell to help my daughter get better. Panel 6 Dannys Face as he searches through the books Danny: I wasnt there last time, but Im going to help her this time. Page 25 20080721 Panel 1 Pat scratching the back of his head has Danny goes through the books. Pat: Your daughter? Danny: Yes. Pat: Whats wrong with her? Panel 2 Danny through the bookshelf. Danny: I dont know. Panel 3 Pat shoving his hands in his pockets. Pat: You need to know whats wrong with her in order for any healing spells to work. Panel 4 Danny flipping through a book. Danny: I know. / Thats why Im looking for a spell that will tell me whats wrong with her. Pat: Oh. Panel 5 Pat watching Danny. Panel 6 Danny looking up at pat a bit surprised. Pat: Bottom shelf, fourth to the right, about 20 pages in. Page 26 20080723 Panel 1 Pat and Danny walking through the hospital Pat: Its a bit hard to cast. So Ill cast it. Panel 2 Danny opening the door to Natalies room. Danny: Thanks. Natalie: Hi dad. / Did you bring my book? Panel 3 Danny sitting on the bed pulling out a copy of good omens. Pat is adjusting a few things in the room to get ready for the spell. Danny: Sure did. / You remember Pat, right? Panel 4 Natalie looking up at Pat who looks her in the eye. Natalie: Yes. Hello. Pat: Hi/uh Panel 5 close up on Natalies eyes. Pat: Danny, I need to talk to you alone for a minute. Panel 6 Confused Danny getting up while Pat walks out the door. Danny: Uh/ sure. / Well be back shortly, okay? Natalie: Alright. Page 27 20080725 Panel 1 Danny stepping into the hall. Pat shoves his hands in his pockets. Pat: I know whats going on with your daughter. Danny: Oh? Panel 2 Pat walking over to the waiting room. Pat: A healing spell isnt going help, neither is anything the hospital has. Danny: Whys that? Panel 3 Pat gesturing with one hand as he walks over to a dry erase board. Danny looks confused. Pat: Because technically shes fine. / Let me explain. Panel 4 Danny sitting down in one of the little kid plastic chairs the waiting room has. Pat: First, what did your first sorcery teacher call what makes magic work? Danny: Um Panel 5 - monochromatic panel of Lope throwing his hands in the air. Danny is confused. Brads eating chips in the background. Caption: Terran isnt his first language so he didnt know the word for it. Lope: It is magic stuff inside you and all else. Brad: That sounds kinda like the Force. Caption: So he just went with that for the rest of the lessons. Page 28 20080728 Panel 1 Pat raising an eyebrow. Pat: The Force? Panel 2 Danny nodding. Danny: Yes. Panel 3 Pat picking up a marker. Pat: Well just go with Magic stuff. Panel 4 Pat drawing a bar on the board glancing back at Danny. Pat: So everyone has ./ Magic Stuff./ But everything has different levels. (punctuation goes inside quotation marks.) Panel 5 Pats bar nicely labeled Pat: Planets and animals have the least / and Angels would have the most. Panel 6- Pat drawing a line next to one part of the bar Pat: Humans usually end up around here. Panel 7 Pat drawing another line. Pat: While mages are usually around here. Page29 20080730 Panel 1 Pat drawing a circle around the space between the two lines. Pat: But sometimes, a humans magic stuff ends up being more in this area, Panel 2 Danny adjusting himself in the little kid chair. Pat: Usually its because one parent was a low level mage and one was human, but not always. Panel 3 Danny looking up. Danny: Whats this got to do with- Pat: Im getting there. / One of 3 things can happen to these to these people. Panel 4 Pat drawing an arrow off and writing seer Pat: Boys can end up with a white streak in their hair and be a potential seer. Panel 5 Chibi Brad and Chibi Will Pat: If thats the case, they can be like your werewolf friend and ignore this power / Or they can be like William and develop their seer power, but loose their normal eyesight as a result. Page 30 20080801 Panel 1 Pat drawing another arrow from the circle. Pat: Or they can be a girl with a black streak in their hair. Which makes them a summoner. Panel 2 Danny straightening up Danny: Oh, so thats whats going on with Natalie! Panel 3 Danny slumping over defeated. Pat: No, if she was a summoner she would have a familiar already. Panel 4 Pat gesturing to the circle. Pat: See, everyone in this group has too much Magic Stuff to be a normal human and not enough to be a mage. Panel 5 pointing to the seer and summoner arrows Pat: Which is okay for seers and summoners because the extra Magic Stuff has an outlet. Panel 6 Pat standing over Danny. Pat: The people left over have purple eyes, like Natalie, and are more complicated. Panel 31 20080804 Panel 1 Natalie reading Pat: Magic Stuff needs a focus, Panel 2 Natalie through the hospital room door. Pat: Or it will lash out, hurting either the user or others. Panel 3 danny and pat in the waiting room Danny: So what do I do? Pat: You can do a few things. Panel 4 monochromatic panel of pat at age 10 looking down at a shitty drawing while another boy is drawing a landscape. Pat: My cousin was one, so he was given lessons in pretty much everything available. Panel 5 Little pat crumpling up his drawing while other kid continues to draw. Pat: The extra magic would focus on his lessons; let him pick them up extremely quickly. / It was very frustrating to be around. Page 32 20080806 Panel 1 the other little boy reading a large spell book while Pat makes some leaves blow in the wind. Pat: Also, he was given sorcery lessons, since obviously the extra Magic Stuff lends well to that. Panel 2 Pat putting down the marker while Danny looks up. Pat: At the very least, you should show her the same exercise you had to learn before you started learning actual spells. Panel 3 Danny getting up much happier. Danny: Thats a relief. / No more headaches and shell be good at everything. / Nice deal. Panel 4 _ Pat gesturing for Danny to stop. Pat: Its not that simple. Page 33 20080808 Panel 1 Pat giving Danny a very serious look as he erases the board. Pat: Because they are good at everything, / if not taught properly, /purple-eyed individuals start to think theyre better than everyone else. Panel 2 Over Pats should you see Danny getting worried again. Pat: Best case, they are a bit stuck up. Panel 3 Pat putting the eraser down. Pat: Worst case, they get a god complex. Panel 4 - Monochromatic Pat as a teenager fighting a sorceress. Pat: In fact, while I was still a mage, most of the evil sorcerers and sorceresses I helped stop had purple eyes. Panel 5 Pats head and behind him a transparent picture of Seth do evil laughter. Pat: I wouldnt be at all surprised if Seth had purple eyes while he was human. Page 34 20080811 Panel 1 Danny walking back into Natalies room. Pat: Just be careful with her. Danny: Hey there. Panel 2 Natalie putting down her book. Natalie: Hi. / Whered Pat go? Danny: He had to leave. Panel 3 Danny sits on the edge of Natalies bed. Danny: But right now Im going to show you something. Panel 4 Natalie looking up at him. Danny: Were going to start doing this every night before you go to bed, okay? Natalie: Okay. Panel 5 Pull out as Danny sits Indian style and Natalie puts her book down. Danny: Now sit like me and close your eyes. Panel 6 Natalie does the same while Danny smiles. Danny: Good. / Now I want you to focus. Cover page for Bribery 20080813 Page 1 20080815 Panel 1 an apartment complex in baymick Ally: So where do you want this? Panel 2 Allys mom gesturing over to the other side of the room. Sarah: Uh, just next to the couch is fine. Panel 3 Ally placing the lamp on table next to the couch while Sarah unpacks a few nick nacks. Ally: Im glad you picked this stuff up. Panel 4 pull out to show how empty Sarahs apartment looks. Ally: This place is a bit unnerving when its so bare like this. Sarah: Eh, I dont need that much. Panel 5 Allys mom taking out a few picture frames she bought and looking down at them. Sarah: Though I could use some pictures of you and your family. / Just to make the place a bit more home-like. Page 2 20080818 Panel 1 Ally walking over and grabbing another box. Ally: Ill bring a photo album over next time I stop by. Panel 2 Ally opening the giant box with a box cutter. Ally: I got a bunch of doubles of most of the important stuff / like Brad and Is wedding /and Rebecca when she was younger. Panel 3 Sarah looking to Ally with a smirk. Sarah: I notice hes not here, / Is visiting me no fun now that Im out of prison? Panel 4 Ally turning to her mom as she pulls out some objects. Ally: Heh, no. / He just sorta kinda hates Baymick. Panel 5 Ally lacing them on the floor. Ally: Even after all these years, hes still not completely comfortable with supernatural stuff. Sarah: Ah. Page 3 20080820 Panel 1 Ally gesture to a stack of paper on the Ally: I tried talking him into putting those all on Alpha Phoenixs boards and around town, Panel 2 the flyer Ally: But getting him to come here is like pulling teeth. Panel 3 scan of the flyer on a someones laptop. Ally: So he only took care of the online ones. Panel 4 Maureen sitting in a waiting room looking over her laptop and blowing a bubble with her gum. Gort: Maureen Jenson? Panel 5 Maureen closing her laptop and looking up. Maureen: What? Panel 6 Gort gesturing to a metal detector. Gort: They are ready for you. Page 4 20080822 Panel 1 Maureen placing laptop on bag checking section of the metal detector and starting to pull out her gun to put there as well. Gort: You can keep your gun. Panel 2 Gort holding out a small dish as Maureen looks at him confused. Gort: But lose the jewelry. Panel 3 Gort looking bored as Maureen takes off her rings. Gort: *sigh* No silver past this point. Maureen: Oh, right. Panel 4 Maureen dropping her rings in the little dish. Maureen: Just dont steal them. Dipshit. Panel 5 Gort scowling as she walks through the metal detector. Panel 6 Maureen pushing through an office door. Page 5 20080825 Panel 1 Maureen walking in to Damiens royal. Damien is looking out the window. Maureen: Hey. Panel 2 Damien turning toward her. Damien: Miss Jenson. (Upon re-reading, you probably dont need the period here, either, unless you wanted two separate sentences. See next page). Panel 3 Damien sitting down in front of her. Damien: I wanted to ask you here because, according to your file from Alpha Phoenix, youre a pretty good shot. Panel 4 Maureen adjusting her stance to be extremely cocky. Maureen: Psh, Im better than pretty good. Panel 5 Maureen crossing her arms as Damien cleans his glasses. Damien: Do you think you can shoot someone making a speech on the common from the top of the capital building? Maureen: Uh, yeah. Panel 6 Damien smirking with a raised eyebrow Damien: SO you could make a shot similar to the one that hit me on international television? Panel 6 20080827 Panel 1 Maureens realizing what he is talking about. Maureen; Actually, Mr. Knight, that is a really hard shot. Panel 2 Maureen slowly backing up toward the door. Maureen: I dont know if I could make it. Panel 3 Damien hopping over his desk while Maureen jiggles the handle of the door. Damien: Dont be so modest Miss Jenson. (Miss doesnt typically have a period after it. Unless youre going for Ms. or if you actually want Miss. (period) Jenson. (period) Panel 4 Maureen pulling on the door. Muareen: eh? Damien: I know it was you. / And I had that door locked after you entered. Panel 5 Damien slamming Maureen against the door. SFX: THUNK Page 7 20080829 Panel 1 Damien holding Maureen close to his face. Damien: Now I know it wasnt you idea, so the sooner you tell me who hired you, the sooner you can leave here. Panel 2 Ally and Brads house early evening. Caption: A few days later. Danny: Im telling you, its awesome. Panel 3 their backyard, Natalie on the porch reading, Rebecca and King are looking up a tree at some squirrels. Brad, Ally, and Danny are sitting on the porch half watching the kids play. Danny has an unlit cigarette in one hand. Danny: Just watch. Ally: Rebecca, dont touch that! Panel 4 Ally shouting at Rebecca. Ally: Because I said so THATS WHY! Panel 5 Ally turning to Danny. Ally: Okay, go ahead. Panel 6 Danny putting the cigarette in his mouth and starting his fire spell. Danny: (fire spell) Page 8 20080901 Panel 1 Danny motioning the fire to his cigarette: Danny: (fire spell) Panel 2 Danny all proud of his magically lit cigarette. Danny: Pretty wicked, huh? Panel 3 A car pulling up in their drive way. Ally: Uh wont it be easier to just pull out a lighter? Panel 4 womans legs getting out of the car. Danny: Oh screw you. Panel 5 - back to the porch Brad has turned his attention to who is coming up the walk way. While Danny gets all defensive. Danny: This is awesome and you know it. Brad: Uh can we help you? Page 9 20080903 Panel 1 Nadia walking over to them. Nadia: Quite possibly. Did any of you post this on Baymicks boards? Panel 2 She hands Brad a folded piece of paper. Panel 3 Brad shows it to Ally and Danny. Ally: Yeah, we all did. Nadia: Good. Panel 4 Nadia taking back the paper. Nadia: My name is Nadia, Id like to hire you. Panel 5 Brad, Danny, and Ally. Danny: Oh. Ally; For what exactly? Page 10 20080905 Panel 1 Nadia walking toward the table on the porch and gesturing toward one of the chairs. Nadia: Well, my partner and I both work for Alpha Phoenix. /May I? Panel 2 Ally watching her carefully as Nadia sits down. Ally; Sure. Nadia: Several years ago, one of our jobs went wrong. Panel 3 Damien when younger getting shot in the head. Caption: We were hired to kill King Damien Knight shortly after he took the throne, Panel 4 Nadia sitting calmly as Brad scratches the back of his head and Danny plays with his cigarette. Nadia: However, my partner used a normal bullet instead of a silver one. Panel 5 Brad glancing downard as Nadia looks up. Brad; And then the public found out about supernatural stuff being real. Nadia: Yes. Page 11 20080908 Panel 1 Nadia pushing her hair out of her eyes as the group listens. Nadia: Though Alpha Phoenix has covered up the mishap, Panel 2 - Nadia folding her hands. Nadia: at least enough so that most people believe a terrorist shot him / and the incident left Damien delusional. Panel 3 Nadia looking very sternly at the group. Nadia: However, he recently discovered our identities. Panel 4 Pull out to show everyone on the porch. Nadia: So Damien now has my partner captive and is trying to beat who hired us out of her. Panel 5 Reaction shot of ally, brad, and danny. Nadia: And since you have a history with him, Id like your help saving her. Page 12 20080910 Panel 1 Ally with her arms crossed. Ally: No. Panel 2 Nadia look you questioningly as she stands. Nadia: I havent even said how much Ill pay, I assure Ally: Doesnt matter. Panel 3 Ally standing up strong as Brad raises a hand behind her. Ally: The flyer says: Nothing Illegal. Brad: And because of our history, Id personally like to stay as far away from Damien as possible. Panel 4 Danny staring at Nadias tits as she looks at him. Nadia: Your file said youre learning sorcery, how much do you know? Panel 5 danny still looking downward. Danny; Uh, I know beginner Fire Spells and a bunch of Light Spells. Panel 6 Nadia smiling. Nadia; Good. Do think youre up for the job? Page 13 20080912 Panel 1 Danny glancing over at Ally and Brad. Ally is rolling her eyes. Danny: Um... Nadia: Please? Panel 2 Nadia leaning over a bit so Danny can see down her shirt. Nadia; You wont have to do much. / See, I know sorcery too. Panel 3 Danny starring down her cleavage. Nadia: But vampires cant cast Healing Spells, so Ill need you if she is hurt. Panel 4 Danny still staring as Ally rolls her eyes behind him. Danny: Uh/ Okay. Panel 5 Nadia pulling away and Danny follows Nadia: Excellent. / Lets go. Panel 6 Nadia walking away as looks back and hesitantly follows. Danny: Uh/ Ill call you guys and fill you in later. Page 14 20080915 Panel 1 Nadia holding the door open for Danny. Nadia: Now, as nice as it is to have you aboard, Panel 2 Danny looking not so happy but getting in the car as Nadia leans in. Nadia: For safety sake, I would like a bit more / well, muscle. Danny: Ah. Panel 3 Nadia getting in the other side of her car. Nadia: So who are you blood bond to? Panel 4 Danny blowing cigerette smoke. Danny: Uh/ He kinda has a reputation. / But his name is Seth. Panel 5 Nadia thinking as she turns starts the car. Nadia: Oh. Danny: Wed probably have to bribe him to help. Page 15 20080917 Panel 1 Danny and Nadia in the car Nadia: Well, last time I saw Seth, / his Sire told me, / if I ever went near Seth again, Panel 2 Nadia gesturing toward Danny. Nadia: I would find my lungs ripped out and turned into a bronzed mantle piece. Panel 3 Nadia with one hand on her chest. Nadia: And even though I dont need my lungs, I like them where they are. Panel 4 Danny silently staring at her in shock as her car pulls away. Panel 5 The car pulling away. Nadia; Seth and I used to date. Danny: Ah. Page 16 20080919 Panel 1 Pats shitty motel Caption: So, do you know anyone else? Panel 2 Pats face glaring Pat: Absolutely not. Panel 3 Danny pleading Pat who sits there with his arms crossed. Nadia has her hand behind her back and is glancing down at a stack of scrolls and books pat has on his coffee table. Danny: Come ON. / She is just trying to help someone out. Panel 4 Pat and Danny arguing in the background as Nadia lifts up one of the scrolls. Danny: Plus she can pay you. Pat: I said no. Panel 5 Nadia opening one of the scrolls. Pat noticing what she is doing. Nadia: Hehheh/ This isnt a stack of Dwyns scrolls and spells, is it? Panel 6 Pat grabbing the scroll from her. Pat: Give me THAT! Page 17 20080922 Panel 1 Nadia smirking as Pat rolls the scroll back up. Danny stands in the background confused. Nadia: Awww. Does someone not like being a vampire? Danny: Huh? Panel 2 Pat putting scroll away. Pat: I already said Im not helping, so just leave already. Panel 3 Nadia flipping her hair. Nadia: Nothing I can do to change your mind? Pat: Nothing. Panel 4 Nadia walking with her hands on her hips. Nadia: Thats a shame, because I have one of Dwyns later spell books. Panel 5 Pat gritting his teeth, while over his shoulder you see Nadia still walking away. Nadia: One that I have no objections to parting with. Page 18 20080924 Panel 1 A nice hotel room, with the curtains drawn. Pat is slouched back in an arm chair. Danny is talking on his cell phone. Nadia is getting some weapons ready. Danny: And Ill be home tomorrow, halfpint. / Now dont forget to do those exercises I showed you. Panel 2 Pat glaring up at Nadia who is putting a sword into her purse what has a small light shining from the opening. Pat: I cant believe you conned me into this. Panel 3 Nadia putting a spell book in the purse. Nadia: I didnt con you./ I made an offer, and you accepted Panel 4 Pat crossing his arms and scowling. Nadia: And you should get some sleep. / We have a few hours until sunset. Panel 5 Danny still talking on the phone, but notices Nadia shoving stuff in her purse that is too big. Danny; Okay/ I love you too. Page 19 20080926 Panel 1 Danny shoving his cell phone in his back pocket as Nadia continues to put stuff in her purse. Danny: Hey uh how are you doing that? Panel 2 Nadia looking up at him as he walks over. Danny; Is it a spell or is the purse just magic or something? Nadia: Oh. Panel 3 shot from inside the purse looking out. Nadia: Its a containment spell cast on the inside of the bag. Danny; Does the bag have to be made of anything special? Panel 4 Nadia putting closing her purse. Nadia: No, you can use it on pretty much any bag, Panel 5 Danny inspecting the bag as Nadia keeps talking. Nadia: You just have to make the containment area, where the objects are going, bigger than the bag Page 20 20080929 Panel 1 Danny picking up the strap. Danny: Whatever you put in it isnt really in the bag? Panel 2 Nadia shrugging as Danny tries lift the bag. Nadia: They are, but they are sort of condensed. Panel 3 Danny pulling a muscle as the purse falls and cracks the floor. SFX: TUBOMM! Panel 4 Nadia picking up the purse as Danny rubs his shoulder. Nadia: So, you can still feel the weight of everything you put in there. Danny: Got it. Panel 5 Danny still rubbing his shoulder. Danny: But I thought that containment spells were for locking stuff up. Page 21 20081001 Panel 1 Nadia going back to packing her purse. Nadia: Well, actually if you look at the aspects of any basic spell, Panel 2 Nadia continuing as Danny shoves his hands in his pockets. Nadia; You can usually adjust very basic spells to achieve whatever you want. Panel 3 Nadia pointing to an ax that Danny reaches for. Nadia: Could you hand me that? Danny: Uh huh. Panel 4 Danny handing her the small ax. Nadia; Like, if you think about it, / a Love Spell is just an adjusted Mind Control Spell. Panel 5 Danny thinking as Nadia puts her ax in the purse. Danny: Huh. So youre saying that something like a fire spell I could use to um heat my house in the winter? Nadia; Probably. Page 22 20081003 Panel 1 Nadia looking around the room for anything she forgot. Nadia: Im surprised you dont know this already. Panel 2 Nadia gesturing toward Pat. Nadia: Especially since your friend here is collecting Dwyns journals. Panel 3 Nadia walking past Pat. Nadia: Thats what most of his scrolls and books are about. / Not actually spells themselves, but how he thought about adjusting them. Panel 4 Danny glaring at Pat. Danny: Funny, hes never mentioned that. Panel 5 Pat with his arms folded as Danny glares at him. Pat: I was busy, Danny. Danny: Doing what? Panel 6 Pat getting up and yawning. Pat: Making sure you didnt light yourself on fire. Danny: Hardy har har. Page 23 20081006 Panel 1 Damiens home. Danny: Okay, next we should take a left. Panel 2 Pat, Nadia, and Danny in a very long hallway. Pat has an ax, Nadia has her purse, and Danny a cigarette. Pat: How exactly do you supposedly know where youre going.? Danny: Uh Panel 3 Danny biting his lip as Pat looks at him confused. Danny: King Damien is uh/ my cousin. So I used to come here a lot. Pat: Seriously? Panel 4 Pat still confused and Nadia gives a confident look. Danny avoids eye contact. Pat: King Damien? The same one that said at an International Summit that he was a werewolf? Danny: Yes. Page 24 20081008 Panel 1 Pat still mulling this over in his head. Nadia raising a hand to interjected. Nadia: Its why I approached him and his friend for this job. Panel 2 Nadia continuing as Danny cringes. Nadia: Also, Damien probably isnt advertising that he has an illegal captive. / So my partner is probably being held in the same place Danny was years ago. Panel 3 Danny turning to her in shock. Danny: How the hell did you know about that?! Panel 4 Nadia walking past Danny. Nadia: It was in your file. Panel 5 Pat and Danny watching her walk away. Panel 6 Pat turning to Danny. Pat; I dont trust her. Nadia: Lets keep moving, boys. Page 25 20081010 Panel 1 Danny and Pat catching up. Danny; Youre being paranoid. Pat; Am I? Danny: YES, you ARE. Panel 2 Danny gesturing toward her as Pat watching her peek around the corner. Danny: She is trying to save someone and shes paying us to help. / Why is that suspicious? Panel 3 Pat still keeping an eye on her. Pat: Because. Danny: Because why? Panel 4 Pat talking though teeth and Danny glares at him. Pat: Because shes a vampire. Danny: Pat, youre a bloody vampire. Page 26 20081013 Panel 1 Nadia gestureing for them to follow. Danny: Plus shes uh Panel 2 Pat watching as Dannys eye glancing at Nadia breasts. Panel 3 Danny with a glazed over eyes and a smirk. Pat turns to him. Pat: Shes not going to sleep with you for helping her. Panel 4 Danny looking offended. Danny: I know THAT. Panel 5 Pat looking at Danny skeptically. Pat: Youre sure? Danny: Yes. Panel 6 Nadia going back and glares at them. Nadia: Lets keep moving you two. Page 27 20081015 Panel 1 Nadias eyes widening as she looks over in surprise. Panel 2 Nadia jumping toward Danny and Pat as a fire ball is thrown at her. SFX: FOa- OUAM Panel 3 Nadia scrambling to her feet as gestures for Pat and Danny to follow. Nadia: But not that way. Panel 4 A fireball is thrown at Pat who blocks it with his ax, while Danny races around the corner. SFX: Foa- OUAM Panel 5 Nadia pulls out her sword as Danny and Pat get behind the wall with her. Pat is already starting a spell. Danny: So what do we do? Panel 6 show Gort getting another fireball ready. Nadia: Uh were in luck. Page 28 20081017 Panel 1 Pat casting an ice spell that comes out of the floor and Gort makes a wall of fire to melt it. SFX CRISSKT ssssss Foa-OUAM Danny: Um how exactly? Panel 2 Nadia pulling out a sword from her purse. Nadia: He works for Alpha Phoenix too. Panel 3 Danny watches confused as Nadia slips out of cover and dodges a fireball. SFX: Foa OUAM Page 29 20081020 Panel 1 Nadia casting a spell to block the fire. Nadia: (spell goes here) Panel 2 Gort grabs at Nadias sword and it starts melting. SFX: criigt bullhg Nadia: So how much will it cost? Panel 3 Gort readies another fireball. Gort: For what? Panel 4 Nadia releasing her sword and blocked the fire ball with the magic shield from before. Nadia: To get you to pretend we werent here? Panel 5 Danny and Pat peeking around the corner. Danny: Whats she doing? Pat: I think she is bribing him. Page 30 20081022 Panel 1 Gort pointing down the hall. Gort: Two lefts, then a right- Its the last door in that hall. Panel 2 Nadia handing Gort a few hundreds. Nadia: Here, and thanks a lot. Panel 3 Nadia and the rest running as Gort pockets his money. Gort: Whatever. Panel 4 Nadia bursting open the door. Maureen: Hey, Nadia. Panel 5 A chained up and black and blue Maureen. Maureen; Took you long enough. Page 31 20081024 Panel 1 Nadia gesturing for Danny to move forward. Nadia: If you would, please start healing her. Well look for some keys. Danny: Right. Panel 2 Danny plopping down next to Maureen and introducing himself. Nadia starts opening drawers as Pat looks at his ax. Danny: Hi, there. I dont want to mess this up so it would help if you held still. Panel 3 Pat walks up to Maureen and Danny. Danny: (Casting his healing spell.) Panel 4 Pat looking down at her. Pat: Could you move your ankles as far away from each other as possible? Panel 5 Maureen now less bruised doing as told. Panel 6 Pat casting an ice spell on the chains around her ankles. Pat: (casting spell) Page 32 20081027 Panel 1 Pats ax crashing down on the iced shackles and breaking them. Panel 2 Everyone looking at Pat impressed. Pat; Now the chain connecting your wrists. / Then you can pick the shackle locks once were all out of here. Panel 3 Pat setting down his ax. Pat: Id like to get paid and go home already. Panel 4 security camera view of Pat cutting her other chains. Panel 5 Damien watching in an office chiar. Damien: And this all happened last night? Panel 6 Cassia looking down at Damien and the TV screen which has Nadia hugging Maureen in the security camera view. Cassia: I keep telling you to either pay Alpha Phoenix guards more or dont hire them. Page 33 20081029 Panel 1 Damian covering his mouth with one hand as he watches the screen. Damien: Any idea how they found her so fast, Cassia? Panel 2 Cassia pointing to Danny on the screen. Cassia: I believe your cousin might have something to do with it. Panel 3 Cassia leaning against the desk. Cassia: I told you that you should have taken care of him. Panel 4 Damien rubbing his chin. Damien: Eh, hes just a human. I could probably scare him into not trying something like this again. Panel 5 Cassia starting to walk away as Damien continues to watch the screen. Cassia: You should probably get on that. Damien: I will, next time Im visiting the New Mahtlaw area. Title page for my permanent accessory 20081013 Page 1 20081015 Panel 1 Ally putting on an earring. Darkfire: And your husband is alright with you accepting this job? Panel 2 Pull out to show Ally in a party dress as she puts on lipstick. Ally: Not at first. / Then I told him how much you were paying. Panel 3 Darkfire sitting on Ally and Brads bed. Ally: Then after sleeping on it, he agreed. Panel 4 Ally turning to Darkfire. Ally: But he probably isnt happy about you being up here alone with me. Darkfire: Oh? Page 2 20081017 Panel 1 Ally putting up her hair. Ally: He thinks you like me more than a boss should. Panel 2 Darkfire looking up at Ally mildly surprised. Darkfire: Is that why he doesnt like me? Panel 3 Ally smirking as she finishes her hair. Darkfire: I assumed it was because I kill people for money. Ally: Well, theres that too. Panel 4 Darkfire standing as Ally finishes her hair. Darkfire: Regardless, I will go wait downstairs. Ally: It would be best. Panel 5 Darkfire walking out. Darkfire: Wouldnt want your husband comparing me to Emperor Palpatine again. / Whoever that is. Page 3 20081020 Panel 1 Darkfire walking into the kitchen where Brad and Danny are talking to Jeff. Brad: So we got some leftover take out in the fridge if you get hungry. Jeff: Okay. Panel 2 Brad noticing Darkfire as Danny puts out his cigarette. Darkfire: I see that you are also spending the evening out, Mr. Wolfe. Panel 3 Danny volunteering information as Brad nudges him. Danny: We were just going to get a few drinks. Panel 4 Darkfire glancing at Jeff as he walks away. Darkfre: When Ms. Warren is finished preparing, please inform her I am in my car. Panel 5 Jeff leaning toward Brad. Jeff: Im still getting used to my senses, Panel 6 Jeff giving Brad a questioning look. Jeff: But Im pretty sure that guy doesnt smell human. Brad: Thats because hes not. Page 4 20081022 Panel 1 Darkfire sitting in his limo filling out paper work. Caption Jeff: Oh, what is he? Caption Brad: We dont actually know. Panel 2 Ally getting into the limo in a dress. Ally: So how do I look? Panel 3 Dakrfire glancing at Ally in a bored manner. Panel 4 Darkfire going back to his paper work as Ally snickers at him. Darkfire: Alright, I suppose./ For a human. Panel 5 Darkfire handing her a file. Darkfire: Heres the demon I want you to kill at this party. Page 5 20081024 Panel 1 . Picture of Straos Darkfire: Hes been trying to convince Elemental Demons to reveal themselves to humans. Ally: Whats wrong with that? Panel 2 - the limo pulling up a fancy looking building in Baymick Caption: He wants them to rule over humans as well. Caption: Oh. Panel 3 Darkfire helping her out of the limo. Caption: He has the same type of magic as you, it would be ill-advised for you to use your powers. Panel 4 Ally straightening her dress. Caption: But he will not suspect a mage to be armed. / Especially one who is just a bar manager Page 6 20081027 Panel 1 Darkfire glancing at Ally Darkfire: Ready? Ally: Yes. Panel 2 fingers taping on the top of a table Panel 3 Brad and Danny sitting at a table in Allys bar. Danny: You gonna be alright, mate? Panel 4 Brad hunched over Brad: Yeah, I just/grrrr Panel 5 Danny blowing his cigarette. Danny: Youre growling. Brad: Sorry. Page 7 20081029 Panel 1 Chelsey coming over with some drinks. Chelsey; Here you guys go. Panel 2 Danny starring at Chelseys tits as she bends over. Chelsey: Getland coffee and a Brandy. Panel 3 As Chelsey walks away Brad and Danny switch drinks. Danny: If you were going to get this upset over it, you should have told Ally not to go. Panel 4 Brad picking up his brandy. Brad: I know, but we really need the money. Panel 5 Brad chugging all his brandy. Panel 6 Brad grimacing a bit. Brad: Playing on the street doesnt make that much. Panel 7 Brad raising his hand to get Chelseys attention. Brad: Hey! Could I get another? Page 8 20081031 Panel 1 Chelsey bringing Brad another drink. Brad: Plus, its not the job that bothers me. Panel 2 Brad chugging the brandy again before Chelsey can leave. Danny: Im the designated driver tonight, I take it. Panel 3 Brad looking up at Chelsey. Brad: You can leave the bottle. Panel 4 _ Danny watching Brad refill his glass and sipping his coffee. Danny: Ill take that as a Yes. Panel 5 Brad thinking. Brad: uh What was I saying? Danny: Not the job- Brad: Right. Page 9 20081103 Panel 1 Brad pointing. Brad: Its that bastard. / And how he swoops in. Panel 2 Brad scowling. Brad: With his limo / and his dress for Ally / and his money / and his: This is very important- Panel 3 Danny trying to take the bottle of Brandy away. Brad: And his parties/ and- Panel 4 Brad takes the bottle and glares at Danny. Brad: GRRRRR Danny: Okay, okay, / just, drinking like that isnt good for you,/ even if you are a werewolf. Page 10 20081105 Panel 1 The party room. Caption: And didnt you meet Ally because he brought her along to a similar party? Panel 2 Darkfire talking to Ally Caption: That is beside the point. Panel 3 Across the room Straos is talking to Frost. Darkfire: Hell be over here in a moment to try and talk me into backing his cause. Panel 4 Darkfire leaning into Allys ear. Darkfire: Im going to introduce you. Page 11 20081107 Panel 1 Straos coming over to Darkfire and Ally. Straos: Greetings, Lord Darkfire. / I am pleased you could lend me this hall tonight. Panel 2 Darkfire shaking hands with straos Darkfire: Well, you did pay considerably well for it. Panel 3 Straos glancing at all with a raised eyebrow as he looks at Ally. Darkfire: And, Lord Straos, please allow me to introduce you to an associate of mine. Panel 4 - Straos unsure what to think. Darkfire: Ms. Ally Warren. Ally: A pleasure to meet you. Straos: You brought a mage here? Panel 5 Darkfire gesturing toward Ally who is a bit uneasy. Darkfire: She has no association with the Mages Council. Do not worry. Page 12 20081110 Panel 1 Straos grinning suddenly Straos: Ah. / Well then, Ms. Warren, it is a pleasure to meet you as well. Panel 2 Darkfire watching as Straos obviously flirts with her. Straos: Now curiosity has me wondering, what is your element? Ally: Air. Panel 3 Straos grinning getting bigger as Darkfire steps away. Straos: Likewise, and for the Warren line that means you must be a full blood. Panel 4 Darkfire making his way through the crowd while behind him Straos gestures toward a buffet table. Ally: Im sorry, but I honestly have no clue what you mean by that. Straos: Then please, allow me to educate you over a drink. Page 13 20081112 Panel 1 Danny helping a very drunk Brad up the steps. Brad: SsssHOW me the WAY to go home Panel 2 Brad stumbling as he reaches the top. Brad: Im tried (tired?) and I want to GO to BEEED Danny: Just watch your step. Panel 3 Brad on the ground looking at Danny Brad: Danny Danny: Yes? Panel 4 Brad falling backward as Danny tries to drag him to his feet. Brad: Youre a good friend. Panel 5 Brad closing his eyes as Danny keeps trying to lift him. Brad: Even if you did shoot me when you found out. Danny: Thanks, Brad. Panel 6 Danny and Brad looking off panel. Seth(off panel): How sweet. Page 14 20081114 Panel 1 Seth going through the pockets of a dead thug as Brad waves and Danny helps Brad to his feet. Brad: Hi Sheth Panel 2 Seth take some money out of a wallet. Seth: Ill give you two some alone time. Panel 3 Brad leaning against Danny. Seth throws the now empty wallet on the thug. Danny: Go away, Seth. Panel 4 Seth summoning up his aura. Seth: Uh/No. Panel 5 Seth blasting the corpse while pointing toward Brad. Seth: Whats with him? / Ally leave him? Panel 6 Brad all offended. Brad: NO. Psh. Panel 15 20081117 Panel 1 Seth crushing the few bones of the thug left with his boot. SFX: TACK stAK CrK Seth: Then what? Panel 2 Danny walking Brad away from Seth Danny: Nothing. / Were going. Brad: Ally went to a sshtupid party witsh her bossh. Panel 3 Danny pushing Brad while cursing. Seth walks toward them with a smirk. Seth: Oh really? Danny: Bugger. Panel 4 Seth leaning over grinning and Brad tries to stay standing up. Seth: You know what they are probably doing? Brad: Whut? Panel 5 Seth talking. Seth: Hot./ Kinky. / Sex. Panel 6 Brad getting all pissed. Seth: Over / and / over. Page 16 20081119 Panel 1 Brad growling as Danny yells at Seth. Danny: DAMMIT, SETH! It took me over an hour to cheer him up! Panel 2 Brad stumbling a bit as Danny grabs him. Brad: Ill go show that bashtard. Danny: No you wont. Panel 3 - Brad pushing Danny a bit too hard Brad: No, I needsh to shand up for mysshelf. Panel 4 Danny rubbing his arm. Danny: No, right now you need to go home and lie down. Panel 5 Seth putting an arm around Brad Seth: No, Brads right, he needs to stand up for himself Page 17 20081121 Panel 1 Seth leading Brad away as Danny watches. Seth: Come on, Ill show you where the party is, Brad. Panel 2 Danny trying to interject as Seth pushes him aside. Danny: No, Brad, you dont want to do this. Seth: Yes, he does. Panel 3 Danny watching Seth and Brad walk away. Danny: Dammit. Seth, stop! Panel 4 Danny watching then continue to walk. Panel 5 - Danny gritting his teeth. Panel 6 Danny cashing after them. Danny: Bugger. Page 18 20081124 Panel 1 Ally sipping her drink trying to pretend she isnt bored?. Straos: So you see, the Werewolf King revealing himself to the world presents a new opportunity. Panel 2 Straos titling his drink a bit tipsy. Straos: Now the humans know, we can drop the faade. Panel 3 Ally lowering her drink. Ally: Actually, most humans think King Damien is insane and he only thinks he is a werewolf. Panel 4 Straos pouting slightly as he thinks. Ally: So most people dont actually know about or believe in the supernatural. Panel 5 Straos straightening up a bit. Straos: Regardless, living in the secret has gone on for too long. Panel 6 Straos leaning forward toward Ally a bit. Straos: Magic ruled the world once, and Im going to make it happen again. Page 19 20081126 Panel 1 Straos looking her in the eye. Straos: No more hiding your strength. Panel 2 Allys back as she pulls the knife out from under her top. Ally: Well, sometimes it is better to hide it. Panel 3 Both of them turning to the same direction. SFX: PRISHHHASH! Panel 4 Straos walking away from Ally Panel 5 Ally biting her lip. Ally: *sigh* Page 20 20081128 Panel 1 Seth waling in front of a stumbling Brad as Danny steadies him. Caption: Few minutes earlier. - Why bother with this Few Minutes Earlier Stuff? Why not just have a second set of doors for them to barge through to justify the first SFX? Danny: Im going to tell you again, mate. Panel 2 Danny holding Brad up. Danny: You shouldn't be here. / You should go home and lie down. Panel 3 Seth turning to Brad with an evil grin Seth: Yes, go home and let your wife be seduced by a REAL man. Brad: GRRRRR Panel 4 Danny getting in front of Brad Danny: No. No. No. Calm down, Brad. Page 21 20081201 Panel 1 Danny pushing Brad away from Seth who glances at the door while readying for a tiny aura blast. Danny: You dont need to do anything thicker than you already have. Panel 2 Danny turning around shocked as Brad glances over unfocused. SFX: PRISHHHASH! Panel 3 Seth standing over the broken door. Seth: whoops. Page 22 20081203 Panel 1 Darkfire pushing past a few guests while in the background you see straos and ally headed over too. Darkfire: What is going on here? Panel 2 Seth pointing at Brad who is trying to hold back some vomit. Seth: He did it. Panel 3 Darkfire looking at Brad. Panel 4 Darkfire looking back at Seth Darkfire: He did it? Seth: Yes. Panel 5 Darkfire raising an eyebrow. Darkfire: HE is almost too drunk to stand. Seth: It surprised me too. Page 23 20081205 Panel 1 Darkfire walking over to Brad who is being held up by Danny. Darkfire: So what really happened, Mr. Gunn? Panel 2 danny struggling to keep Brad up. Danny: Brad was upset about you taking Ally to this party/ So, I took him drinking to cheer him up. Panel 3 Danny gesturing to seth Danny: Then this wanker shows up and tries to talk Brad into getting in a fight with you. Panel 4 Darkfire rubbing his chin. Darkfire: I thought so. / And how are you feeling, Mr. Wolfe? Panel 5 Brad groggily looking up. Brad: I thinsh Im going tos puke. Panel 6 Danny guiding Brad toward the blown up door. Darkfire: There is an empty ice bucket next to the bar. You might want to get him over there. Danny: Thanks. Page 24 20081208 Panel 1 Seth starting to follow and Darkfire holds up a hand in front of him. Darkfire: You can not go in, Seth. Seth: Why? Panel 2 Darkfire calming talking to Seth. Darkfire: Number one, you just attempted to cause caused a huge disruption for the sake of your own boredom. Panel 3 Seth smirking and looking very cocky. Darkfire: Number two, you were not invited. Seth: Like thats EVER stopped me. Panel 4 Darkfire looking sternly at Seth whos cockiness has fade. Darkfire: Number three, Frost WAS invited. Panel 5 Seth scratching the back of his head while Darkfire puts his hands behind his back. Panel 6 Seth hunched over a little as he grumbles and Darkfire smirks slightly. Seth: Yeah, okay, Ill leave. Darkfire: Thank you for your understanding. Page 25 20081210 Panel 1 Darkfire walks in calmly and Staos runs up to him with Ally pushgn through the crowd behind him. Straos: What is going on here!? Panel 2 Darkfire glance over at Brad who is hunched over a small bucket. Darkfire: I was just handling some childish prank. Panel 3 Straos glancing over at Brad and Danny Straos: From THEM? Panel 4 Straos walking over to them as you see Ally making her way over, knife in hand. Darkfire is gestured toward Straos. Darkfire: Actually it was Straos: What the hell do you two think youre doing?! Panel 5- Darkfire dropping his hand and letting out a sigh. Darkfire: *sigh* Page 26 20081212 Panel 1 Straos lifting up a groggy sick Brad. Straos: Now listen, you wretch, Panel 2 Brad looking woozy about to throw up Straos: I dont Panel 3 Brad throwing up on Straos as he looks outraged SFX: BLLAuGh Panel 4 Straos eyes widening. Panel 5- Straos falling over as Ally pulls out the knife she stabbed him with. Page 27 20081215 Panel 1 Ally looking over at Brad and Danny. Ally: What are you guys doing here? Panel 2 Darkfire glancing down at the bleeding Straos as he makes an ax out of his fire. Danny: Seth was trying to get Brad to fight your Boss. Panel 3 Straos moving a bit as Darkfire readies his ax. Brad: UghI dont feel so good. Panel 4 Darkfire bringing down his ax as some blood splits up and splashes a bit on Ally and a few other partygoers. SFX: SPlerCH! Panel 5 Ally leaning Brad off. Ally: We should go. Page 28 20081217 Panel 1 Frost whipping off his shoes and walking up to Darkfire. Frost: Glad to see youre taking care of things quickly this time. Panel 2 Darkfire turning to him. Darkfire: I thought it would be best to avoid another Damien incident. Panel 3 Darkfire glancing down at Frost who has some blood on his shirt. Darkfire: And I apologize if I ruined your shirt. Frost: Its fine/ Ill send your company my dry cleaning bill. Panel 4 Frost glancing down at the body. Frost: And how is the Damien problem? Page 29 20081219 Panel 1 Darkfire making his ax disappear. Darkfire: Difficult. Panel 2 Darkfire pulling out a hanky. Darkfire: He is aware someone wants him dead. Panel 3 Frost nodding. Darkfire: And his public image just complicates things. Panel 4 Frost coolly responding. Frost: Well, myself and the rest of the Order have the utmost confidence in you and your company. Panel 5 Brad holding his head in pain. Caption: Next morning. Brad: ugh~~ Page 30 20081222 Panel 1 Brad cringing in pain as Rebecca climbs up on a chair with cereal. Rebecca: MORNING DADDY! Brad: ERR! Panel 2 Ally walking in and putting her finger to her lips. Ally: Rebecca. Shhh, Daddys not feeling well. Panel 3 Ally pushing Rebecca out of the room. Ally: Go take your Cheerios outside. Rebecca: Okay. Panel 4 Rebecca walking outside with a fist full of cheerios. Panel 5 Ally closing the door as Brad holds his head. Brad: Did I do anything really stupid last night? Ally: You threw up on someone. Panel 6 Ally getting two mugs out of the cabinet. Ally: And Seth tried to get you in a fight with my boss. Page 31 20081224 Panel 1 Brad cringing. Brad: Ugh, did I? Ally: No. Danny stopped you. Panel 2 Ally giving Brad a cup of coffee. Brad: Remind me to thank him. Ally: I already did. Panel 3 Ally sipping her own cup of coffee. Ally: If this job bothered you so much, you should have said something. Panel 4 Brad looking into his coffee Brad: I know. / I just / *sigh* Panel 5 Ally raising an eyebrow. Ally: Brad, people cant read your mind. / You HAVE to stick up for yourself now and then. Page 32 20081226 Panel 1 Brad rubbing his head. Brad: Yeah, I know. Panel 2 Ally sipping her coffee again. Ally: Now, I have to go meet with my Boss about some follow up work for this job. Panel 3 Brad glancing downward and ally stands up. Ally: DO you want me to go? Brad: *sigh* Yeah. Panel 4 Ally walks around the table. Ally: Youre sure? Because I wont go if you dont want me to. Brad: Yes, Im sure. Ally: Okay. Panel 5 Ally kissing Brads cheek. Ally: Drink some water, that will help the hangover. Cover of Guys Night Out 20081229 Page 1 20081231 Panel 1 A bottle of beer on Williams counter. William: Sure you dont want one? Panel 2 Pat seated in a bar stool. Pat: Yes. / I dont need to stay long. Panel 3 William opening his bottle of beer. Pat: I just need to know where the next book is. William: Yeah, but I want you to stay and chat. Panel 4 William puts the beer in front of Pat. William: Have a beer. Panel 5 - Pat picks it up and looks down at it. William: How are you holding up? Pat: *sigh* I really need to find the rest of these books. Panel 6 William rolling his eyes. William: Patrice, humor me. I dont get many visitors. Page 2 20090102 Panel 1 Pat easily straightening himself. Pat: Fine/uh/ do you bet your life savings on horse races every year? Panel 2 William drinking his beer. William: Keeps the place running. Pat: Uh Good, I guess. Panel 3 Pat glancing around the kitchen. Panel 4 both of them standing there in the kitchen Panel 5 William puts down his beer as Pat sits there uneasy. Pat: So William: So? Panel 6 Pat glancing at William. Pat: Cant you just tell me where the next book is? Page 2 20090105 Panel 1 William picks up the beer again. William: *sigh* In Baymick. Panel 2 Pat scowling a bit. Pat: Dammit. I dont think I have enough money to buy people off. Panel 3 Pat thinking. Pat: Im going to have to steal it. Panel 4 William sipping his beer. William: In a library. Photocopies of it will be free. Panel 5 Pat straightening up a little Pat: Oh. William: Theres a catch, though. Page 3 20090107 Panel 1 Above shot showing the whole kitchen. William: Place hosts classes for women and women only. Panel 2 William looking pat who is thinking. William: Men arent even allowed on the premises. Panel 3 Pat glancing upward. Pat: That does complicate things. William: Not really. --Pat in drag! Panel 4 Pat looks at William confused. Pat: Uh Will, last I checked I William: You have a great-granddaughter, who can not only go inside, Panel 5 William with his arms crossed. Pat kind hunches over . William: But works for Alpha Phoenix, so she might know her way around. Pat: Oh, right. Page 4 20090109 Panel 1 Pat looking down at the beer Will gave him that he still hasnt sipped. Pat: I dont think shell help. Panel 2 - Pat putting the beer on the counter. William: How come? Pat: Shes a bitch. Oh Pat; always to the point. Panel 3 William laughing. William: HAHAHAHA, That all? Panel 4 - Pat looking away from Will. Pat: That and she hates me. William: All the more reason to have her help you out. Panel 5 William taking Pats beer. William: Get to know her and maybe she wont hate you. Page 5 20090112 Panel 1 Brad carrying Natalies suitcase down the stairs as Danny carries a smaller one behind him. Danny: Thanks, Brad. / All those books are heavy. Brad: No problem. Panel 2 Danny turning to Natalie who is walking down the stairs behind him. Danny: Youre sure you packed everything? Natalie: Yes. Panel 3 Brad easily bringing Natalies bag into the other room. Danny turned to Natalie. Danny: Good. Panel 4 Natalie walking in front of Danny Danny: Now, shell be here in a few minutes, Natalie: Okay. Panel 5 Danny walking through the dining room following Natalie. Danny: Youre sure you have everything? Page 6 20090114 Panel 1 Danny pulling the bag into the living room. Natalies thinking and Brads pulling Natalies bag down. Natalie: Um/ yes. Sfx: Thunk Thunk Brad: Ill get it. Panel 3 Brad opening the door to reveal Pat. Brad: Oh um/ Hi. Panel 4 Pat walking into an into an invisible wall. Pat: I need OUF! Panel 5 Brad a bit surprised as Pat holds a bloody nose. Brad: Oh sorry, you can come in. Panel 6 Pat holding his nose looking up at Danny. Pat: You have Protection spell around the house? Page 7 20090116 Panel 1 Brad running toward the kitchen as Pat sits down and Danny scratches the back of his head. Danny: Well, Yeah. / Why wouldnt we? Brad: Ill go get some ice. Panel 2 Pat holding his nose. Pat: Could have warned me. Danny: Well, I didnt think youd ever stop by. Panel 3 Danny with his hands in his pockets as Pat gestures toward the door. . Danny: I mean, it would be a hell of a long walk- Pat: I got a cab waiting outside. Panel 4 Pat looking toward the door. Pat: Actually, could I borrow some cash to pay him? Danny: Youll pay me back? Panel 5 Pat glancing at the door Danny rolls his eyes as he walks outside. Pat: Um eventually. Page 8 20090119 Panel 1 Brad comes back with an ice pack. Rebecca is coloring in the background and king is chewing on a dog toy. Brad: Uh, here. Panel 2 Pat taking the ice-pack and kinda glaring at Brad. Panel 3 Pat putting it to his nose as Brad awkwardly sits down on the other side of the couch. Brad: So, did Danny leave something at your place? Panel 4 Pat glaring at Brad Pat: No, Mongrel. / Im looking for your wife. Panel 5 Brad hunching over. Brad: Oh./ Shes on a job and wont be back for a few days. Panel 6 Brad glancing at Rebecca. Brad: And Id appreciate it if you didnt call me a M-O-N-G-R-E-L in front of my daughter. Page 9 20090121 Panel 1 Pat glancing at Rebecca scowling a little. Panel 2 - Then he looks back at Brad. Pat: Fine. Panel 3 Pat giving Brad back the ice pack. And cracking his nose. SFX: CrisHK Pat: I should be going then. Panel 4 - Pat standing up as Danny comes back. Danny: Uh, youre leaving already? Pat: Yeah, I needed to talk to Ally. Panel 5 Pat putting his hands in his pocket. Pat: And since shes not here, Ill Panel 6 Danny looking confused. Danny: Well, we could still help you. Page 10 20090123 Panel 1 Pat glancing over again at Brad. Pat: Er Panel 2 Pat walking past Brad as Danny points - Delete Danny: Explain in the kitchen. / Im gonna put the kettle on before my ex gets here. Pat: Fine. Panel 3 Rebecca watching the adults leave as Natalie sits down. Rebecca: Natalie? Natalie: What? Panel 4 Rebecca looking at her as she opens a book. Rebecca: Whats a M-O-N-G-R- Natalie: A type of dog. Rebecca: Oh. Panel 5 Rebecca confused. Rebecca: Whats wrong with dogs? Page 11 20090126 Panel 1 - Pat sitting down in a care as Danny fills a teapot with water. Pat: There is this famous sorcerer named Dywn Panel 2 Danny turning slightly Danny: Thats the guy whose books youre collecting, right? Panel 3 Pat looking up as Brad sits across him Pat: Yeah, and I found out theres one in Baymick. Panel 4 Brad paying attention to what Pats saying. Pat: But its an all-womens facility. Panel 5 The whole kitchen. Pat: I was going to ask Ally to make a photocopy of it for me. Page 12 20090128 Panel 1 Danny laughing as he turns on the stove (which is still scorched.) Danny: Heh heh. What, dont have a dress you can put on to sneak in? Panel 2 Pat glaring at Danny. Pat: FUNny Panel 3 Danny laughing as he puts the kettle on the stove. Danny: And you wouldnt even need a wig. Pat: What? Panel 4 Brad thinking. Danny: Well, your hair cut is very girly, Pat. Pat: Shut up, Danny. Panel 5 Brad interrupting as they both looking at him. Brad: Why are these books important? Page 13 20090130 Panel 1 Pat looking downward uneasy while sitting in his chair. Pat: Dywn lived for nearly 6000 years. Panel 2 Closer on Pat while hes gritting his teeth. Pat: And he used to be a member of The Order Panel 3 Pat looking up. Pat: But died a human Panel 4 Pats mouth as he talks Pat: So there might be a cure for vampirism in his spell books. Panel 5 - pull out to show all of them. Danny: Oh. Page 14 20090202 Panel 1 Brad thinking. Panel 2 Brad gets up. Panel 3 Pat watches Brad walk past him. Panel 4 - Brad picks up the phone as he dials. Panel 5 Brad in the foreground talking on the phone as Danny and Pat watch him in the background. Brad: Hi, honey./ / No, everything's fine. Panel 6 Pats eyes widening a bit as he realizes what Brads doing. Brad: I just need you to do something before you come home. Page 15 20090204 Panel 1 Brad talking on the phone. Brad: Pat needs you to get photocopies of a book by a guy named Dwyn from a library in Baymick. Panel 2 Pat hunched over a bit ashamed Brad: Yes, Dannys teacher, Pat. Panel 3 Danny glancing at Pat with his arms crossed. Brad: No, he cant get it himself. Only women are allowed in this building. Panel 4 Brad on the phone. Brad: Ally/Ally- / Yes, I know./ Could you do it just because Im asking you, then? Page 16 20090206 Panel 1 Brad smiling. Brad: Thanks./ I love you too. /Goodnight. Panel 2 Brad hanging up the phone as Pat sits there ashamed of himself. Panel 3 Brad shoving his hands in his pockets Brad: Allys gonna pick it up on her way back. Panel 4 The whole kitchen Brad gestures at Danny Brad: Shell give it to Danny next time he goes to your place for a lesson. Panel 5 - Pat glancing up at Danny. Pat: Okay/ Um Panel 6 Pat gritting his teeth. Pat: Could I get a ride home, too? Page 17 20090209 Panel 1 Danny lighting a cigarette Danny: As much as Id love to avoid my ex-wife, Panel 2 Danny blowing outward. Danny: I need to explain some stuff to her when she gets here, Panel 3 Pat glancing downward. Danny: And I got to see Natalie off. Pat: Okay, Ill wait. Panel 4 Brad raising a hand. Brad: Well, I could give you a ride. Panel 5 Pat hunched over and grimacing. Page 18 20090211 Panel 1 Brad pulling into Pats motel parking lot. Pats avoiding eye contact. Brad: uhThis is it? Pat: Yes. Panel 2 Brad with his mouth open. Brad: Err Its um Pat: A shit hole. Panel 3 Brad backs into a packing space. Brad: I I wasnt gonna say that. Panel 4 - Pat looking his feet. Panel 5 - Pat glancing over at Brad Pat: Why did you help me? Panel 6 Brads eyes widening slightly confused. Brad: Hmm? Page 19 20090213 Panel 1 Pat looking Brad directly in the eye. Pat: Im serious. WHY did you help me? Panel 2- Over Brads shoulder looking at the dash board. Brad: Because youre helping Danny and Panel 3 Pat scowling Pat: And WHAT?! Panel 4 Brad looking downard. Brad: And because I know how it feels to be turned into something not quite human. Panel 5 Pat and brad sitting in the car. Brad taps his fingers on the steering wheel. Pat has his arms crossed. Page 20 20090216 Panel 1 Pat gets out of the car. Panel 2 - Brad watches Pat walk up to his apartment. Panel 3 - Pat walks into his room. Panel 4 - Pat closes the door gritting his teeth Panel 5 - Pat slams his fist into the wall. Pat: Eerg SFX: BIMB odd sound effect. Panel 6 Pat slumping against the door. Page 21 20090218 Panel 1 Danny talking to Jackie Danny: So its important she does them EVERY night. Panel 2 Jackie looking at Natalie whos reading. Jackie: Youve only been showing her these exercises, right? Panel 3 Her looking at Danny sternly whos rolling his eyes. Jackie: No fireballs or anything like that? Danny: No spells, just the exercises. Panel 4 - Jackie at Natalie again. Danny: And dont give me all that rubbish about magic being- Jackie: Alright. Panel 5 Danny confused. Danny: What? Panel 6 Danny unsure what to do. Danny: You mean youre not going to fight me on this? Page 22 20090220 Panel 1 Jackie looking sternly at Danny. Jackie: Daniel, I have tried everything to help Natalie with her headaches. Panel 2 Danny unsure what to do now that there is no fight. Jackie: And if you say this has been working / Ill give it a proper chance. Panel 3 Danny scratching the back of his head Danny: Right then. Panel 4 Danny turning to Natalie clapping his hands together. As Natalie gets off the couch. Danny: Ready to go, Halfpint? Natalie: Yes. Panel 5 Danny hugging Natalie. Natalie: Bye, Dad. I love you. Danny: Love you, too. Panel 6 Danny getting up. Danny: Now be good for your Mum. / And dont forget what I showed you. Page 23 20090223 Panel 1 Natalie walking away with her book as Jackie pulls the tiny suitcase Danny carried down stairs. Natalie: I wont. Jackie: Come along, Natalie. We have a plane to catch. Panel 2 Jackie passes by Brad on her way out and smiles at him. Jackie: Hello, Brad. Brad: Hi, Jackie. Panel 3 Brad looking down at Natalie Brad: I hope you enjoyed your stay, Natalie. Natalie: I did. Panel 4 Brad waving he closes the door. Brad: Bye, have a safe trip. Panel 5 Danny looking at Brad who is sitting himself on the couch. Danny: Howd it go? Brad: Um Page 24 20090225 Panel 1 Brad uneasy and Danny has his brow furrowed. Brad: He seemed kinda mad that I helped. Danny: What?! Panel 2 Brad shrugging. Brad: I dont know. But he definitely wasnt happy. Panel 3 Danny rolls his eyes. Danny: *sigh* I honestly dont know what is up with him. Panel 4 Brad leaning back. Danny blows his cigarette. Brad: Maybe there is just something about him were not getting. Danny: Maybe. Cover for New Class 20090227 Page 1 20090302 Panel 1 Danny sits in bed with Mel as they watch TV. Mel: So your daughters back living with your Ex? Danny: Yup. Panel 2 Danny grinning as Mel smirks and runs a finger across his chest. Mel: SO that means youre all mine? Danny: Heh heh. Yup. Panel 3 Danny glancing up at Mel. Danny: But if youre going to spend the night, I have to warn you. Panel 4 over dannys shoulder behind him. Danny: I got work tomorrow, so thats going off at 5 am. Panel 5 Mel kissing his head. Mel: Thats okay, Im a morning person. Danny: Well, then I must say, Panel 6 Danny joking around as Mel playfully hits his arm. Danny: Youre a complete freak. Heh. Mel: Heh, Stop. Page 2 20090304 Panel 1 Jeffs sister linsey knocking on the door in her pjs. Linsey: Jeff! Hurry your ass up! Panel 2 Linsey with her arms shouting. Linsey: I have to go to school too, you know! Jeff: Almost done. Panel 3 Linsey annoyed. Linsey: I have 3 times the amount of hair as you three times the amount of hair that you have or three times more hair than you Panel 4 Jeff blow drying his tail. Linsey: How can it take you this long to dry your hair? Jeff: Um Panel 5 outside the school Page 3 20090306 Panel 1 Connor walking toward the entrance as Jeff runs up behind him. Jeff: Hey, Connor, wait up. Panel 2 Jeff hitting connor on the back a bit too hard so connor grits his teeth. Jeff: How was your summer, man? Connor: Err / A little dull. Panel 3 Jeff laughing Connor looks a bit uneasy and rubs his shoulder where Jeff hit him. Jeff: Heh heh, dull my ass. I bet you got a ton of stories from hooking up with surfer girls. Connor: Heh yeah. Tons. Panel 4 Connor glancing at Jeff and gesturing to his hair as he pushes open the door. Connor: And I see Mom finally put her foot down about you dying your hair. Panel 5 Jeff opening a bottle of hair dye while holding it away from him. Caption: Oh, Actually, I just got sick of it. Panel 6 Jeff leaning forward as he adjusts his bag. Jeff: So come on, tell me, how many hearts did you break this summer? Connor: When we got more time. Page 4 20090309 Panel 1 Connor and Jeff walking down the halls of the school. Connor: Got Mr. Gunn first period this year Panel 2 Connor adjusting his backpack. Connor: And Id like to not get detention the first day. Panel 3 Jeff looking confused. Jeff: I thought you got an A in history. / Why are you retaking it? Panel 4 Connor opening his locker. Connor: Im not. Hes the one teaching Con Law this year. Panel 5 - Jeff still confused Jeff: But I thought you hated Mr. Gunn. / Why are you taking your Social Studies elective with him? Panel 6 Connor putting his bag in the locker. Connor: Um I dont hate him, and I thought Id give the class a try. Page 5 20090311 Panel 1 Danny sitting at his desk looking over the attendance sheet and sipping his tea. Panel 2 Connor rushing in as Danny glances up. SFX: BBRRRIII Danny: Nice of you to join us, Mr. Burke. Panel 3 Connor taking a seat up front. Danny stands up. Connor: Sorry. Panel 4 Danny writing on the chalkboard. Danny: Good morning, class. / My name is Mr. Gunn, and thats with two Ns Panel 5 Danny picking up the attendance sheet. Danny: Now I recognize at least a few of you, so they already know Panel 6 Danny getting his pen ready. Danny: I take attendance the minute I get here, or the minute the bell rings. / So be on time. Page 6 20090313 Panel 1 Danny looking down at his attendance sheet. Danny: Just say here or present or whatever when I call your name. Panel 2 - Connor lodging in his chair talking to the kid behind him. Danny: Connor Burke? Connor: Whatever. Panel 3 Danny checking off Connors name Danny: Very funny. / And sit in your chair properly, Connor. Panel 4 Connor sitting correctly in his chair. Danny: Elijah Coaxam? Sorry, is that right? Panel 5 Elijah with his hand raised as Danny makes a note. Elijah: Its pronounced Ko-x-sum. / And Im here. Danny: Okay, Ill just make a note. Panel 6 Danny looking over his attendance Danny: Next, is Robert Collins. Robert: I prefer Bobby. Danny: Got it. Page 7 20090316 Panel 1 Danny looking at his attendance. Danny: And Ramon Espin? Panel 2 none of the students being responsive. Danny: Is he here? Panel 3 Danny writing on the attendance Danny: Well. I guess Ramon isnt- Ramon: No wait! Im here- Panel 4 Danny rolling his eyes Ramon: Holy shit! Panel 5 Danny looking at the new student in shock. Danny: No swearing in class, Ra- Panel 6 Show necromancer kid is Ramon as he in the doorway looking pissed. Ramon: Youre that bastard that broke my Heroclick! Page 8 20090318 Panel 1 Danny rubbing his temple. Danny: Ramon, just take a seat. Ramon: No WAY! Panel 2 Danny putting down the attendance and writing on a small blue notepad. Ramon: Im not gonna FU- Danny: Congrats, you just earned yourself detention on the first day. Panel 3 Ramon looking horrified at Danny. Ramon: THATS BULLSHIT! What for!?! Panel 4 Danny counting on his fingers. Danny: Lets see,/ You were late, / you keeping swearing at me. Panel 5 close up of Ramon in his unkempt uniform. Danny: And your shirts not tucked in and your tie isnt on. Panel 6 Danny glaring at him. Danny: Now SIT down. Page 9 20090320 Panel 1 Ramon sitting down next to Connor. Ramon: Hmp! Panel 2 Meg playing a video game in her room while Ramon is on her bed complaining. Ramon: Meg, its complete bullshit! Panel 3 Ramon gritting his teeth. Ramon: First, I get expelled! Now I need to deal with this bastard as my teacher! Panel 4 Meg still playing a video game. Meg: First, off calm down. Second, its your own fault you got expelled. Panel 5 Ramon looking accusingly. Ramon: What? How is it my fault? Panel 6 Meg looking at him skeptically Meg: You repeatedly threw dead animals at the captain of the football team claiming they were your undead army. Page 10 20090323 Panel 1 Ramn with his arms crossed. Ramon: It would have worked eventually. Panel 2 Meg rolling her eyes. Meg: You need help, dude. Ramon: Youre right, I do! Panel 3 Ramon jumping to his feet excited. Ramon: You must help me vanquish the Terran prick who thinks he can lord his power over me. Panel 4 Meg slumping back looking up at him. Meg: Not that kinda help, you idiot. Ramon: We must be off to plan his demise! Panel 5 Ramon glancing down at her. Ramon: Well, are you going to help? Panel 6 - Meg playing as Ramon sits back down. Meg: Once I find a save point. Ramon: Oh. Okay. Page 11 20090325 Panel 1 Danny writing on the board. Danny: So for homework, read chapter 1 and answer questions 3, 7, and 11 through 15. Panel 2 Danny getting hit in the head with a spit ball. Danny: And I want this typed, double sp- SFX: PITsh Panel 3 Danny whipping his forehead as Ramon has a straw held up. Danny: You must really like detention, Ramon. Panel 4 Danny filling out his blue pad as the bell rings and all the boys get out of their seats. SFX: BBRRRIIIIIII Panel 5 Ramon pointing at Danny as he walks past him and Danny ignores him. Ramon: SOON you will suffer like you have never suffered before. Danny: Im sure I will. Page 12 20090327 Panel 1 Danny waiting for the last student to leave. Panel 2 Danny pokes his head out the door Panel 3 Danny closes the door while pulling out a cigarette. Panel 4 Danny lights the cigarette. Panel 5 Danny breathes the smoke out with a smile. Danny: *sigh* Panel 6 Dannys boss pushes open the door as Danny straightens up, startled. Gathers: Mr. Gunn, I need to speak with you. Danny. Gah! Aaahh yes! Page 13 20090330 Panel 1 Danny with his cigarette behind his back as his boss walks in. Danny: What can I do for you, Principal Gathers? Panel 2 Gathers sniffing the air. Gathers: Its about one of- *sniff* *sniff* / Do I smell smoke? Paneel 3 Danny nervously smiling. Danny: Heh, yes probably, I caught a few troublemakers smoking in here before class. Panel 4 Gathers nodding. Gathers: Ah, as I was saying, its about one of your students, Ramon Espin. Panel 5 Danny still hiding his cigarette. Danny: Yes, what about him? Gathers: Keep a close eye on him. Panel 6 Danny raising an eyebrow. Danny: Oh? Gathers: He was expelled from his old school. Page 14 20090401 Panel 1 Gathers talking as Danny adjusts himself. Gathers: And if he is even remotely out of line here, / were booting him the moment his parents check clears. Panel 2 Danny a bit uneasy. Danny: That seems a bit unfair. Gathers: Nonsense. Panel 3 Gathers sternly responding. Gathers: The Stewart Academy for Boys is a respectable institution and we wont tolerate any kind of delinquent behavior. Panel 4 Gathers leaves as Danny nods. Danny: Understood, Sir. Gathers: Glad to hear it. Panel 5 Now that the door is closed Danny puffs his cigarette and glances down at the detention note he wrote. Panel 6 Danny rips up his detention note. Page 15 20090403 Panel 1 Ramon and Meg walking through a pet cemetery. Meg: This wont work. Ramon: Yes, it will. Panel 2 Meg shivering while Ramn pulls some stuff out of a backpack. Ramon: Well, it will if you help. Meg: And what if I dont want to help? Panel 3 - Ramon looking at her upset. Ramon: Well, then youre a bitch and were no longer friends. Panel 4 Meg starting to walk away. Ramon looks up in shock. Meg: Thats it. Im gone. Ramon: What? No! Panel 5 Ramon chasing after her. Ramon: Meg! Meg! I didnt mean it! Panel 6 Ramon pleading with her. Ramon: Megan PLEEASE! Meg: *sigh* Fine. Page 16 20090406 Panel 1 Meg shivering some more. Meg: But hurry up, Im cold. Panel 2 Ramon glancing downward. Ramon: Then you shouldnt have worn a miniskirt. Panel 3 Meg glaring at him as he gives her a big smile. Meg: What was that? Ramon: Nothing. Panel 4 Ramon handing her a book. Ramon: I want to cast that. Meg: You cant. Ramon: Why not? Panel 5 Meg thinking Ramon looks at his book. Meg: Uh/ The stars arent right. Ramon: Really? Panel 6 - Meg walking away. Meg: Yup. Stars. Not right. Cant do it. Page 17 20090408 Panel 1 Ramon following Meg Ramon: When do you think it we can cast the spell? Panel 2 Meg thinking Meg: Um / I will ask my Dad. Panel 3 Ramon getting excited. Ramon: AWESOME! Meanwhile, Ill prepare everything else! Panel 4 Meg giving an uneasy look. Meg: Right, you do that. Panel 5 Danny sipping tea sitting at his while students walk out. Page 18 20090410 Panel 1 Ramon walking up to Danny glaring at him. Ramon: Prepare yourself. Panel 2 - Danny glancing up. Ramon: Soon youll face my undead army. Danny: Okay. Panel 3 Danny putting down his tea. Danny: And where are you getting this army? Ramon: Pet cemetery. Panel 4 Danny thinking. Danny: And why isnt it here now? Ramon: Stars werent right. Danny: Right. Panel 5 Ramon with his arms crossed. Ramon: Youre completely doomed. Panel 6 Danny looking up at Ramon Danny: Listen, you should really stop all this rubbish. Page 19 20090413 Panel 1 Ramon pointing a finger at Danny Ramon: Ah HA, you begging me to spare you? Panel 2 Danny glaring at Ramon. Danny: No. / Im telling you to stop. Panel 3 Ramons cockiness fade. Danny: Because if you dont, youre getting kicked out. Panel 4 Ramon yelling at Danny. Ramon: You you cant do that! Panel 5 Danny standing up and yanking on Ramon down by his tie so he can look him in the eye. Danny: The Principal has all the teachers watching you Panel 6 Danny glaring at him. Danny: So if you slip up even a little, youre out of here. Page 20 20090415 Panel 1 Danny looking Ramon in the eye. Danny: GOT it?! Panel 2 Ramon pulling away and just looking at Danny. Panel 3 Danny rolls his eyes as the Ramon fixes his tie. Ramon: You win this time. Page 21 20090417 Panel 1 Ramon picking up his backpack as Jeff walks in. Ramon: But I WILL have vengeance. Panel 2 Jeff walks past Ramon. Jeff: Hey, Mr. Gunn. Panel 3 Jeff glancing at Ramon. Jeff: About that uh Panel 4 Jeff uneasy as grumbles to himself. Jeff: THING Im supposed to meet you for? Danny: Yes? Panel 5 Ramon starting to walk away as Jeff talks to Danny. Jeff: I might be late because soccer team tryouts are this afternoon. Page 22 20090420 Panel 1 Danny nodding. Danny: Just so long as youre there before, you know. Panel 2 Ramon outside Dannys door looking confused. Danny: And dont forget a change of clothes this time. Panel 3 Ramon scratching the back of his head as he walks away. Panel 4 Ramon sitting at lunch with Dave. Ramon: What do you know about Mr. Gunn? Panel 5 Dave playing a PSP. Dave: Um, he, well he fiddles around with magic, but you already know that. Page 23 20090422 Panel 1 Ramon thinking Ramon: Anything, else? Dave: Well, Panel 2 Dave points and Ramon is looking at the soccer team table Dave: That blonde kid, Connor, he thinks Mr. Gunns gay. Panel 3 Dave going back to his PSP. Dave: But I think hes just Terran. Ramon: Huh. Panel 4 Ramon tapping his fingers on the table. Ramon: And this Ive seen him talking to this one kid,- Panel 5 Dave looks up confused. Ramon: several times the past few days, ALONE. Dave: You mean Jeff? Panel 6 Ramon with his fingers still tapping on the table. Dave: Hes tutoring Jeff. Ramon: If you say so. Page 24 20090424 Panel 1 Dave putting down the PSP with a disturbed look on his face. Dave: I REALLY hope youre not suggesting what I think you are. Panel 2 Ramon looking very casual Ramon: I might be. Dave: They arent. Panel 3 Ramon picking up his lunch tray. Ramon: I heard something this morning that supports my theory. Panel 4 Dave looking disturbed. Dave: No way Panel 5 Ramon smirking as Dave sits there mulling things over. Dave: Youre totally making this up. Ramon; (thought) I can taste my sweet, tangy, low calorie victory already. Cover of Holding out for a Hero 20090422 Page 1 20090424\ Panel 1 Danny and Mel watching as they cuddle on her couch. Danny: This shows alright. Panel 2 Danny playing with her as she looks up at him. Danny: I dont know if Im keen on it enough to watch it as religiously as you do though. Mel: Its not about the show. Panel 3 Mel adjusting herself and Danny rubs the back of her head Mel: ooo that feels good./ Just a little lower. Panel 4 Dannys thumbs rubbing the back of her neck as he leans forward. Danny: Whats it about then? Mel: *sigh* Neil Patrick Harris. Panel 5 Danny raising an eyebrow as he smirks Danny: Well, you know hes gay, right? Mel: Its such a shame. Page 2 20090427 Panel 1 Danny rubbing mels upper back. Mel: I wish he liked girls so he could like me. Panel 2 Danny running his thumb between her sholderblades Danny: should I be jealous? Mel: Well, hes not the one rubbing my back right now. Panel 3 Mel arching her back. Mel: so right now there is no one who beats you. / A little lower. Panel 4 Danny doing so. Danny: Good to know. / Now is there any show you just cant miss tomorrow? Panel 5 Mel reclining onto Danny. Mel: No. Danny: Ever been to that place Cordettas in Harvey Square? Mel: No, that place is too pricy. Panel 6 Danny leaning in to kiss her. Danny: You want to go? Page 3 20090429 Panel 1 the interiour of fancy hotel suit. Damien, Cassia, a few other people in suits are seated around a table. Press Manager: Now this providence is very important to Hyperias election. Panel 2 - Damien looking through a binder as the press manager gestures toward him. Press Manager: This candidate is really trying to show she has support of foreign leaders. Panel 3 Damien looking up at her over his glasses. Damien: I still dont see why I have to go. Panel 4 the press manager cridging a bit. Damien: I dont have any real power and the Prime Minister is attending. Press Manager: Well, your highness, Panel 5 Another member at the table turning to Damien while the Press manager forces a smile. . Business man: You havent had any good publicity in a long time, sir. Press manager: Exactly. Page 4 20090501 Panel 1 Damien leaning back in his chair with a scwol. Press Manager: This meeting will make not just Hyperia, but also your own country, think you are involved and interested in the foreign affairs. Damien: But Im not. Panel 2 the Press manager biting her bottom lip frustrated. . Press Manager: It wouldnt take long. /Just take some pictures. Panel 3 Damien glancing at Cassia who is very clam. Press Manager: Shake some hands, have a drink. Panel 4 The Press Manager looking hopefully at him. Panel 5 Damien rubbing his chin. Damien: Fine. Press Manager: Oh good. Panel 6 Damien growling as the Press Manager gathers her things and her business partners get up. Press Manager: Just dont say anything that will make you look as crazy as most people think you are. Damien: GGrrrrrRRRrrr Page 5 20090504 Panel 1 Cassia calmly glancing at Damien. Damien: GrrrRRrrr Cassia: Damien. Panel 2 Damien with his arms crossed looking up at the Press Manager Damien: Is there anything else besides this meeting you want me to do while in New Mahtlaw? Press Manager: Uhno. Panel 3 Damien getting up. Damien: Good. / I have a few things I want to take care of on my own. Panel 4 one of the men in a suit speeks up as he starts to follow Damien. Guard: I will accompany- Damien: NO, you wont Panel 5 Damien pushing past everyone else. Damien: Its a private matter. Page 6 20090506 Panel 1 - Danny having kids turn in all their tests as they walk out the classroom door. Danny: If you didnt finish one of your essays, you can come in during lunch tomorrow to finish. Panel 2 the last of the kids walk out the door. Danny puts the papers in his desk. Panel 3 Danny steps out of his room and Jeff runs up to him in the hall. Jeff: Mr. Gunn! Panel 4 Danny turns to Jeff as he walks down the hall. Danny: Yeah? Jeff: Were still meeting for tutoring right? Panel 5 Jeff and Danny walking down the stairs Danny: As long as you still need it. Jeff: What do I need to bring to your room? Panel 6 danny pushing a door to outside open. Danny: You need whatever you need help, however I need nicotine. Page 7 20090508 Panel 1 Jeff laughing as Danny pulls out a cigarette. Jeff: heh heh. Danny: Ill meet you upstairs in ten minutes or so. Panel 2 Jeff running off toward where Connor and some other soccer players are kicking around a soccer ball. Jeff: Okay, Ill get my stuff. / Hey, guys! Panel 3 Jeff joining in the group as Connor looks back to see who Jeff was talking to. Jeff: Whats going on? Connor: Bobby is making shit up again as usual. Panel 4 Skinny red headed kid protesting. Bobby: Connor. Im serious that girl was all hot for me. Connor: Of coarse, she was Bobby: Oh, look whos talking, Panel 5 Connor glaring at Bobby Bobby: Like anyone thinks you get half as many girls as you claim. / Panel 6 Danny watching the guys argue. Booby: But Ive never seen you sneak a girl into the dorms. Page 8 20090511 Panel 1 Danny flicking his cigarettes as in the background connor shoves Bobby Bobby: Ow, jeez what was that for. Panel 2 Danny stepping n the cigarette to grid it into the ground as Bobby and Connor fight some more. Connor: Being a tard. Panel 3 Danny shoving his hands in his pockets Bobby: I was just kidding dude. Lighten up. Panel 4 Danny going up the stairs. Danny: *sigh* Panel 5 Danny going back into his classroom. Panel 6 danny picking up some trash that fell out of the barrel Panel 7- Dannys eyes widening a bit. Damien (off panel))- Hmm judging from the smell you still smoke Wintons. Page 9 20090513 Panel 1 Danny stands up not turning around Danny: Hello, Damien Panel 2 and sees Damien sitting at one of the desks. Damien: Those things will kill you. Panel 3 Danny putting the trash in the barrel. Danny: Not anymore. Damien: Yes, Cassia told me about that whole blood bond thing. Panel 4 Damian gesturing a bit. Damien: Bad injury, / lots of blood, / your blood type. / It really was the quickest way to save you. Panel 5 Damien smirking. Damien: Now remind me, was that injury from me? Panel 6 Danny standing very still. Danny: Someone you hired, Damien: Ah. Page 10 20090515 Panel 1 Damien staring straight at Danny. Damien: I guess I didnt hit you hard enough last time then. Panel 2 The two of them standing in Dannys class room. Panel 3 Danny mouth. Danny: What do you want, Damien? Panel 4 Damien getting up. Damien: I wanted to see what you would give up a life of royalty for. Panel 5 Damien walking toward him. Damien: Not very impressive. Danny: Why are you here, really? Panel 6 Damien smirking. Damien: Some one is trying to kill me/ you helped my clue escape. Page 11 20090518 Panel 1 Damien clasping his hands. Danny: Oh. Damien: And Im fairly certain youre friends involved somehow. Panel 2 Danny rasing his head up to look Damien in the eye. Danny: Brads not trying to kill you. Damien: I didnt say he was. Panel 3 Damien fiddling with the nitnacks on Dannys desk. Damien: I said hes involved. Panel 4 Damien talking, as he leans up against the desk. Damien: And your rescue of my would-be assassin says you are also involved. Panel 5 - Damien glancing up as Danny keeps focused on him. Danny: Well, were no- Damien: DONT Panel 6 Damien glaring Damien: interfere again. Page 12 20090520 Panel 1 Damien very close to Danny. Damien: Because next time I will hit you hard enough next time. Panel 2 Damien starting to walk out. Panel 3 Danny sitting there. Danny: You know Panel 4 Damiens eyes widening as Danny turns slightly to him Danny: you look SO MUCH Panel 5 Damien;s fist growing claws Danny: Your dad. Page 13 20090522 Panel 1 Damien shoving Danny up against the wall. SFX: THUUMP!! Panel 2 Damien growling as he chokes Danny Danny: Ack aCK Damien: GrrrRRRrrr Panel 3 Jeff walking in flipping through some paper. In the foreground ground you can see Damien choking Danny Jeff: Hey, I SHIT!! Panel 4 Damien turning toward Jeff Panel 5 Jeffs fist colliding with Damiens face Page 14 20090525 Panel 1 Damien flying backward and hitting Dannys desk chair as Danny gasps for air. SFX: THEMMP CRSH Jeff: Mr. Gunn, are you okay?! Panel 2 Damien getting up and noticing Dannys stuff spilt out over the floor Danny: Eh just give me a minute. Panel 3 Damien rushing out of the room as he pushes past jeff Damien: GgrrrrrRRRrr Panel 4 Jeff watching as Damien runs off Panel 5 Jeff helps Danny up. Jeff: Who the hell was that? Danny: Jeff, never go to Lynnbria Panel 6 Danny rubbing his neck. Danny: Because you just punched the King. Jeff: What? Page 15 20090527 Panel 1 Danny picking up his chair. Danny: That was the King Damien of Lynnbria. Panel 2 Danny bending down to get what was spilt on the floor. Jeff: The crazy one? Danny: The one and only. Panel 3 Danny looking up at Jeff as he puts things back in his bag Danny: Nice shot by the way. Jeff: Thanks. Panel 4 Danny putting on his bag and adjusting his tie as jeff looks around confused. Jeff: But what was he doing here? Danny: Hes my cousin. Panel 5 Jeff staring at Danny in disbelief. Jeff: But hes uh- Danny: *sigh* He doesnt like me or Brad. Panel 6 Danny walking past Jeff whos a bit dumbfounded. Danny: So I should actually go warn Brad and Ally that hes in town. / Rain check? Jeff: Uh okay. Page 16 20090529 Panel 1 Dannys phone in the only light in a room. Phone: Hey Danny, its Melanie. Panel 2 Melanie on the phone outside a nice resturant that you can see some construction going on inside. Melanie: I stopped by Cordettas to make a reservation while you were at work. Panel 3 - From the inside looking out at Melanie Melanie: They are building a new bar or something. So its closed all week. Panel 4 Dannys phone. Phone: Ill meet you are McDuffys instead. Same time. Panel 5 Damien looking down at the phone. Phone: Ill see you then. Bye. Page 17 20090601 Panel 1 - Danny explaining to Ally and Brad what is going on in the kitchen Danny: So I dont know if hes planning anything or he was just being threatening, but be careful. Panel 2 Brad uneasy. Ally turned to Danny and Brad. Brad: Shit. Ally: Does he even know where we live? Panel 3 Danny thinking. Danny: Um/ I dont rightly know. Panel 4 Danny offering some info. Ally has her arms crossed. Danny: He knew where I worked though. Ally: But he could pay one of the guards he hires to look that up. Panel 5 Ally glancing at Brad trying to be reassuring. Ally: Technically, this house is owned by alpha phoenix so it wouldnt list who lives here. Brad: I dont know, Ally. Panel 6 Brad with his hands in his pockets. Brad: Sometimes Alpha Phoenix is iffy about not giving out that information. Page 18 20090603 Panel 1 Brad hunched over a bit. Brad: We should at least be prepared if he shows up. Panel 2 Danny and Ally looking at brad a little skeptical. Brad: Any we should probably all stay in tonight. Danny: UhWhy? Panel 3 Brad glancing at the floor. Brad: Well, if he doesnt know where we live. Panel 4 Ally rolling her eyes. Brad: Then we dont want him following any of us here. Ally: Fine, call in sick at work. Panel 5 Danny pouting as Ally walks past him to the phone. Danny: ButI have a date with Mel. Page 19 20090605 Panel 1 Ally giving Danny a stern look. Ally: Danny. Panel 2 danny shoving his hands in his pockets Danny: Yeah, yeah, hold on Ill call her. Panel 3 Danny rasing an eyebrow. Panel 4 Danny checking his back pocket. Brad: Something wrong? Panel 5 Danny checking the pocket on the other side of his pants. Danny: I cant find my phone. / could you heck in my bag? Panel 6 Brad looking through Dannys bag. Brad: Its not here. Page 20 20090608 Panel 1 Danny scratching his head. Danny: Bugger. Panel 2 Danny turned toward Ally who give him a sarcastic look. Danny: Ally, I need to you to call my phone so I can use it to call Mel. Ally: Why dont you just call her with this phone? Panel 3 danny rolling his eyes. Danny: Because I dont know her number off the top of my head. Panel 4 Ally giving danny a confused look. Ally: You dont know her number? / Youve been dating for almost 4 months. Panel 5 Danny hurrying Ally along. Danny: Yes, yes Im a terrible person. Give me the phone. Page 21 20090610 Panel 1 danny cataching the phone as Ally tosses it to him. Ally: Here. Panel 2 Danny on the phone as it rings. Danny: Do you hear it Brad? Panel 3 over Dannys shoulder Brad listens. Brad: Uh/ No. Sorry. Panel 4 Danny cursing under his breath. Danny: Crap. I must have left it at school. Panel 5 Danny looking at the phone. Danny: Hey, it stopped ringing. Panel 6 Dannys eyes widen. Phone: Hello there, Danny. Page 22 20090612 Panel 1 Damien smiling. Damien: You got an interesting message earlier. Danny: What? Panel 2 Dannys eyes widening a bit as he listened. Damien: A young lady named Mel letting you know your original plans wouldnt work out. Panel 3 Damien looking at his watch. Damien: And you were supposed to meet her at a different restaurant an hour ago. Panel 4 Danny looking panicked. Damien: But dont worry. Panel 5 Damien talking on the phone and behind him you see Mel tied up. Damien: I let her know you never got the message. Panel 6 Danny looking panicked. Damien: Good bye. Danny: Damien, wait I - Page 23 20090615 Panel 1 Danny cursing as Ally and Brad look at him uneasy. Danny: SHIT! Ally: What happened? Panel 2 Danny looking down at ground gritting his teeth. Danny: Damien has Mel. Panel 3 Damien sitting back with his feet on the table. Melanies tied up in the foreground. Danny caption: I need to go save her. Damien: So are you the only one? Panel 4 Mel looking at him confused. Melanie: What?! Damien: Are you the only one?/ Its a simple question. Panel 5 Melanie fiddling to try and untie her restraints. Melanie: Why do you ask? Panel 6 Damien shrugging. Damien: Well, hes supposedly got this whole new life here. Page 24 20090617 Panel 1 Damien thinking a but more as Melanie wiggles her arm. Damien: I wondered if hes taken to actually dating one girl at a time. Panel 2 Melanie looking at Damien confused. Melanie: What? Damien: I believe his record is 5 at once. Panel 3 Damien examining his glasses. Damien: Kinda nice. / A different girl for each weekday. Panel 4 Damien stretching as he puts his glasses back on. Damien: And then weekends free to spend with one-night-stands. Panel 5 Damien raising an eyebrow. Damien: So are you the only one? Panel 6 Melanie just looking at Damien. Page 25 20090619 Panel 1 Melanie going back to wiggling her arm to struggle to untie herself. Melanie: Either way, a half way decent human being would at least call the cops. Panel 2 Damien pulling his feet off the table. Damien: The cops arent coming in here. / Foreign diplomat. Panel 3 Melanies hand pulling at the rope, which is almost untied in the foreground as Damien tilts his head. Panel 4 Damien standing up to as Melanie sits very very still. Damien: What are you doing? Melanie: Nothing. Panel 5 Damien walking around her and seeing the partly untied rope. Damien: Oh. Panel 6 Damien putting his hand around her wrist. Damien: Well, I know how to stop this. Page 26 20090622 Panel 1 Damien pulling her wrist back so the middle finger is touching her forearm. SFX: Kkkk Melanie: GAAAAHHH Panel 2 Damien calmly walking away. Damien: Try it again and Ill break your Panel 3 Damien getting hit in the back of the head with a criket bat. Damien: Other wri- OUF SFX: THwaCKKK Panel 4 Damien on the ground feeling the back of his head which is bleeding. Damien: ugh~~ Danny: (fire spell) Panel 5 Damien getting to his feet. Damien: That bat isnt silver, Im just going to heal. Danny: Incedere. / I know. Panel 6 Danny holding a criket bat that is on fire. Danny: Thats why I set it on fire. Page 27 20090624 Panel 1 Damien getting hit with the flaming bat. SFX: FFFOoaamm THAAacCKk Panel 2 through 5 Danny wailing on Damien with the bat. Panel 6 Damiens on the ground parts of his clothing and hair are burning. And Dannys holding the fire to Damiens tail. Sfx: FffooOO Panel 7 Damien looking and seeing his tail is on fire. Damien: SHIT!! Page 28 20090626 Panel 1 Danny rushing over to Melanie while Damien is trying to put himself out. Danny: Hi, Mel. Panel 2 Danny untying her. Melanie: Ow. Danny: You okay? Panel 3 Danny pulling away the rope as Melanie grasps her wrist. Melanie: He broke my wrist, other than that fine. Panel 4 Danny hurrying her through the fire escape. Danny: I can heal that up later, but now we got to hurry. Panel 5 Melanie on the fire escape as Danny climbs out the window. Melanie: You arent going to grab your phone? Danny: I turned the gas on, so we REALLY need to move. Panel 6 Danny and Melanie hurrying down the fire escape. Danny: Ill get a new one. Page 29 20090629 Panel 1 Danny and Melanie rushing downward Panel 2 Big explosion from the Damiens hotel room. Page 30 20090701 Panel 1 Melanie wiggling her fingers as she looks at them. Danny: See. Panel 2 Melanie putting her hands in her pocket. Melanie: Thanks. Panel 3 Danny and Melanie walking down the street. Panel 4 Danny turning to Mel. Danny: Kind of cold for September, huh? Panel 5 Melanie looking at the ground. Melanie: Yeah. Panel 6 - Melanie stops and Danny looks back at her. . Melanie: Danny Danny: Yeah? Page 31 20090703 Panel 1 Melanie looking up at him. Melanie: You know how in almost every superhero movie Panel 2 Melanies hair blows in the wind. Melanie: The hero breaks up with his girlfriend to protect her? Panel 3 Danny looks at Melanie confused as she looks away from him. Danny: Yeah? Melanie: And then his girlfriend tells him how he is worth the risk? Panel 4 Danny gives an uneasy look. Danny: Yeah? Melanie: well Panel 5 the hair blowing in melanies face. Melanie: Youre not. Page 32 20090706 Panel 1 Danny and Melanie standing under a street lamp. Panel 2 Danny glancing down biting his lip. Panel 3 Danny behind him. Danny: Do you still want me to walk you home? Melanie: No. Panel 4 Melanie kissing him. Melanie: Good night, Danny. Panel 5 Melanie walking away behind her you see Danny. Panel 6 Danny standing under the street lamp alone watching her leave. Panel 7 Danny shoving his hands in his coat pocket and walking away. Cover for Frequently secretly 20090708 Page 1 20090710 Panel 1 Jeff and Connor in gym uniform. Two other students are wrestling. Gym teacher is a large fat black man. Coach Larson: Nickels! Dont let him pin you like that! Panel 2 Jeff nudging Connor and snickering. Jeff: Heh, it kinda looks like they are fooling around. Panel 3 Connor being uneasy. Coach Larson: Get your sissy boy butt in GEAR! Connor: Heh, yeah. Panel 4 The couch turning to Jeff and Connor. Couch: BURKE! STEWART! WHAT IS SO FUNNY OVER THERE!? Panel 5 Jeff and Connor timidly shinking. Jeff: UhNothing, Coach. Panel 6 Coach larson with his hands on his hips shouting at them. Coach Larson: Just for that you two ladies are next. Page 2 20090713 Panel 1 Connor glancing over at Jeff a bit worried. Connor: Uh Panel 2 Connor looking uneasy. Connor: Can I go against someone else? Panel 3 Jeff looking at Connor confused as the teacher yells at connor. Coach: Whats the matter, Burke?! Dont think you can take a fruit like Stewart here? Panel 4 Connor taken aback and glancing at Jeff who has a furrowed brow. Connor: N-no. Its just that uh Panel 5 Connor scratching the back of his head. Connor: Nevermind. Panel 6 Connor and Jeff walking on to the matt as the teacher continues to yell at them. Coach Larson: Good, get your lazy butts out there! Page 3 20090715 Panel 1 Danny grading a test while he sits in class. Jeff lightly knocks on the door. SFX: tp tp Jeff: Mr. Gunn, Panel 2 Danny looking up. Danny: Your tutoring isnt today. Jeff: I know. Panel 3 Danny going back to grading. Danny: And full moons not until a week and a half. Jeff: I know. Panel 4 Jeff sitting on one of the desks in the front row. Jeff: I just need to ask you something. Danny: Okay. Panel 5 Danny putting down his pen. Jeff: Did Mr. Wolfe tell you about him or did you figure it out? Danny: I figured it out on my own. Panel 6 Danny glancing at the door which is still open. Jeff: Um how exactly? Page 4 20090717 Panel 1 Danny getting up. Danny: Well, first off Brad was a vegan Panel 2 Danny closing the door. Danny: But his new inner wolf wasnt fond of that diet. Panel 3 Jeff nodding while listening intently Jeff: Okay, dont have to worry about that. Danny: Also, I was helping him move. Panel 4 Danny walking back over. Danny: And he could suddenly carry more than me. Panel 5 Jeff hunching over a bit. Danny waving his hand slightly. Jeff: So should I hold back a bit more at soccor practice? Danny: Eh, maybe. Panel 6 Danny sitting back down. Danny: You had a summer away from your friends. / So you could claim you started hitting the gym. Page 5 20090720 Panel 1 Danny sipping his tea. Danny: What brings about this discussion so suddenly? Panel 2 Jeff gritting his teeth. Jeff: I think Connor knows. Danny: Oh? Panel 3 Jeff hunching as he sits uneasy. Jeff: Hes been acting kinda weird still school started up again. Panel 4 Danny thinking. Jeff: Especially around me. / And today in gym, Couch Larson told him and I to wrestle each other. Panel 5 Jeff looking worried. Jeff: And he looked at me funny, / then asked if he could face someone else. Panel 6 Danny nodding. Danny: Funny how? Jeff: Um kinda nervous. Page 6 20090722 Panel 1 Jeff scratching the back of his head. Danny: I dont think he knows. Jeff: Then why would he be acting weird? Panel 2 Dannypicking up his red pen to correct again. Danny: Ask him. Jeff: What? Panel 3 Danny reading through the test. Danny: Man up, and ask him whats going on. / Just uh do it in private. Panel 4 Jeff getting his bag. Jeff: Right, incase he does know. Panel 5 Danny glancing up as he moves on to the next test. Danny: Right, lets go with that. Page 7 20090724 Panel 1 Jeff is dribbling a soccer ball and the rest of the team is struggling to keep up. SFX: FEEEeeeee Couch Anderson: Thats enough for now. Panel 2 Coach Anderson, skinny white guy, waving the boys back to him. Coach Anderson: Nice hustle there, Stewart. Panel 3 A few of the boys glaring at Jeff who hunches over embrassed. Coach Anderson: They rest of you could learn something from his dedication to improvement. Panel 4 The boys walking away toward the back of the school. Coach Anderson: Were one hit the showers and Ill see you this Saturday. Panel 5 But jeff and connor kinda stay behind the group a bit. Panel 6 Jeff looks at connor. Jeff: Um arent you gonna shower and stuff? Page 8 20090727 Panel 1 Connor digging his cleat into the ground. Connor: Um I think Im gonna do a lap or two first. Panel 2 Connor with his hands on his hips and in a mocking expression. Connor: I figured Id take up some dedication to improvement. Panel 3 Jeff laughing as Connor smirks. Jeff: Heh heh. Connor: But I take it you dont need a shower isnt you didnt even break a sweat. Panel 4 Jeffs smile fading. Jeff: Uh you noticed that? Panel 5 Connor looking a a bit nervous. Connor: Um I was just kidding. / Its not like I was going out of my way to look or anything. Panel 6 Jeff forcing a smile. Jeff: Rightheh. Page 9 20090729 Panel 1 Connor pointing to behind him. Connor: Im uh just gonna run a few laps. Panel 2 Jeff scratching his head. Jeff: Um Connor,/ are you alright? Panel 3 Connor Stiffening a bit. Connor: Uh yeah why? Panel 4 Jeff shuffling his feet. Jeff: Well Youve just been acting kinda weird lately. Panel 5 Jeff standing up easy as connor gives him a stern look. Jeff: I thought maybe something was wrong. Connor: Im FINE Panel 6 Jeff scratching his head. Jeff: Okay just. Connor: FINE. Page 10 20090731 Panel 1 - Danny looking over a paper at his desk while Jeff sits patiently Danny: I think this conclusion could use some cleaning up. Jeff: Okay. Panel 2 Danny putting down the paper. Danny: Nothing serious just make it more clear what your trying to say. Panel 3 Jeff hunching over and he puts his head in his hand. Jeff: Mr. Gunn, can I ask you for advice? Danny: Um depends on what. Panel 4 Jeff looking down at his paper. Jeff: I talked to Connor,/ he said hes fine/ but Im pretty sure he knows. Panel 5 jeff looking like a little puppy. Jeff: But I dont know how to find out if he knows without giving myself away. Panel 6 Danny leaning back in his chair. Danny: Jeff, stop worrying about it. Page 12 20090803 Panel 1 Jeff looking at danny questioningly. Jeff: But Danny: Just focus on getting into college. Panel 2 Danny getting out of his car in front of Pats place. Pats outside with the truck full of his stuff and several piles of books. Danny: Hey, uh, whats all this. Panel 3 Pat sitting on his trunk. Pointing to a large board nailed over pats door. Pat: the place is getting condemned. Panel 4 danny with his hands in his pockets. Danny: huh. Pat: They are buildings condos or something. Panel 5 Danny turning to Pat Danny: Where are you staying? Pat: Williams. Panel 6 pat gesturing to his trunk and books. Pat: I just need your car to get all this there. Danny: Right then. Page 13 20090805 Panel 1 Danny picking up some books. Danny: You want these in the trunk or the back seat? Pat: It doesnt matter. Panel 2 Danny putting the books in the back seat. Danny: Well, I think your trunk will only fit in the back seat. Panel 3 Pat lugging it to the other side of Dannys car. Danny: There is a lever on the side of the seat to let you in there. Panel 4 Pat pushing his trunk into the back seat. Danny: *sigh* Pat: What? Panel 5 Danny with his hands on his hips. Danny: Ive just been rolling something over in my head. Page 14 20090807 Panel 1 Pat looking at Danny over the top of the car. Danny: But I dont think you can help. Pat: Try me. Panel 2 Danny leaning on his car. Danny: So my student whos a werewolf, Panel 3 pat scowling. Pat: The one Seth tricked me into having claim on. Danny: Yeah, him. Panel 4 Danny gesturing as he talks. Danny: Well, he thinks his friend knows hes a werewolf, because his friends been acting weird. Panel 5 Pat listening. Danny: But I know something else is probably the cause of the weirdness. Panel 6 Pat opening the car door to get in. Pat: So tell the werewolf kid the real reason. Page 15 20090810 Panel 1 Danny getting into the drivers seat. Danny: Well, its not really something I can tell. Panel 2 - Pat raising an eyebrow. Pat: Why? Danny: Well, his friend is the boy who was affected by the love spell you undid for one of my students. Panel 3 pat looking confused at Danny for a moment. Panel 4 - Pats eyes widening slightly as he realizes what Danny means. Pat: OH! Panel 5 Danny starting the car. Danny: See it wouldnt be right to tell people that if hes not telling people himself. Panel 6 the car pulling out. Pat: Well, maybe you can talk him into telling the werewolf whats up. Danny: Maybe. Page 16 20090812 Panel 1 Conner getting his bag out of his locker as Jeff walks up to him. Jeff: Hey, Connor. I - Panel 2 Connor hurrying up as he leaves. Connor: I actually really got hurry to class. Jeff: But Panel 3 Jeff kinda pouting as he leaves. Jeff: *sigh* Panel 4 Connor runs into dannys class SFX: BRRIIIII Danny: Youre late. Panel 5 Connor looking in shock. Connor: Wait! I was here when the bell rang. Panel 6 - Danny pointing toward the door with a stern look. Danny: Connor, wait in the hall. Ill be out in a few minutes to talk to you. Page 17 20090814 Panel 1 Connor grumbling to himself. Connor: stupid bastard. Panel 2 Danny coming on and closing the door behind him. Connor: I wasnt late. Danny: Yeah, I know calm down. / You arent really in trouble. Panel 3 Connor glaring at Danny with his hands in his pockets. Danny: That was for your classmates. Connor: huh? Panel 4 Danny rolling his eyes. Danny: Jeff is being all paranoid and nervous because he thinks you know something about him. Panel 5 Connor looking around. Connor: Something about him? Page 18 20090817 Panel 1 Danny with his hand on the door. Danny: Yes. And Im not going to tell you what is. Panel 2 Connor stiffening. Danny: Just like Im not going to tell him whats going on with you. Panel 3 Connor running his fingers through his hair. Connor: I uh dont know what youre talking about. Panel 4 Danny giving him a skeptic look . Danny: Riiiight, Panel 5 Danny putting his hands in his pockets Connor keeps checking to make sure no one is in the hallway. Danny: Well, you should either tell Jeff whats going on. Panel 6 Connor looking at his feet. Danny: Or at least make up a really good lie. / Just tell him something. Page 19 20090819 Panel 1 Connor uneasy and scratching his head. Danny: But telling the truth is probably a better idea in the long run. Panel 2 Connor adjusting his back. Connor: So um any hint on Jeffs thing. Panel 3 Danny raising an eyebrow Danny: Nope. / Its up to you to ask. Panel 4 Connor looking at the ground. Connor: Okay. Panel 5 Danny opening the door. Danny: Yeah, well try to get to class earlier. Panel 6 Connor walking back into class hunched over as Danny glares at him. Danny: I dont care if youre hung over. Page 20 20090821 Panel 1 Jeff walking down the hall. Panel 2 He walks out the door and Connors waiting outside for him. Connor: Jeff, come here. Panel 3 Jeff walking over as Connor grabs his bag. Jeff: Hey, whats up? Panel 4 Connor gesturing for Jeff to follow. Connor: Wanna grab something to eat. Panel 5 Jeff excited. Jeff: Hell yeah! Im starving. Page 21 20090824 Panel 1 Jeff has a tray with 5 burgers on it. Connor: You werent kidding when you said you were hungry. Panel 2 Connor is eating a bread stick as Jeff swallows a large bite from a burger in his hand. The are sitting in like an applebees. Jeff: Heh. Yeah. Panel 3 Connor bites into a bread stick. Connor: So I uh got to tell you something. Panel 4 Jeff looking up with some mustard on his face. Jeff: hmm. What is it? Panel 5 Connor pushing back his hair. Connor: well, uh Panel 6 Connor slouching back a bit and Jeff stares at him dropping his burger. Connor: Im gay. Page 22 20090826 Panel 1 Jeff staring at Connor with his jaw open. Panel 2 Connor slouching more. Connor: Dude, say something. Panel 3 Jeff closing his mouth and looking at his food. Jeff: Uh, / right / um / sorry. Panel 4 Jeff running his fingers through his head looking. Jeff: I just really didnt expect that. Panel 5 Connor straightening up a little and raising an eyebrow. Jeff: Like, at all. Connor: What did you think I was gonna say? Page 23 20090828 Panel 1 Jeff relaxing a bit as he bites into his burger. Jeff: I thought you were gonna say you knew I was a were- Panel 2 Connor choking on a bread stick as Jeff bites his lip. Jeff: wolf. Connor: KaKoff. ~ What? Panel 3 Jeff and Connor just looking at each other. Panel 4 - Jeff slouching over and looking at his food. Jeff: aw, shit. / I didnt mean to say that out loud. Panel 5 Connor looking at Jeff laughing. Connor; Youre a werewolf? Panel 6 Jeff hunching over Jeff: Shh, keep it down. Connor: Youre serious? Page 24 20090831 Panel 1 Connor looking at him skeptically as Jeff eats his burger. Connor: When did that happen? Jeff: Whend you find out you were gay? Panel 2 Connor Leaning forward waving a bread stick. Connor: I asked you first. Panel 3 Jeff with shoving the rest of his burger in his mouth. Jeff: *sigh* Fine. / Right before finals last year. / Mr. Gunn has a friend whos a werewolf. Panel 4 Jeff pick up another burger. Jeff: Mr. Gunn was watching his friends daughter while he was tutoring me and she bit me. Panel 5 Connor laughing. Connor: HAHAHAHA You got bit by a little girl. AHAHAHA Panel 6 Connor wiping a tear from his eye. Jeff is unamused. Jeff: Its not funny. Connor: Yes, it is. Page 25 20090902 Panel 1 Jeff biting into his burger. Jeff: Your turn. Panel 2 Connor stirring a bread stick in some sauce. Connor: Well, I was kinda unsure since middle school. Panel 3 Connor fiddling with his bread stick. Connor: But last year I realized I had a really big crush on one of our teachers. Panel 4 Jeff thinking a bit. Jeff: Okay. Which one? Connor: Not important. Panel 5 The two eating. Connor: So uh we okay? Jeff: Yeah, man. Panel 6 Connor smiling. Connor: Cool. Page 26 20090904 Panel 1 Jeff thinking. Jeff: Hmm. Panel 2 the two of them eating. Jeff: so uh I got a question. But I dont want to offend you. Panel 3 Connor chewing a bread stick. Connor: Ask what ever you want, BUT Panel 4 Jeff moving on to the next burger. Jeff: But what? Connor: For every stupid question you ask me, Panel 5 Connor point at jeff with a bread stick. Connor: I get to ask you a werewolf question that is just as retarded. Panel 6 Jeff laughing. Jeff: heh heh. Page 27 20090907 Panel 1 Jeff taking a bite. Jeff: Okay. / So uh/ Do you get turned on when you look at yourself in the mirror? Panel 2 - Connor snickering. Connor: Heh heh. Well, Panel 3 Connor Gesturing to himself. Connor: Despite my good looks, / No. Panel 4 Jeff rolling his eyes. Jeff: Funny, / So whats your question? Panel 5 Connor cross his arms and looking very smug. Jeff almost chokes. Connor: Do you eat babies? Jeff: What! No! Panel 6 connor waving his bread stick as he smirks. Connor: I got another one though. / How does Mr. Gunn know a werewolf? Page 28 20090909 Panel 1 Jeff munch on his burger. Jeff: All that stuff about Mr. Gunn knowing magic is true. Panel 2 Connor nodding and fiddling with his bread sticks. Jeff: So he knows a werewolf, two vampires, and this lady who can shot lighting and stuff. Connor: huh. Panel 3 - Jeff grinning Jeff: Shes REALLY hot. One time she just woke up, Panel 4 Jeff with a dreamy look on his face. Jeff: So she was wearing this shirt that I could almost see her tits through Panel 5 Jeffs excitement stopping as Connor boredly dipping another bread stick in his little bowl of sauce. Jeff: And you dont care. Connor: Not particularly. Panel 6 - Connor taking another bite. Connor: You get another question. Jeff: Hmm Page 29 20090911 Panel 1 Jeff looking down at his food. Jeff: have you told anyone else youre gay, besides me? Panel 2 Connor stirring his bread stick in sauce. Connor: Just a guy back home that I dated this summer. Panel 3 Jeff and Connor eating. Jeff: Tell me about him Connor: Just like I dont care about hot girls. Panel 4 Jeff moving to his next burger. Connor: I know you dont care about hot guys. Jeff: Yeah, but I can talk about hot girls with anyone. Panel 5 Jeff taking a bite. Jeff: But Im the only one who knows you like guys. Panel 6 Connor straightening up in his seat. Connor: Uh, okay./ Well, / Panel 7 The two of them eating. Connor: He goes to college a few towns over so I might visit him. Jeff: Cool. Fathers cover 20090914 Page 1 20090916 Panel 1 Brads eyes as he puts in a brown contact. Panel 2 Brad in the mirror poking at his own eyes to move the contact into the right place. Behind him Ally taking off her choker. Brad: *Ack* I cant get this damn thing in. Panel 3 Ally smiling as Brad rubs his eye. Ally: Well, could always not go. Brad: No, were going. Panel 4 Brad putting on his tie. Brad: This is important to my dad, / So you can put up with my mom for one evening. Panel 5 Ally putting her choker in her purse. Ally: It was worth a shot. Page 2 20090918 Panel 1 Danny poking his head in. Danny: Jeffs here. Ally: Good. / Ill give him all the emergency numbers. Panel 2 Ally walking out as Danny lets her through. Danny: You sure your parents invited me too? Panel 3 Brad smirking. Brad: Well, my dad did after I mention you were staying with us. Panel 4 Danny lighting a cigarette. Brad: I think he wants someone to talk about how much better Terra is than here. Panel 5 Danny blowing smoke outward. Danny: Ill be happy to oblige. Page 3 20090921 Panel 1 Danny putting his lighter away. Danny: And is your mom okay with my filthy protestant ass attending? Panel 2 Brad giving Danny a stern look. Brad: She never said that. Panel 3 Danny looking up at Brad with a joking expression. Danny: Youre sure? Brad: Yes. Panel 4 Brad walking out of the room. Panel 5 Brad stopping and thinking. Panel 6 Brad turning back to Danny. Brad: Just dont tell her about what are you doing at night. Page 4 20090923 Panel 1 Danny with his hand in his pockets. Danny: We talking about the premarital sex or the sorcery? Panel 2 Brad walking down the stairs. Brad: BOTH. Panel 3 Danny following Brad down the stairs. Danny: Heh heh. Okay. Panel 4 Brad pointing at Danny and looking him in the eye. Brad: And no jokes about my family being a rainbow either. Panel 5 Danny taken aback. Danny: Of coarse not. Panel 6 Brad glaring at him. Danny: Unless your sisters there. Page 5 20090925 Panel 1 The swanky apartment building where brads parents live. SFX: Dun Din din dooo Panel 2 Brads little sister Ami answers the door while blowing a bubble with her gum. Danny is puffing a cigarette and Ally has a bottle of wine. Brad: Hi, Ami Panel 3 Ami yelling as Brad crindges a bit and they all walk in the penthouse. Nice swanky looking place that has a huge picture of jesus on the mantle as well as lots of pictures of Brad when he was younger. Ami: MA! BRADS HERE! Panel 4 Brad sticking his finger in his ear and smiling weakly. Brad: Heh. Hows school? Ami: Its alright. Brad: Good. Panel 5 Brads mom, Carla, walking out in a simple dress. Carla: Oh, Bradley! Panel 6 Carla giving Brad hug and pulling him down slightly. Carla: Im so glad you could make it. Page 6 20090928 Panel 1 Carla smiling at Ally who weakly smiles back. Carla: And Ally, / how are you? Ally: Im fine. Panel 2 Ally holds up the bottle of wine. As danny continues to puff his cigarette and Ami is checking out Dannys ass in the background. Ally: We brought wine. Panel 3 Carla taking the wine with a huge smile. Carla: That is so thoughtful of you. Panel 4 Carla walking putting on the dining table. Carla (in Spanish): *sigh* Vaya lastima que una chica tan linda como tu se ira al infierno. Panel 5 Danny snickers in the background as Ally turns to Brad. Danny: Heh heh. Ally: What did she just say? Panel 6 Brad hunches over a bit and as Ally crosses her arms. Brad: Um you dont want to know. Page 7 20090930 Panel 1 Carla looking at Danny with a stern look. Carla: Daniel. Danny: Um, hi Mrs. Wolfe. Carla: Give me your cigarettes. Panel 2 Danny looking at her surprised. Danny: What? Panel 3 Carla yanking Danny by his ear. Danny: OW OW OW, Okay, Okay. Panel 4 danny reluctantly pulling out his pack of cigarettes. Carla: You ruined the carpet last time you visited. / It wont happen again. Panel 5 Danny rubbing his ear and handing her the pack of cigarettes. Danny: Here. Panel 6 Carla smiling as she takes them away. Carla: Thank you. Its a pleasure to see you again. Page 8 20091002 Panel 1 Carla walking toward the dinning the table. Carla: Now Bradley, your fathers friends should be here any minute. Panel 2 Brads eyes widening a bit. Carla: Brad, could go grab the good silver so I can set the table. Panel 3 Brad whispering in Allys ear as Ally interjects. Ally: Oh, I can set the table, Carla. Brad: thank you. Panel 4 Carla glancing at Ally who is already headed to the china cabinet. Carla: Are you sure? / Youre a guest after all. Panel 5 Ally opening the china cabinet. Ally: Im positive. Hank (off panel): Dont bother with the silver, Ally. Panel 6 Brads dad, Hank, walking out while putting on his tie as he turns to Ally. Hank: And dont you look lovely. Page 9 20091005 Panel 1 Hank giving Ally a hug. Ally: Hello, Hank. Hank: Its good to see you again. Panel 3 - Hank adjusting his tie as he looks at his wife. Hank: Carla, I said this is just family and some close friends. Panel 4 Brad sighing in relief as his dad walks over to his mom. Hank: We dont need to use the bloody silver tonight. Panel 5 Later that night now that all the guests are have arrived so the house is all crowded. Hank: Bradley, I want to meet someone. Panel 6 - Brad turning to his dad while talking to Danny and Ami. Brad: Ill be right there. Page 10 20091007 Panel 1 Danny talking to Ami while Brad walks away. Danny: Thats wicked that youre shooting for early admissions. Panel 2 Ami leaning into Danny in the background while Brad walks toward his dad. Brad: Whats up, dad? Panel 3 Hank gesturing to Mr, Ackerman Hank: This is Ted Ackerman. / His advertising firm has been invaluable to my magazine. Panel 4 Mr. Ackerman shaking Brads hand. Mr. Ackerman: Your father says youre quite talented. Panel 5 Brad glancing away. Brad: I guess./ I havent had much time to draw between job hunting and watching Rebecca. Panel 6 Brad hunched over a bit embrassed. Brad: So Im out of practice. Page 11 20091009 Panel 1 Mr Ackerman taking a sip of his drink. Mr. Ackerman: That must be tough trying to make ends meet while youre unemployed. Panel 2 Brad looking down at his feet. Brad: Well, we do okay because Allys got a decent job. Panel 3 Mr. Ackerman raising an eyebrow questionly. Mr. Ackerman: Oh whats she do? Panel 4 Mr. Ackerman choking on his beer as Hank calmly offers the answer. Hank: Brads wife runs a business owned by Marcus Tamura. Panel 5 Mr. Ackerman looking at Hank a bit shocked. Mr. Ackerman: Really?! Hank: He picked her personally and shes been working for him it since she was 20. Panel 6 Brad sighing and pointing toward the bar. Mr. Ackerman: Thats impressive for someone so young. Howd Brad: Shes by the buffet table you can go ask her. Page 12 20091012 Panel 1 Mr. Ackerman pushing place Brad. Mr. Ackerman: It was nice meeting you Bradley. Panel 2 Brad slumps against the wall. His dad sips his beer. Brad: *sigh* Hank: I gave Ted your portfolio. Panel 3 Brad rubbing his eye. Brad: Thanks, I guess. / But you didnt have to. Panel 4 Hank looking over at Brad who is still rubbing his eye. Hank: Youre contacts all balls-up? Brad: I think I put it in wrong. Panel 5 - Brad putting his hand down. Panel 6 Brad turning to his dad. Brad: Whend you figure it out? Hank: A little bit after Rebecca was born. Page 13 20091014 Panel 1 Hank glancing at Brad. Hank: Someone with brown eyes and someone with green eyes probably arent going to have kids with yellow eyes. Panel 2 Brad pointing toward the kitchen. Brad: Uh could we Panel 3 Brad and hank walking into the kitchen area. Brad: So based on earlier, Im guessing that mom doesnt know? Panel 4 Hank sipping his beer Hank: If she does, she hasnt said anything. / Silver that bad? Panel 5 Brad with his hands in pockets. Brad: I cant even touch it. Hank: Huh. Panel 6 Mr. Ackerman right outside the kitchen listening. Hank: Any other werewolf problems I can help you avoid next time you visit? Page 14 20091016 Panel 1 Brad asleep in his bed the next morning waking up with a 5 oclock shadow. Sfx: BBBbNNN BBNNNN Brad: Huh? Panel 2 Ally still under the covers as Brad gropes for the phone. Ally: Get the phone, Im sleeping. Panel 3 Brad groogily talking on the phone. Brad: UhHello? Panel 4 Mr. Ackerman in his office on the phone. Mr. Ackerman: Hello, Bradley. / This is Ted Ackerman. Panel 5 Brad straightening up. Mr. Ackerman: We met at your fathers 50th party. Brad: Uh yes./ What can I do for you? Panel 6 Mr. Ackerman flipping through Brads portfolio. Mr. Ackerman: I have your portfolio in front of me. Page 15 20091019 Panel 1 Brad getting out of bed. Mr. Ackerman: Id like to talk to you. / Are you free this afternoon? Panel 2- Brad looking at Ally asleep. Brad: Let me check. Panel 3 Brad poking Ally. Brad: Hey, uh Ally, when are you meeting with your boss? Panel 4 Ally groogy looking over at Brad. Ally: Um around dinner time. Why? Panel 5 Brad leaning backward as Ally sits straight up. Brad: I think I have a job interview. / Can you watch Rebecca? Ally: Hell yes! Panel 6: Brad talking on the phone. Brad: Uh, yeah. Im free. Page 16 20091021 Panel 1 Mr. Ackerman sitting at a caf as Brad walks up to him. Caption: Good, Meet me at one at Cup o Joe Panel 2 Brad shaking Mr. Ackermans hand as hes about to sit down. Brad: Its great to see you again, Mr. Ackerman. Panel 3 brad looking at Mr ackerman confused while Mr ackerman gets up. Mr: Ackerman: Dont sit. Were moving. Panel 4 Brad adjusting his portfolio bag as Mr. Ackerman walks past him. Brad: Oh okay. Panel 5 Mr. Ackerman getting into a Jaguar convertible. Mr. Ackerman: Well take my car. Ill drive you back here when were done. Panel 6 Brad getting in the car. Brad: I brought more artwork,/ uh where should I put it? Mr. Ackerman: The back is fine. Page 17 20091023 Panel 1 The car pulling out of a parking space. Mr: A: So I have a few questions for you. Panel 2 Brad nodding. Brad: Uh of coarse. Panel 3 Brad uneasy as Mr. Ackerman turns the wheel on to a new street. Mr: Ackerman: Im going to be completely straight with you. Panel 4 Brad with a worried expression. Mr. Ackerman: I over heard you talking to your father last night in the kitchen. Panel 5 Brad slumping in his chair. Brad: This isnt a job interview is it? Panel 6 Mr. Ackerman taking a turn on to a new street. Mr Ackerman: No, its not. Page 18 20091026 Panel 1 Mr. Ackermans car drive down a street that has a sign which points to the hospital. Mr. Ackerman: Ive done some research. Panel 2 Mr. Ackerman driving up hill. Mr. Ackerman: You healing from almost anything. Panel 3 Brad turning his head to see the signing pointing toward the hospital. Brad: Yeah / uh Panel 4 The car pulling into a the hospital parking lot. Mr. Ackerman: And if you bite someone else that makes them a werewolf too? Panel 5 the car parking. Brad: Yeah. Page 19 20091028 Panel 1 Brad getting out of the car. Mr. Ackerman: Good. Good. Panel 2 Mr ackerman walking a few paces ahead of him. Mr. Ackerman: And just how long until the person youve bitten gets your super healing. Panel 3 Brad and Mr ackerman going through the entertrance. Brad: Um, its hard to tell. Panel 4 They walk through the waiting room. Brad: But before the next full moon, which is when someones completely a werewolf. Panel 5 in a hospital hall way Brad stops walking. Panel 6 Mr. Ackerman turning to Brad. Brad: Mr, Ackerman, I Page 20 20091030 Panel 1 Brad glancing at his feet. Brad: I dont know whats wrong with you. Panel 2 Mr. Ackerman looking back at Brad. Brad: You seem healthy enough to me, but Panel 3 Brad gesturing toward Mr. Ackerman. Brad: But this isnt a good plan for fitting it. Panel 4 Mr. Ackerman looking downward with a sad smile. Brad: There are downsides. Panel 5 Brad pleading with my Ackerman. Brad: I cant see any color. / I have to worry about hurting people I care about. Page 21 20091102 Panel 1 Brad gritting his teeth. Brad: I cant touch silver,/ Im hungry almost all the time. Panel 2 camera looking down on them. Brad: I have a tail that I have to hide from everyone. / And Panel 3 - Brad shaking his head. Brad: Its just not a good idea. Panel 4 Mr. Ackerman giving Brad a weak smile. Panel 5 Mr. Ackermans hand pushing the elevator button. Mr. Ackerman: All that sounds preferable to being a vegetable Page 22 20091104 Panel 1 Mr. Ackerman getting in the elevator. Mr. Ackerman: Just please hear me out first. Sfx: Dong Panel 2 Brad looking at Mr. Ackermanc confused. Panel 3 Ackerman giving Brad a pleading expression as he holds open the elevator door. Ackerman: Please. Panel 4 Brad looks away. Panel 5 - Brad gets in the elevator. Page 23 20091106 Panel 1 Brad and Ackerman in the Elevator. SFX: Dong Dong Panel 2 Brad looking down. Brad: So what are you sick with? SFX: Dong Panel 3 Ackerman getting out of the elevator. Ackerman: You have a daughter, right? SFX: Crr Panel 4 Brad following Mr. Ackerman into the new hall. Brad: Yeah. Ackerman: How old is she? Brad: 5. Panel 5 Ackerman stopping infront of a door. Ackerman: Mines 22 next month. Page 24 20091109 Panel 1 Ackerman pushing opening the door. Ackerman: There was a car crash about a year ago. SFX: beep beep beep Panel 2 Ackerman and brad walking into a room. Ackerman: Her mother didnt make it. SFX: beep beep beep Panel 3 Brad staring at the hospital bed as he gets closer. Ackerman: The ambulance got her here in time and saved her life. SFX: beep beep beep Panel 4 - Ackerman running his fingers through his hair. Ackerman: But shes been like this ever since. SFX: beep beep beep Panel 5 Brad looking down at a girl in the hopital bed. SFX: beep beep beep Panel 6 Ackerman gritting his teeth. Ackerman: She probably wont wake up on her own. SFX: beep beep beep Page 25 20091111 Panel 1 Ackerman turning to Brad Ackerman: I want you to tell me, honestly. SFX: beep beep beep Panel 2 Brad stepping away shaking his head. Ackerman: Wouldnt you be doing the same thing as me for your daughter? Brad: I SFX: beep beep beep Panel 3 Brad running his fingers through his hair nervously. Brad: I I cant. SFX: beep beep beep Panel 4 Brads eye reflection Kayla in her hospital bed. SFX: beep beep beep Panel 5 Brad standing there silently as the light from the hall silhouettes him. SFX: beep beep beep Panel 6 All black panel SFX: beep beep beep Page 26 20091113 Panel 1 Ally walking into the living room where Brad is watching TV and eating dinner with Rebecca. Ally: Hi honey. Brad: Hi. Panel 2 Brad stuffing some noodles in his mouth. Brad: How was your meeting with your boss? Panel 3 Ally pulling her hair out of a pony tail. Ally: Good, I found Rebecca a class so she can start kindergarten next week. Panel 4 Rebecca looking up as she gnaws on a piece of meet on a stick. Rebecca: Whats that? Brad: A place where you can meet other kids to play with. Panel 5 Rebecca looking up curiously Brad nods. Rebecca: Like when Natalie comes over? Brad: Kinda but with lots more kids. Page 27 20091116 Panel 1 Ally taking off her shoes while holding up one finger. Ally: Also, I got a new job. Brad: Hmm? Panel 2 Ally sitting down. Ally: Alpha Phoenix apparently needs a sort of ambassador to the mage council. Panel 3 Ally grabbing the remote. Ally: I have to go over some protocol stuff the next few weeks. Panel 4 Brad turning to Ally. Ally: And I got to train Trish to replace me at the bar. Brad: Trish? But shes in Panel 5 Ally sitting back. Ally: Shes moving near by. Page 28 20091118 Panel 1 Ally looking very stratified. Ally: And I get a really nice raise. Panel 2 Brad eating. Brad: Thats good. Panel 3 Ally resting her head on Brads shoulder. Ally: Howd your job interview job? Panel 4 Brad hunching over as he pokes his noddle with his chop sticks. Brad: hmp Panel 5 Ally giving him a sympathic look. Brad is focused on his food Ally: Oh, Im sorry. / Did anything even remotely good happen? Brad: No. Panel 6 Ally putting her head on his who is keeping his eyes on his food. Ally: Dont get too upset over it. Its not worth it. You know Im No Good 20091118 Page 1 20091120 Panel 1 Rebecca picking up a large box. Panel 2 Ally and Trish having a ice tea with sweat on their shirts. Rebecca holds the box over her head. Ally: Now be careful when you bring that upstairs. Rebecca: Okay. Panel 3 Trish holding the door open for Rebecca. Trish: Heh. Panel 4 Trish closing the door. Trish: Isnt she handy? Ally: More like a handful. Panel 5 Ally sipping her drink. Ally: It took a lot of bribing to get her to help out. Page 2 20091123 Panel 1 Trish smiling. Trish: Well, I apprecaite the help. Panel 2 Danny pushes open the door. Ally: And I apprecaite you only live on the second floor. Danny: Ill second that. Panel 3 Danny picking up the pitcher and pouring himself a drink. Trish: Oh, sit down, take a break. Panel 4 Danny sitting down with his glass of juice. Danny: I dont think I can handle more steps right now. Panel 5 Trish turning to Ally as Danny lies down. Trish: Shame Brads at that job interveiw, hed handle it fine. Panel 6 Danny pulling out a cigerette. Danny: If that is some attempt at wounding my manly pride, it wont work. Page 3 20091125 Panel 1 Danny lighting his cigerette. Danny: He has werewolf powers, / Thats cheating. Panel 2 Trish smirking at Danny as he blows smoke. Panel 3 Ally pouring some more ice tea. Ally: Uh, any more ice? This ice tea is about to become tea. Panel 4 Trish getting up with the pitcher. Trish: There is some in the cooler. Hold on. Panel 5 Trish walking over to her car with the pitcher as Ally watches. Panel 6 Ally turning to Danny. Ally: How are you holding up? Page 4 20091127 Panel 1 Danny blowing smoke. Panel 2 Danny looking up at her. Danny: Trying not to think about it. Panel 3 Ally sipping her drink. Danny: It wasnt serious, just a bit of fun. / Ill be okay. Panel 4 Trish in the foreground putting some ice in the pitcher as Ally and Danny keep talking. Ally: Doesnt me you arent having a hard time now. Panel 5 Danny sitting up. Danny: Ive been through a very bitter divorce, I can handle a girl dumping me. Ally: I didnt say you couldnt. Page 5 20091130 Panel 1 Ally sipping her drink. Danny blowing smoke. Danny: But thank you for not nagging me about smoking lately. Ally: Theyre still awful, but youre welcome. Panel 2 Danny watching Trish pour herself a new ice tea. Panel 3 Ally sipping on her drink. Ally: Dont ask Trish out. Panel 4 Danny with a furrowed brow. Danny: wha- Panel 5 Ally looking over as a car parks. Ally: I know youre hurting right now but dating her will make things worse. Danny; Why? Panel 6 Seth gets out of the car Trishs face lights up with excitement. Ally: Thats why. Page 6 20091202 Panel 1 Seth walking up to Trish who has huge grin. Trish: Hi Seth. How are you? Panel 2 Seth standing close to Trish with a smile. Seth: Im fine. I just need to talk to Danny. Panel 3 Seth walks over as Danny looks up annoyed. Danny: What for? Seth: Just come on with me. Panel 4 Seth glancing over Trish. Seth: I need to talk to you in private. Panel 5 Danny glaring up at Seth. Panel 6 Seth grabbing Dannys shirt Seth: NOW, Danny. Page 7 20091204 Panel 1 Trish walking at Seth and Danny walk away. Ally sits there annoyed. Trish: I hope everythings okay. Panel 2 Ally sipping her drink. Ally: Im sure Seths just fine. Panel 3 Seth and Danny walking down the sidewalk. Seth: So I heard you ran into Loki and Aaron a few months ago. Panel 4 Danny with his hands in his pockets. Danny: Yeah. So? Seth: Now I know you didnt tell them this time around. Panel 5 - Seth getting in close to Danny. Seth: but its VERY important that you never tell them about your past. Panel 6 Danny confused. Danny: Why not? Seth: Just DONT tell them. Page 8 20091207 Panel 1 Trish and watching Seth and Danny talking. Trish: *sigh* Panel 2 Ally with her eyes a bit narrowed. Ally: I dont get how you can like him so much. Panel 3 Danny hunched over. Danny: Fine dont tell me. Panel 4 Danny muttering under his breath. Danny: Its not like you tell me anything anyways. Panel 5 Seth mocking Danny. Seth: Its not my fault you cant compete. Panel 6 Danny scowling. Danny: How the hell can she think youre a nice guy? Page 9 20091209 Panel 1 Trish looking down at her feet. Trish: Well, he saved me. Panel 2 Ally giving her a skeptical look. Ally: Seth? Saved you? Panel 3 - Trish looking at her cup. Trish: Well, I already told you what happened with Frost. Ally: Oh, yeah. Panel 4 Seth with a nasty smirk. Seth: Because she thinks Im her knight in armor so shiny you can see yourself in it. Panel 5 Danny irrated. Danny: But how!? Panel 6 Seth adjusting his sunglasses. Seth: Probably because of how we met. Page 10 20091211 Panel 1 Trish sighing. Trish: He was so nice when I first met him. Panel 2 Flashback scene where Trish with longer hair and 60s clothes sees Frost with another girl. Trish caption: But everything was just to make someone else jealous. Panel 3- Trish getting thrown into a wall. Trish caption: And when that didnt work he took it out on me. Panel 4 Seth in 60s clothes talking to two other vampires. Seth Caption: It was at a party. Panel 5 Seth drinking some scotch. Seth: They decided to hire some biker gang to be the guards. Then they paid them in beer. Panel 6 Seth and the other two vampires laughing. Seth: So I got two shows at the concert. SFX: CRSSH Page 11 20091214 Panel 1 Trish getting dragged by her hair through a hallway. Trish caption: It was bad. Trish: AAEIIHH Panel 2 Trish getting tossed to the ground. SFX: THMP Panel 3 Trish getting the heal of frosts boot in her hand. Trish: AHH Panel 4 Seth and the other two vampires glancing at the direction of the noise. Seth Caption: It was a boring party. Girl vampire: Think its Suryu and her newest brute or a demon hunter broke in? Panel 5 Seth waving a finger at them. Seth: Screams a bit girly for Suryus taste and demon hunter would be cursing more. Panel 6 Seth smirking as the guy vampire talks. Guy vampire: I heard Frost has a new blood bond, maybe hes disposing of it. Page 12 20091216 Panel 1 Frost grabbing her arm and breaking it. Trish Caption: REAL bad. Trish: AARRRIIHH Panel 2 Trish getting kicked across the room. Panel 3 Her landing at Seths boot. Panel 4 Seth smirking. Seth Caption: So I thought Id have some fun. Seth: I bet you $1000 she gets away. Panel 5 the guy vampire laughing. Guy vampire: Heh, youre on. I could use the money. Panel 6 Seth glancing down and seeing Trish has landed there. Page 13 20091218 Panel 1 Seth pulling out his knife as Trish looks up at him in horror. Panel 2 Trish cringing reflected in Seths knife. Panel 3 Seth put the knife in her unbroken hand. Trish caption: But Seth helped me. Seth: Aim for the heart. Panel 4 Seth smiling as Trish looks at the knife. Behind her Frost is coming up. Seth Caption: Frost can be so much fun when hes mad. Page 14 20091221 Panel 1 Frost grabs trish by her hair again. Panel 2 Trish jams the knife into his side. Frsot: ARGH! Panel 3 Frosts grabbing her wrist. Frost: Bloody bitch! Panel 4 As her fingers loose their grip it shows Seths name engraved on the knifes handle. Frost: Ill- Panel 5 Frost growling as he looks to Seth and drops trish. Frost: SETH! Seth: It would seem Ive dropped my knife. Page 15 20091223 Panel 1 - Trish running out the door holding her hand. Trish Caption: I ran first chance I could get. Panel 2 Trish running down the walk way of the house. Panel 3 Trish running down the hill with the house behind her. Panel 4 Seth turning to the guy vampire. Seth: You should probably write that check now. Panel 5 Seth ducking as his knife is thrown into the wall by forst. Panel 6 Seth pulling his kinfe from the wall. Seth: Sooner would be better. Page 16 20091225 Panel 1 Trish slowing down a bit as she gets to the street. Trish: *pant* *pant* *pant* Panel 2 Trish falling to her knees. Trish Caption: I didnt get far though. SFX: Fmp Panel 3 Seth grabbing the check from the guy vampire. Guy vampire: Here. Panel 4 Seth being grabbed by his collar. Frost: I should kill you where you stand. Panel 5 Seths face shamed into with his bottle of scotch. SFX THMP! Panel 6 Seth with a broken nose and bleeding. Seth: Yeah but youre not. Panel 7 Seth getting his with the bottle bottom again. SFX: THMP THMP Page 17 20091228 Panel 1 trish throwing up. Trish: HUKKK Panel 2 She still on the ground shaking. Panel 3 Seth getting hit with his bottle of scotch on the side of the face. SFX: CRSK Panel 4 Frost standing up as Seth lies there bleeding. Frost: Get out. Seth: Oh but Im having such a good time. Panel 5 Seth being slammed into the wall. Panel 6 Seth on the ground. Frost: Get out or I will throw you out. Page 18 20091230 Panel 1 Trish picking herself up holding her hurt arm. Panel 2 Her turning and seeing Seth flying at her. Panel 3 Frosts hand grabbing Seths shirt. Panel 4 Seth thrown out the door. Panel 5 Seth skidding on the concert as he lands near Trish. Page 19 20100101 Panel 1 Seth getting up all bloody and beaten as Trish looks on in horror. Panel 2 Trish starting to panic as Seth gets up. TrishCaption: I was so scared. Trish: Ohgodohgod. Hes hes gonna kill us. Both of us. Ohgodohgod. Panel 3 Seth brushing himself off as she holds her arm. Trish: Im gonna be sick. I- I- I- Ohgod Panel 4 Seth kissing trish. Trish Caption: But he calmed me down. Seth Caption: I figured it would shut her up. Panel 5 Seth pulling away as Trish is stunned. Seth: Hes not going to kill US. Page 20 20100104 Panel 1 Ally and Trish sitting on Trishs porch. Ally: Are you sure he didnt have an ulterior motive? Panel 2 Trish sipping his drink. Trish: If he did at the party, then that doesnt explain after. Panel 3 Seth talking to Mr. Tamura with Trish in the background. Trish Caption: Be brought me to Alpha Phoenix where Id be safe. Panel 4 Danny glaring at Seth in disgust. Danny: Youre a complete bastard. Panel 5 Danny scowling. Danny: Do I even want to know whats next? Panel 6 Continue of panel 3. Seth caption: I needed a place to dump her. Page 21 20100106 Panel 1 Trish and Seth in a bedroom together. Caption Trish: And he stayed with me to make sure I was okay. Caption Seth: But I also need a place to lie low. / One where Frost had no power. Panel 2 Seth and Trish taking off each others clothes. Caption Trish: He really took care of me. Caption seth: Plus, Trishs had a few perks that came with it. Panel 3 Ally looking at Trish disappointed. Ally: You really believe that? Panel 4 Danny scowling. Danny: Are you done? Page 22 20100108 Panel 1 Trish looking over at Ally. Trish: Yeah. Panel 2 Ally sipping her drink. Ally: *sigh* Panel 3 Seth leaning to Danny. Seth: You were the one who wanted to know. Panel 4 - Danny shoving his hands in his pockets. Danny: I guess. Seth: Now remember what I said. Panel 5 Seth walking away. Seth: No telling Aaron or Loki about your past. Panel 6 Danny walking back to Ally and Trish upset. Page 23 20100111 Panel 1 Danny sitting down and pick up the drink he had left. Panel 2 Later in the day Danny driving with Rebecca in the backseat and Ally in the passenger seat. Panel 3 Danny looking out the window. Danny: Ally Panel 4 Ally looking over at Danny. Danny: I really really hate Seth. Panel 5 Ally looking in the rearview mirror. Ally: So do I. Cover of Orders Part 1 20100113 Page 1 20100115 Panel 1 Some pieces of raw fish being picked up with a pair of chop sticks and the rice and seaweed from the sushi is pushed off to the side. Darkfire: The Mage council is very strict. Panel 2 Darkfire eating the raw fish. Darkfire: So you will need to learn their customs and rules before you start. Panel 3 Show Ally and Darkfire alone in a nice sushi restaurant. Ally: You know you could have just ordered the sashimi instead of pulling apart all the rolls they put together. Panel 4 Darkfire putting another piece of sushi in his mouth. Darkfire: The sashimi selection is very limited here. Panel 5 Ally eating some her sushi. Ally: Okay. So how do I talk to about the mage councils rules? Page 2 20100118 Panel 1 Darkfire taking a sip of his drink. Darkfire: There in lies the problem with training you. Panel 2 the two of them eating. Darkfire: The Mage Council is does not like outsiders and keeps a close watch all its mages. Panel 3 Darkfire starting to take apart a sushi roll. Darkfire: It is hard for a mage to be born without their knowledge. Panel 4 Darkfire putting the rice and seaweed aside. Darkfire: And they instruct the mages they know about. Panel 5- Ally sipping her drink. Darkfire: Those instructed by them do not associate with Alpha Phoenix unless they have to. Page 3 20100120 Panel 1 Ally putting her drink down. Darkfire: If the mage council does not know about them, Panel 2 Ally thinking as Darkfire continues. Darkfire: then they will be as inexperienced with the Mage Council as you. Ally: I see. Panel 3 Ally adjusting her hair. Ally: So what do you suggest? Panel 4 Darkfire eating. Darkfire: Find an individual who was raised by the Mage Council but is no longer welcome there. Panel 5 Darkfire looking Ally in the eye. Darkfire: Or ask Cal. Panel 6 Cal standing next to Liberael. Cal: Well? Page 4 20100122 Panel 1 Liberael looking down as he and Cal stand on top of a building. Liberael: Yes. You were correct. Panel 2 Pat walking with William down the street. Liberael: That is the traitor. Panel 3 Liberael walking away. Liberael: I apologize for doubting you and taking this long to look into it. Panel 4 Cal looking at him confused. Liberael: I shall discuss a coarse of action with my mages. Cal: What is there to discuss? Its our duty to - Panel 5 Liberael glaring at Cal who is taken aback. Liberael: Do NOT lecture me on duty. I will handle this in my own way. Panel 6 Cal ashamed as Liberael flies away. Liberael: Since your way seems to lead mages astray. Page 5 20100125 Panel 1 Pat yawning as he walks into Williams living room. William is on his couch reading. Panel 2 Pat in the kitchen opening the fridge as William continues to read. William: Got a message for you. Panel 3 Pat pulling his container of pigs blood out. Pat: *sigh* Danny skipping out tonight? Panel 4 William watching as Pat drinks from the container. William: Im telling you who its from until youre done. Panel 5 William turning the page. William: I dont want you to get blood all over the kitchen. Panel 6 Pat rolling his eyes as he puts down the container on the table. Pat: Lets here it. William: Ally is stopping by later. Page 6 20100127 Panel 1 Pat with brow furrowed. William: Told her it was okay. Pat: Why? Panel 2 William still reading as pat walks out annoyed. William: Because you should get to know her. Panel 3 Pat scratching the back of his head. Pat: ugh. Fine. Panel 4 Pat and Ally leaving Williams shop. Pat: What did you need to know? Panel 5 Ally thinking. Ally: Well, you just pick a good starting point. Panel 6 Pat nodding. Ally: Then Ill ask questions as they come up. Pat: Okay. Page 7 20100129 Panel 1 Pat and Ally down the street. Panel 2 Pat thinking. Pat: Uh, / Mages arent allowed to befriend or aid the enemy. Panel 3 Ally looking around the street as the walk. Ally: And whos the enemy? Pat: Demons, werewolves, and vampires. Panel 4 Ally glancing over at him. Panel 5 a figure hidden in shadow on the roof of a near by building as Ally and Pat talk. Ally: They must not like you then. Pat: Yeah. Page 8 20100201 Panel 1 - The two of them walking. Panel 2 - Pat looking at Ally. Pat: Listen, I uh- / need to tell you something. Panel 2 Ally looking around. Ally: Yeah? Panel 3 Pat looking at the ground Pat: I recently found out were related. / Im youre great-grandfather. Panel 4 Ally looking at him confused. Ally: Okay Panel 5 Ally keeps walking as Pat stands there. Pat: Is that all you have to say? Page 9 20100203 Panel 1 - Ally turning to him with her arms crossed. Ally: What do you want me to say? Panel 2 Pat looking at the ground. Pat: I dont know. I just thought- Ally: Thought what? Panel 3 Ally throwing her hands in the air. Ally: That suddenly wed bond because of this? / Thats Id warm up to you? Panel 4 Pat looking away. Ally: It doesnt change anything. Panel 5 Ally looking at him calmly. Ally: Because I already have a family. Panel 6 Pat still not looking up. Ally: and youve made it clear what you think of them. Page 10 20100205 Panel 1 Pat and Ally standing on the sidewalk. Pat: Im sorry. I just- Panel 2 - Ally with a hand on her hip rubbing her temple. Ally: I dont care, Pat. Panel 3 a figure on the roof looking down at them. Ally: And Im not the one you should apologize to. Panel 4 Pat looking up. Ally: Because despite how you treat him, he still helped you. Pat: *sigh* I- Panel 5 Pat pushing Ally out of the way as some ice spikes fall downward on them. Page 11 20100208 Panel 1 Ally looking over at the ice spikes in the ground as Pat gets off her. Ally: What the hell? Panel 2 Ally defends her self from some more ice bolts with some wind. Panel 3 Pat and Ally dodge some spikes as the ice mage jumps down. Panel 4 Then a blast of wind hits pat in the back sending him flying across the street. Pat: OUF! Panel 5 Ally throws some lighting at the ice mage while defecting an attack from the wind mage who just showed up. Page 12 20100210 Panel 1 Pat getting to his feet as Liberael lands in front of him. Panel 2 Pat looking up at Liberael. Liberael: Hello, Patrice. /It has been a long time. Panel 3 Pat getting to his feet. Pat: I Liberael: You know why were here. Panel 4 Pat looking over and watching Ally the other two mages. Liberael: It will be easier for you if you give up. Panel 5 Ally starting to sweet as she keeps fighting. Ally: *pant* *pant* Page 13 20100212 Panel 1 Ally stumbling with a sick look on her face but is still blocking the ice. Panel 2 Ally trying to stand. Panel 3 She falls down. Panel 4 the Water mage and the Air mage both look over as a Fire mage walks in holding up one hand. Panel 5 Liberael walks over with Pat close behind. Liberael: I hope you havent hurt her. Page 14 20100215 Panel 1 The fire mage lighting a cigerette while turning to Liberael. Fire mage: No, I just raised her body tempature a few degrees. Panel 2 Water mage and the air mage pick up Ally. Water mage: Liberael, she a mage too. Panel 3 Liberael looking over at Ally as Pat looks at the ground. Water: Were taking her in as well. Liberael: Of coarse. Panel 4 The mages walking away with Ally as Liberael turns to Pat. Liberael: We should get going. Panel 5 Liberael looking Pat in the eye. Liberael: And Im sorry. Page 15 20100217 Panel 1 Danny looking aggravated in the kitchen. Danny: I said NO! Panel 2 Seth sipping some scotch. Seth: I wasnt asking. / Now give me your car keys. Panel 3 Danny glaring at him. Danny: What happened to the car you had last week? Seth: It hit a tree. Panel 4 Cal showing up. Danny: Now Im definitely n- Panel 5 Cal standing in the kitchen. Danny: Allys not home. Cal: I know. Panel 6 Danny scratching his head. Danny: Uh then why are you here? Page 16 20100219 Panel 1 Brad walking into the kitchen wearing a tie. Cal: Ive made a mistake. Panel 2 Brad looking at Cal. Cal: I turned Pat into the Mage Council. Panel 3 Seth sipping his drink. Seth: Heh. Sucks to be him. Danny: Whats that mean? Panel 4 Seth pouring himself some more scotch. Seth: Since he used to be a mage, they probably consider him a traitor. Panel 5 Seth raising a glass to Cal. Seth: So hes on his way to being executed now. / Aint that right? Cal: Correct. Page 17 20100222 Panel 1 Brad about to sit down. Brad: We should help him. Cal: No, he deserves it. Panel 2 Cal coolly responding. Cal: My mistake regards Ally. Panel 3 Brad looking worried. Cal: She was with Pat when they captured him. Panel 4 Cal standing stiffly. Cal: They think shes a traitor now too. Panel 5 Brads mouth. Brad: Where is she? Cal: I cant tel- Panel 6 Brad snarling as he grows fangs and his eyes glow yellow. Brad: WHERE IS SHE?! Page 18 20100224 Panel 1 Cal standing his ground. As Danny pulls out his cell phone. Cal: I CANT tell you. Panel 2 Brad slamming Cal against a wall. Brad: I dont care about YOUR GODDAMN RULES! WHERE IS SHE!? Panel 3 Seth getting up as he finishes his scotch. Seth: Calm down, I know where it is. Panel 4 Danny on the phone Danny: Uh, Jeff its an emergency. We need you over here to watch Rebecca ASAP. Panel 5 Brad letting Cal go as he follows Seth. Page 19 20100226 Panel 1 Ally waking up Ally: ugh. Panel 2 Ally holding her head as Pat sits in the corner of a cell. Ally: What happened? Pat: A fire mage gave you heat stroke. Panel 3 Ally looking around the cell. Ally: I didnt know they could do that. Panel 4 Pats eyes fixated on the ground. Pat: Only ones that have mastered their element. Panel 5 Ally walking around Pat in the background. Ally: And where are we? Pat: New Mahtlaws branch of the Mage Council. Page 20 20100301 Panel 1 Ally looking over the lock. Panel 2 Ally trying to summon up lighting. Panel 3 Her looking at her hand confused. Pat: There is a magic barrier. / Youre powers shouldnt work. Panel 4 Ally with her hand on her hips as she looks closer at the door. Panel 5 Pat watching as Ally tries to see out the door. Panel 6 Pat biting his bottom lip. Page 21 20100303 Panel 1 Dannys car pulls up to the building where the mage is. Danny: Are you sure this is it? Panel 2 Danny leaning on his steering wheel. Seth: Yup. Panel 3 the through Dannys car window. Danny: Kinda looks like a bank. Seth: It is. Panel 4 Seth getting out of the car. Seth: Its so no one questions what their building does. Panel 5 Danny and Brad getting out of the car. Seth: And since no one has an account with them they dont get bothered often. Panel 6 Brad looking at it with his arms crossed. Brad: So how do we get in? Seth: Easy. Page 22 20100305 Panel 1 Seth kicks through the glass door. SFX: CRRSSSH Panel 2 Seth steps inside as Brad and Danny stand there with there mouths open. SFX: ARRNT ARRRNT ARRNT ARRNT Seth: HELLO THERE! IM A BIG BAD VAMPIRE WHO HAS COME TO KILL ALL OF YOU! Panel 3 Brad, Danny, and Seth being push in a cell like the one Ally and Pat are in. Panel 4 The door being shut as Brad glares at Seth. SFX: CLANG Seth: See getting in easy. Panel 5 Two mages looking at them through the bars. Mage 1: You watch them. / I need to check to see what to do about the werewolf seer. Page 23 20100308 Panel 1 Mage one starts walking. Mage two talks back. Mage 2: What about the human and the vampire? Panel 2 Mage 1 turns back. Mage 1: The vampire well kill as soon as we know what they are all up to. Panel 3 Mage 2 nodding. Mage 1: And if the human isnt blood bond to him well have him arrested for breaking and entering. Panel 4 Seth lying down on the cot in the cell as Brad and Danny glare at him. Seth: Well, sounds like you two better figure out how to get out of here. Page 24 20100310 Panel 1 Ally trying to unscrew the undo the screws on the air vent with a swish army knife. Panel 2 Pat sitting on the ground focusing on the ground. SFX: BMP BMP BMP Panel 3 Pat gritting his teeth. Pat: Ally, how did you and Brad meet? Panel 4 Ally stops from unscrewing the vent and looks at Pat. Ally: Why do you care? Pat: I dont. Panel 5 Pat looking intently at the ground. Pat: I just havent fed all night. So I NEED you to talk to I can listen to something OTHER than your heart beating. Panel 6 Ally looking down at him. Ally: Oh. Page 25 20100312 Panel 1 Ally goes back to unscrewing the air vent. Ally: My boss was invited to the coronation of Dannys cousin./ The werewolf one. Panel 2 Pat with his eye closed. Ally: He asked me to come because I was pretty enough that it would look impressive when we walked in together. Panel 3 Ally throwing a screw to the ground. There are already two other screws there. Ally: And he knew I wouldnt bother him the rest of the party. Panel 4 Ally pulling the vent cover off the wall. Ally: Brad got an invite from Danny. Panel 5 Ally gestureing for Pat to come over. Ally: Come here, I need a boost. Panel 6 Pat getting up. Pat: Youre not going to fit. Ally: Just help. Page 26 20100315 Panel 1 Pat clasping his hands together so Ally can step on them. Pat: Here. Panel 2 Ally stepping on Pats hands and hoisting herself up toward the vent. Panel 3 Ally with just her head in the vent. Ally: Damn. Panel 4 Danny with his head in the vent. Danny: Bloody hell. Panel 5 Danny pushing himself out of the vent. Danny: I cant get my shoulders in. Panel 6 Mage 2 sitting outside the cell watching them. Mage 2: I told you that you wouldnt fit. Page 27 20100317 Panel 1 Brad helping Danny get down. Mage 2: The vents are made to look bigger in the cells so prisoners will waste time trying to escape using them. Panel 2 Brad looking up slightly as Danny rights himself. Intercom: Will all available individuals please report to the top floor for review of two accounts of treason. Panel 3 Brad pulling at the bars growling as the bars burn his hands. Brad: GGRRRRR. DAMN IT!! Panel 4 Danny pulling Brad away. Danny: Dont hurt yourself, mate. That wont do any good. Panel 5 Brad holding his injured hands as Seth gets up. Page 28 20100319 Panel 1 Seth walks coolly over to the door. Panel 2 Seth grabs the mage guards arm. Mage: Wha- Panel 3 Seth yanks his arm through the bars so his head hits the bars. Sfx: WHP Mage: UOPH Panel 4 Seth biting the mages wrist. Panel 5 Danny and Brad watching as Seth feeds off the guard. Panel 6 Seth drops the mages arm. Panel 7 Seth undoes the code lock on the cell door. Page 29 20100322 Panel 1 Seth opening the door. Danny: How- howd you do that? Panel 2 Seth stepping out of the cell as Brad looks down at the dead mage. Seth: Vampires see the memories of whomever they feed off. / Its handing for learning a new language. Panel 3 Brad looking at the dead mage. Brad: You could have done that the whole time we were in there? Panel 4 Seth smirking as Brad comes out of the cell. Seth: Yeah but I sure as hell wasnt going to miss you two make fools of yourselves trying to escape. Panel 5 Brad punching Seth. Page 30 20100324 Panel 1 Seth holding his broken jaw surprised. Brad: YOU ASSHOLE!! ALLY COULD DIE! Panel 2 Seth putting his jaw back in place as he grabs Brads fist. Seth: Well, she would have been saved already if you werent too dumb to think of the quickest way to solve this. Panel 3 Brad growling at Seth. Brad: What? Panel 4 seth putting Brads arm down. Seth: Who has just hired Ally to act as his ambassador to these people? Panel 5 Darkfire doing some paperwork glancing at the interncom. Intercom: Sir, Mr. Wolfe is on line 1. Panel 6 Darkfire talking into the intercom. Darkfire: Tell him to call back. Intercom: I have. He keeps calling back as soon as I hang up. Page 31 20100326 Panel 1 Darkfire annoyed as he picks up the phone. Darkfire: Hello, Mr. Wolfe. Panel 2 Darkfire listening to the phone as he puts down his paperwork. Panel 3 Darkfire putting down the phone as he stands up. Panel 4 Brad on Dannys cell phone. Brad: Hello? Panel 5 Brad looking up at Danny and Seth. Brad: He hung up on me. Panel 6 Brad turning around surpized to find Darkfire there. Darkfire: I prefer to not leave the phone off the hook. Page 32 20100329 Panel 1 Darkfire walking away. Darkfire: You said the top floor, correct? Panel 2 Brad chasing after him. Brad: Uh, yeah. Whats your plan? Panel 3 Darkfire hitting a button for the elevator. Darkfire: I will simply tell them to release her. Panel 4 The group getting into the elevator. Brad: Will that work? Darkfire: Alpha Phoenix has a truce with the Mage Council. Panel 5 Brad relaxing a bit. Darkfire: They have no grounds to keep her here. Panel 6 Danny meekly interjecting. Danny: Im glad Ally will be okay and all, but what about Pat? Page 33 20100331 Panel 1 Darkfire coolly walking out of the elevator. Darkfire: He is none of my concern. Panel 2 Danny keeping up with darkfire. Danny: But- Darkfire: If you wish to save him, you should develop a plan quickly. Panel 3 Seth putting his hand on Dannys shoulder. Seth: Dont worry, Danny. Panel 4 Darkfire stops walking. Seth: Ill just kill everyone in the room until they let him go. Panel 5 Darkfire turning slightly. Darkfire: There are probably over 50 mages in there. / All well-trained / and ready to die fighting. Panel 6 Seth smirking. Seth: You dont say. Page 34 20100401 Panel 1 Darkfire looking Seth in the eye. Darkfire: You are really going to kill ALL of them to rescue one. Panel 2 Seth casually responding with a hand on Dannys head. Seth: Id like Danny to learn sorcery and this is easier than finding him a new teacher. Panel 3 Darkfire glaring at Seth. Darkfire: You could hire one from Alpha Phoenix. Panel 4 Seth rejecting the idea. Seth: Nah, that costs money. / Plus, if I recall correctly. Panel 5 Seth with a big smirk as he is right in Darkfires face. Seth: Your company policy is to not accept jobs from me. Page 35 20100402 Panel 1 Darkfire talking very sternly. Darkfire: It is a lot of unnecessary death. Panel 2 Seth still grinning. Seth: Is it now? Panel 3 Brad and Danny unsure what to do as darkfire and Seth continue talking. Darkfire: You would really do this? Seth: I dont see any reason not to. Panel 4 Seth with a sly smile. Seth: Unless you have a better idea. Panel 5 Darkfire standing there stiffly. Panel 6 Darkfire turning to Danny Darkfire: I will speak on behalf of your mentor as well. Page 36 20100405 Panel 1 Ally and Pat placed before several older mages while behind them sit a crowd of younger mages. They have guards around them and are handcuffed. Head elder: Patrice Jean Warren, you stand before us charged with treason. Panel 2 Pat looking down at the ground. Head Elder: The mere fact that you stand here 90 years later unaffected by time proves your guilt. Panel 3 Ally looking up confused. Head Elder: How do you plead to your other charges, the murder of your brother-in-law, sister, and two bothers? Panel 4 Ally looking at Pat a bit horrified. He keeps his eyes on the ground. Pat: Guilty. Ally: You what? Panel 5 Elder talking down to Pat. Elder: You betrayed the trust of not only them but our organization. Panel 6 Pat looking down at the ground. Elder: You will be executed at the end of these proceedings. Page 37 20100407 Panel 1 The elder looking over to Ally. Elder: We do not know your name, Miss, but- Darkfire: Her name is Alissa Warren. Panel 2 Everyone in the room turning to Darkfire who has just entered the room. Darkfire: She is under my employ. Panel 3 The Elder looking down at Darkfire. Darkfire: You are aware of who I am, correct? Elder: UhYes. Panel 4 Darkfire turning to the guard nearest Ally. Darkfire: Good. Release her. Panel 5 The guard looking up at the elder uneasy. Guard: Sir, uh Elder: This is the head of Alpha Phoenix. Page 38 20100408 Panel 1 The elder talking to the guard. Elder: If she is a member of his organization, we cannot fault her for associating with monsters. Panel 2 The guard undoing Allys handcuffs. Elder: Even if they are ones like the traitor before us. Panel 3 Ally scowling at the guard rubbing her hands. Elder: We apologize for this misunderstanding. Panel 4 Darkfire looking over to Pat who is shocked. Elder: If there is anything we can do to make it up to- Darkfire: You can release him too. Panel 5 The mage Elder scowling a bit as he speaks. Elder: No. He is a traitor and not a member of your company. Panel 6 Darkfire standing firmly. Darkfire: No hes not. But he is related to an employee. Page 39 20100409 Panel 1 Elder with his brow furrowed. Darkfire: Protection of employees also- Elders: Extends to their family. How does this relate to him? Panel 2 Darkfire gesturing to Ally. Darkfire: Ms. Warren here is the daughter of the late Mr. Steven Warren. Panel 3 Darkfire looking down at Pat. Darkfire: Who was the son of a Mr. Jean Warren. who was the son of your traitor here. Panel 4 The elder looking Pat crossly. Panel 5 The elder turning back to Darkfire. Elder: In the near future, we should discuss just how far the term relative applies. Panel 6 The guard releasing Pat. Elder: For now he is released into your custody. Page 40 20100412 Panel 1 Pat following Darkfire and Ally out the door. Ally: Have you always known that? Panel 2 Darkfire holding the door open for her. Darkfire: Yes, the company files are very extensive. Panel 3 Mr. Tamura putting a hand on Ally with a small smile. Mr. Tamura: I am relieved that I arrived in time. Panel 4 Outside where Brad, Danny, and Seth are waiting. Brads head perks up as they walk out. Brad: Ally! Panel 5 Brad hugging her. Brad: Thank god youre okay! Page 41 20100414 Panel 1 Ally pulling away. Ally: It was a bit of a close call. Panel 2 Danny hugging her. Danny: Im glad youre alright. Panel 3 Pat hanging back as brad and Danny talk to Ally. Mr. Tamura stands with them. Tamura: Should I arrange for any of you to be brought home? Panel 4 Pat glances down at his feet. Danny: My Porsche is outside. Panel 5 Seth gets up from where he was sitting turning to Pat. Seth: Youre welcome. Panel 6 Pat hunched over trails behind the rest of the group. Page 42 20100415 Panel 1 Everyone walking with Pat behind them. Panel 2 Danny turns around and sees Pat trailing behind a bit. Panel 3 Danny stops while everyone else keeps going. Danny: Uh, Pat. Panel 4 Pat looking up from the ground. Danny: Im glad youre okay. Panel 5 Danny smiling a bit. Danny: You need a ride home, right? Pat: Uh,yeah. Panel 6 The whole group walking away. Pat: Thanks. Book 8 108 pages Thatll Make This Easier Cover 20100416 Page 1 20100419 Panel 1 The school soccer field. Coach Anderson: Okay, boys. Panel 2 The school soccor team standing around as the coach talks. Coach Anderson: The Northeastern Championship game is next weekend. Panel 3 Focus on Jeff and Connor glancing at each other. Coach Anderson: So you boys need to pick who youre rooming with. Panel 4 the coach talking. Coach Anderson: Also, we need more chaperones Panel 5 Over the coachs shoulder as he talks to the boys. Coach Anderson: So ask your parents if they are interested in a free weekend down at Pennington. Panel 6 The boys all leaving as Connor stretches and Jeff pretends to do the same. Anderson smiles as he passes by them. Coach Anderson: Good to see you boys putting in the extra effort. Page 2 20100421 Panel 1 The Coach leaves as Jeff and Connor start jogging around the field. Connor: So I got a new question. Jeff: Yeah? Panel 2 Connor looking over his shoulder watching as the last few people leave. Connor: Just how fast CAN you run? Panel 3 Jeff looking over his shoulder making sure everyones gone. Jeff: Uh wait a bit. Panel 4 Jeff running way ahead of Connor. Connor: Shit! Panel 5 Connor trying to catch up. Panel 6 He reaches the goal on the other side and stops. Jeff is on the other side of the field already. Page 3 20100422 Panel 1 Jeff slowing down as he reaches Connor. Jeff: Uh, you okay? Connor: *pant* *pant* Yeah *pant* Panel 2 Connor giving a thumbs up. Connor: Just remind me to never try and keep up with you. Panel 3 Connor sitting down. Connor: Shame, you cant come to the Championship game. Panel 4 Jeff confused. Jeff: What do you mean? Connor: What you didnt look at a calendar to write down when it was? Panel 5 Jeff sitting down. Jeff: Uh, I used the one on my phone. Panel 6 Connor wiping the sweat off his brow. Connor: Dude, its a full moon that weekend. Jeff: Aw shit. Page 4 20100423 Panel 1 Danny putting some books away. Danny: Why should I? Panel 2 Jeff pleading with him. Jeff: Because its the championship. Panel 3 Danny continues putting the books away as Jeff talks. Jeff: I just need you to chaperon so no one will know I was gone that night. Panel 4 Jeff being pouty. Jeff: Please its a free weekend trip. Panel 5 Danny rolling his eyes. Jeff: And Connor is gonna spend the night of the full moon his boyfriend so youll have the hotel room to yourself. Danny: Fine. Page 5 20100426 Panel 1 Danny walking over to the coach while the boys practice. Danny: Coach Anderson, right? Panel 2 Anderson turns to Danny. Anderson: What can I do for you, sir? Panel 3 Danny shaking his hand. Danny: I dont think weve been formally introduced. / Im Danny Gunn. I teach history. Anderson: You can call me Brent. Panel 4 Danny leaning on the fence. Danny: Right then. / During a tutoring secession, Jeff told me you need chaperones? Panel 5 Anderson looking over Danny. Anderson: Well, thanks for volunteering. Panel 6 Danny watching Jeff play. Anderson: And thanks for keeping Jeffs grades up. / Hes our best player. Page 6 20100428 Panel 1 Danny on a bus next to Coach Anderson. He looks exhausted. Panel 2 the boys in the bus are goofing off. Danny turns Anderson. Danny: Are you sure I cant smoke? Panel 3 Anderson pointing to a no smoking sign. Anderson: Bus rules. / Plus its bad for you. Panel 4 Danny slumping back in his seat. Danny: Right now, not smoking is bad for me. Panel 5 Danny walking down a hotel hallway looking at the numbers. Danny: You two get a few hours to kill. Panel 6 Danny swiping the card into the room lock. Danny: Just be back here by 6. Page 7 20100429 Panel 1 Connor and Jeff nodding as Danny holds the door for them. Connor: So its okay if we stop by my boyfriends dorm? Panel 2 Danny dropping his bag onto the one of the two beds in the hotel room. Danny: Sure. Just remember to be back. Panel 3 Jeff head toward the bathroom. Jeff: Im gonna clean up a bit. Danny: Okay. Panel 4 Danny unpacking as connor sits on the other bed. Panel 5 Connor watching Danny. Connor: Um Mr. Gunn, howd you know? Panel 6 Danny continuing to unpack looks up at Connor. Danny: I was a little suspicious for a while. Page 8 20100430 Panel 1 - Danny talking to Connor. Danny: Because my brothers gay and he used to try and over the macho guy act. Panel 2 Danny gesturing to Connor. Danny: Then last year one of your classmates, Dave, tried a love. / He messed up and it effected you. Panel 3 Danny going back to unpacking. Danny: It wont have worked on you if you were straight. Connor: Oh. Panel 4 Connor sitting there a bit uneasy. Panel 5 Danny looking over at him. Danny: Dont worry, / He doesnt know enough about magic to figure it out. Panel 6 Connor relaxing a bit. Connor: Oh, okay. Page 9 20100503 Panel 1 Connor sitting back. Danny: Its good that you told Jeff though. Panel 2 Connor smirking. Connor: Heh, I mostly did it because after what you said I thought he would say he was too. Panel 3 the hotelroom. Jeff from the bathroom: YOU WHAT!? Panel 4 Connor is surprised on the bed and danny laughs. Danny: Uh werewolves have very good hearing. Panel 5 Jeff and Connor walking down the street. Jeff: What made you think I was gay? Panel 6 Connor shrugging. Connor: I told you, Mr. Gunn said you had a secret too. Page 10 20100505 Panel 1 Jeff talking as Connor rolls his eyes. Jeff: But whyd you jump to gay? / Maybe I was, / I dont know, / adopted or had some weird illness? Panel 2 Connor aggravated. Connor: I donno. Because youre kinda - / eh, swishy. Panel 3 Jeff pouting as Connor walks up the steps to an dorm building. Jeff: Im not swishy. Panel 4 Jeff with his hands in his pocket as they walk in and Connor smiles at the middle ages woman behind the counter. Connor: Hi there, Im here to see Ryan Whyte. Panel 5 The woman gesturing with her pen. Woman: And are you two boys together? Connor: Yeah. Panel 6 Connor looking over at Jeff a bit annoyed. Jeff: But not like as a couple, just as friends. Page 11 20100507 Panel 1 The lady laughing as Jeff continues. Jeff: Im straight. Woman: Ill need your ID. Panel 2 Connor rolling his eyes as he hands the . Connor: Im just going to get Ryan Ill be right back down. Panel 3 Connor looking at Jeff. Connor: Wait, here. Panel 4 Connor walking up the stairs. Panel 5 Connor walking down the corridor of the dorm rooms. Panel 6 Connor knocks on the of one of the rooms. Page 12 20100510 Panel 1 Ryan opens the door with a surpized look. Ryan: Connor! Hi, uh Panel 2 Ryan standing in the door not letting Connor in. Ryan: I thought you werent coming until tomorrow. Panel 3 Connor talking. Connor: Yeah, well we got in early- Ryans boyfriend: Hey, Baby, whos that? Panel 4 Ryan a bit nervous as Connor glares at him. Ryan: Uh, just a friend/ uh Connor: Oh. Panel 5 Connor scowling as he walks away and Ryan trying to stop him. Ryan: Connor, wait I- Connor: I dont even want to hear it. Page 13 20100512 Panel 1 Ryan trying to stop him. Ryan: Its not what you think. Panel 2 Connor with his brows furrowed. Ryan is turned back toward the door. Ryans boyfriend: Sweetie, hurry up your sweet ass up. Panel 3 Connor yelling as Ryan looks even more shocked. Connor: MORE LIKE HIS CHEATING ASS! Panel 4 Ryan running back to his dorm as Connor goes down the stairs. Ryan: Uh, Chris, he was just kidding. Panel 5 Connor angrily getting his ID for the woman behind the counter. As Jeff stands there confused. Connor: Thanks. Jeff: Uh, wheres Ryan? Panel 6 Connor walking away with a scowl as Jeff looks back confused. Connor: Hes not coming. Jeff: Uh okay. Page 14 20100514 Panel 1 Jeff and Connor back at the hotelroom Connor has a case of beer. Jeffs on the bed playing a DS. Jeff: Im sorry, dude. Panel 2 Connor responds as he holds up a beer. Connor: Ill be fine. / Want one? Panel 3 Jeff looking over. Jeff: Yeah. Last time I drank I woke up with a tail. Panel 4 Connor opening the beer he had just offered Jeff: Connor: I guess thats a good reason to be a pussy. Panel 5 Danny coming the room. Danny: Hey, your coach wants you downstairs for dinner. Panel 6 Danny looking annoyed. Danny: Connor, where did you get beer? Connor: I have a fake ID. Page 15 20100517 Panel 1 Connor smiling drunking as he holds up his case of beer. Connor: Want one? Panel 2 Danny rubbing his temple. Danny: No, Connor. / No, I dont want one. Panel 3 Danny gritting his teeth as he yells at them. Danny: What on EARTH would make you think this was a good idea? Panel 4 Connor pouting. Connor: My boyfriend is a cheating douche bag. Panel 5 Danny standing there. Danny: Oh. Panel 6 Danny scratching the back of his head. Danny: Ill tell Coach Anderson youre carsick or something from the bus ride. Page 16 20100519 Panel 1 Danny gesturing for Jeff to follow. Danny: But you still need to get down there, Jeff. Lets go. Panel 2 Connor sitting on the foot of the bed drinking. Panel 3 pretty much the same panel only with more empty beer cans and different lighting. Panel 4 Jeff walking in with plate. Jeff: Hey, dude. I brought you some pizza. Panel 5 Connor waving drunkenly with a beer in hand. Connor: HEY! ITS JEEFF! Panel 6 Jeff closing the door nervously. Connor: AWOOOOooooOOOO Page 17 20100521 Panel 1 Jeff putting down the pizza. Jeff: Heh, yeah. Panel 2 Jeff going into the bathroom with his backpack as Connor opens another beer. Jeff: Uh, did you want the bed or the floor? Connor: Psh, whatever. Panel 3 Jeff comes back out in a tank top and some pajama pants his tails out. Jeff: So can I take the bed since I got to sleep in the woods tomorrow? Connor: Shhhure. Panel 4 Connr laughing as Jeff sits on the bed with his DS. Connor: Heh heh. You have a tail. Panel 5 Jeff not paying attention. Jeff: Yup. Panel 6 Connor looking up at Jeffs tail. Connor: And its attached to your butt. HEHEHE Page 18 20100524 Panel 1 Jeff playing his DS. Behind him Connor tries to stand up. Connor: And it goes swish! Panel 2 Connor falling over with his arm falling on the bed. Connor: Whoa! Panel 4 Jeff playing his DS. Connor looks at the cans on the ground. Connor: Jeff, youre my best friend. Youre awesome. Panel 5 Jeff still focused on his game. Connor gives standing up around try. Jeff: Uh huh. Panel 6 Connors hand on Jeffs shoulder as he keeps playing his game. Connor: You are my favorite person. Jeff: Uh huh. Page 19 20100526 Panel 1 Connor kissing Jeff who is completely taken by surprised. Jeff: MMPH! Panel 2 Jeff pushing Connor off him. Panel 3 Connor hits the wall. Jeff: DUDE, NOT COOL! Panel 20 20100528 Panel 1 Connor getting up holding his mouth as Jeff stands over him. Jeff: Im sorry if I hurt you, but seriously! Panel 2 Connor taking his hand away from his mouth showing a small amount of blood. Connor: Ugh. / ya bet mah tanon. Panel 3 Jeff with a shocked expression. Jeff: Wha- Panel 4 Connor wiping blood off his mouth and rubbing the back of his head. Connor: I think you bit my tongue. Jeff: Please tell me youre kidding. Panel 5 Connor rubbing the back of his head. Connor: I dont feel so good. Page 21 20100531 Panel 1 Connor holding his stomach. Connor: *HUK* Uhhhh.Beers about to come up. Panel 2 Connor running to the bathroom. Jeff stands there unsure what to do. Panel 3 Danny walks in the hotel room door. Panel 4 Danny looks around. Danny: Wheres connor? Panel 5 Danny turning toward the bathroom door. SFX: HERUUUK Danny: Never mind. Panel 6 Danny looking annoyed at the beer cans. Danny: Chirst, clean all these up before you go to bed, okay? Page 22 20100602 Panel 1 Jeff looking over at the beer cans. Jeff: Uh, sure. Panel 2 Jeff starting to pick up the empties. Danny: How much did he drink? Panel 3 Jeff picking up the case the beer came in. Jeff: Looks like all of it. Panel 4 Danny shaking his head. SFX: HERUUK Danny: No wonder hes sick. Panel 5 Danny ;leaving the hotel room. As Jeff stands there stiffly. Danny: Im going to get him a big bottle of ice water. Page 23 20100604 Panel 1 Jeff carrying the case of beer over to the trash. Panel 2 He peeks his head into the bathroom and sees Connor passed out with his head on the toilet. Panel 3 Connor lying on the floor next to the bed with a pillow under his head and a bottle of water next to him. Jeff: Hey. Uh do you remember what happened last night? Panel 4 Connor holding his head as he grabs the water bottle. Connor: Im sorry I kissed. / I was drunk and it was dumb. Panel 5 Jeff uneasy. Connor drinks some of the water. Jeff: Do you remember what I did? Or might have done? Panel 6 Connor looking up at Jeff showing his eyes are yellow. Connor: Yeah you pushed me. Jeff: Aw shit. Page 24 20100607 Panel 1 Connor looking confused as he holds his head. Connor: What? Jeff: I bit your tongue. Panel 2 Connor putting his water down. Panel 3 Connor puts his head back on the pillow. Panel 4 Connor thinking. Jeff shrugs still looking over the bed. Connor: What now? Jeff: You need to come with me tonight. Panel 5 Connor drinking some more water. Jeff: There a cure but Mr. Gunns friend told me they can only use it after the first full moon. Panel 6 Connor and Jeff packing later that day, Connor has sunglasses on. Connor Caption: When you leaving? Jeff Caption: Right after todays game. Page 25 20100609 Panel 1 Danny watching TV lying on his bed. Danny: Where are you going? Panel 2 Connor looks up as Jeff looks a bit nervous. Connor: Ryans. / It was a big misunderstanding. Panel 3 Danny watching them pack. Danny: Really? Connor: It was just his roommate. Panel 5 Danny picks up the TV guide. Danny: Okay, have fun. Panel 6 Jeff and Connor leaving. Danny: And Connor. Page 26 20100611 Panel 1 Danny flips through the tv guide. Danny: Nice shades. Panel 2 Connor nods as he close the door. Connor: Thanks. Panel 3 Danny alone in the hotelroom pick up the phone. Panel 4 Danny talking on the phone. Danny: Hello, Im in room 306. / Id like to order a movie, but could you put it on a different card. Panel 5 Danny on his TV. Danny: Uh, its title is Nyphos of the Placid Heights. Page 27 20100614 Panel 1 Jeff and Connor in the woods. Jeff is behind a bush. Jeff: There is a wildlife perverse a few miles out of town. / We can get a cab pretty easy. Panel 2 Connor rubbing his hands together as Jeff is undressing behind the bush. Jeff: So Im changing in a few mintues. / But you wont change until midnight. Panel 3 Connor rubbing the side of his arms as he starts to turn toward Jeff. Connor: You mean I got to hang out here in cold for 6 more hours. Jeff: Hey! Privacy! Panel 4 Connor making sure to face away. Connor: You know, Ill probably end up seeing your junk tomorrow morning, dude. Panel 5 Jeff hanging up his pants. Jeff: Well, Ill deal with tomorrow. Page 28 20100616 Panel 1 The next morning Connor waking up in the grass. Panel 2 Connor sitting up as seeing Jeff curled up near a tree. Sfx: wEEt wEEt wEEt wreet rEEt rrrff rrfff tk tk tk Panel 3 Connor looking up at the trees. SFX: WRik WRik WRik wEEt wEEt wEEt tk tk tk tk Panel 4 A bird in a branch in the foreground as the camera looks down at Connor and Jeff. Connor: Wow. Panel 5 Jeff getting up and seeing Connor lying on the ground. Jeff: What are you doing? Panel 6 Connor lying there as Jeff puts his pants on in the background. Connor: Dude, this is crazy. Page 29 20100618 Panel 1 Jeff adjusting his pants as he tucks in his tail. Jeff: Whats crazy? Connor: I can hear EVERYTHING. Panel 2 Jeff grabbing his shirt. Jeff: Well, yeah. / But we have a bus to catch. Panel 3 Connor getting to his feet. Jeff: Ill ask Mr. Wolfe about how exactly the cure works when we get home. Panel 4 Connor looking up the trees. Connor: Actually, Panel 5 Connor picking up his shirt while Jeff puts on his coat. Connor: you can hold off on that. Panel 6 Jeff confused turned to Connor whos putting his pants on. Connor: Id like to give it a try. Jeff: What? Page 30 20100621 Panel 1 Connor putting on his shirt. Connor: Id like to give it a try. Panel 2 Jeff turned to Connor who is putting his coat on. Jeff: Um, if you get hurt you cant undo it. Panel 3 Connor putting on his gloves. Connor: So Ill be careful. Panel 4 Connor getting his tail into his pants. Jeff: Youre sure? Panel 5 Connor walking away looking up at the trees. Connor: Absolutely. Love is a Losing Game Part 1 Cover 20100623 Page 1 20100625 Panel 1 Danny stirring a cup of tea. Ally: Its unbelievable, Panel 2 Ally putting away the groceries as Dannys attention is still on his tea. Ally: Just how much one little girl can eat. Panel 3 Ally putting burger meat in the fridge. Ally: Youd think she pop, she eats so much. Panel 4 Danny still looking at his tea. Expression unchanged as Ally looks at him. Panel 5 Ally closing the freezer. Ally: In fact, I think to save money Ill start feeding her squirrels from the yard. Panel 6 Danny still paying attention to his tea. Page 2 20100628 Panel 1 Ally crumpling up the paper bag the groceries came in. Ally: *sigh* Panel 2 Ally taking dannys cup away. Panel 3 Danny looking up annoyed. Danny: Oi! Panel 4 Ally sitting down next to Danny. Ally: You should go out. Panel 5 Danny taking his mug back. Danny: Um okay. Ally: It will help you take your mind off things. Panel 6 Ally gesturing with her head. Ally: Come on, itll be my treat. Page 3 20100630 Panel 1 Danny looking down at his cup of tea. Danny: I dont know. Panel 2 Ally getting up. Ally: Come on, Brad took Rebecca to a movie. / It will be more fun then just sitting around here. Panel 3 Danny thinking. Panel 4 Danny turning to Ally. Danny: do you promise not to nag me about smoking? Ally: I swear. Panel 5 Danny finishing his tea. Danny: Alright. Page 4 20100702 Panel 1 Danny drinking a beer and smoking . Danny: Honestly, I think its a good thing Jeffs parents are loaded. Panel 2 Danny blowing smoke as Ally sips her girly drink. Danny: Otherwise I doubt hed have a chance at half the universities hes looking at. Ally: Heh. Panel 3 Ally laughing. Ally: Oh how Daddys checkbook can work miracles. Panel 4 Danny smirking a bit as he taps his cigarette in an ashtray. Danny: I probably shouldnt talk since basically that same thing happened with me. Panel 5 Ally sipping her drink as Danny looks off into the distance. Ally: Eh, you turned out fine. Panel 6 Ally looking to see what hes looking at. Danny: Thanks. Ally: Danny Page 5 20100705 Panel 1 over Dannys sholder show Trish working behind the bar. Ally: Stop thinking about it. Panel 2 Danny looking back at his drink. Danny: Well, the age thing bugged me and Ally: True. Panel 3 Ally stirring her drink. Ally: However, Trish is as old as your mother. Panel 4 Danny choking on his beer. Danny: What!? Ally: She met Frost during the 60s and was in her twenties then. Panel 5 Danny hunched over as Ally sips her drink. Ally: So shes over 60 by now. Danny: Ally, why are you trying to cock block me? Panel 6 Chelsey coming up to the table. Chelsey: Can I get you anything else? Page 6 20100707 Panel 1 Danny talking to Chelseys tits as she blushes. Danny: Um another beer. Panel 2 Chelsey blushing. Chelsey: Okay, Ill Ill be right back. Panel 3 Ally sipping her drink as Chelsey walks away. Ally: Chelsey, on the other hand, is 27. Panel 4 Danny straightens up a bit. Ally: And likes you so much that she forgot to take me order. Panel 5 Danny looks down at his empty beer bottle as Chelsey comes back. Page 7 20100709 Panel 1 Chelsey puts down a beer for Danny. Chelsey: Here. Panel 2 Danny looking up at her. Danny: Uh Chelsey? Panel 3 Chelsey blushing. Danny: Do you fancy me? Chelsey: I uh Panel 4 Danny smiling up at her. Danny: Ill take that as yes. Panel 5 Chelsey dropping her tray. Danny: Would you like to go out to dinner? Page 8 20100712 Panel 1 outside a little apartment building Dannys Porsche is parked outside. Panel 2 Danny standing at a little doorway. Panel 3 Chelsey opens the door and comes out wearing a silly anime hat. Chelsey: All set lets go. Panel 4 Danny looking up at the hat. Danny: Thats um an interesting hat? That is a hat right? Panel 5 Chelseys ears moving move the hat. Chelsey: Yeah. I need one to hide my ears. Panel 6 Danny puffing his cigarette as he looks at the hat. Panel 7 Dannystill perplaexed as he looks up at the hat. Danny: I dont suppose you have a different hat you could wear? Page 9 20100714 Panel 1 Chelsey wide eyed and hurt. Chelsey: You dont like it?! Panel 2 Danny paniced a bit as he tries to calm her down. Danny: No! no! the hats fun and nice. Very cute. Panel 3 danny nervous and uneasy. Danny: It just might be a tad immature for where we are going. Panel 4 Danny and Chelsey in facy resterant Chelsey now has a dumpy looky cabby hat on. Danny looking over at the menu. Chelsey has her brow furrowed annoyed at the drink menu. They are both eating already. Chelsey: What kinda drink is a mer-lot? I dont think Ive heard of it. Panel 5 Danny hunched over a bit. Danny: You mean merlot. Its a wine. Chelsey: Oooo Page 10 20100716 Panel 1 Danny and Chelsey quietly looking at the menu. Panel 2 Chelsey looking at the menu hard. Chelsey: Whats champagon? Panel 3 Danny letting out a sigh. Danny: Champaign. Chelsey: Oh. Panel 4 they continue to look at the menu in silence. Panel 5 the waiter comes up. Waiter: Can I get you more drinks? Danny: Ill take a long bay ice tea. Panel 6 Chelsey perking up. Chelsey: Oh! That sounds good! Ill have one too. Page 11 2010719 Panel 1 Danny and Chelsey sitting there quietly again as the waiter leaves. Paneel 2 Danny eating as he looks at Chelsey. Panel 3 Chelsey eating her chicken still looking at the drink menu. Panel 4 Danny politely coughing. Danny: *ka-chem* Uh Panel 5 Chelsey looking embrassed as Danny points to the silverware being unused by chelsey. Danny: Youre kinda supposed to use that fork. Panel 6 Chelsey blushing as she puts the fork shes using down. Chelsey: Oh. Page 12 2010721 Panel 1 Danny now feeling bad. Danny: Sorry, I shouldnt have said anything. Panel 2 Chelsey hunched over embrassed. Chelsey: Its okay. Danny: People dont actually care/ Panel 3 Danny thinking for a moment. Panel 4 Danny continuing. Danny: Well some people care but theyre twats. Panel 5 Chelsey still ashamed. Danny rubbing his temple. Danny: Shit, Im an ass. Panel 6 Danny giving her an uneasy smile. Danny: I only noticed because all those high society manners were kinda beaten into my head as a kid. Page 13 20100723 Panel 1 chelsey perking up a bit. Chelsey: Oh well thats understandable. Panel 2 Chelsey continues as Danny relaxes a bit. Chelsey: My mom taught me a lot of stuff that other people dont notice. Danny: Oh yeah? Panel 3 Chelsey talking as she eats. Chelsey: Like most people hold a whip wrong on TV. Panel 4 Danny confused. Chesely: And when you tie someone to a bedpost you shouldnt use a granny note. Panel 5 Danny stunned with his mouth open. Panel 6 Danny closest his mouth. Pnale 7 Danny puts down his fork. Page 14 2010726 Panel 1 Danny snratching his head. Panel 2 Danny still confused. Danny: What exactly did your mom do? Panel 3 Chelsey calmly eating. Chelsey: She is a very expensive prostitute. Panel 4 Danny still kinda stunned. Danny: So youre dad was? Chelsey: On of her customers. Panel 5 Danny thinking. Danny: And your mom just flat out told you thats what happened? Chelsey: Yeah. Why wouldnt she? Page 15 20100728 Panel 1 Danny gesturing to her. Danny: And you dont think that is weird, AT ALL? Panel 2 Chelsey confused. Chelsey: Why would I? Panel 3 Danny thinking about how to phrase what hes about to say. Danny: Its just. Panel 4 Chelsey offended as Danny talks. Danny: Most folks dont really go around telling people that kind of thing. Chelsey: Whats wrong with her being a prostitute? Panel 5 Danny giving an uneasy smile. Danny: Its just nevermind. Panel 6 the waiter delivering their drinks. Danny: THANK YOU. Page 16 20100730 Panel 1 Danny taking a swig of his drink. Panel 2 He puts it down and smiles at Chelsey. Danny: Lets talk about something else. Panel 3 Chelsey sipping hers. Chelsey: Yes, please. Danny: You like kids? Panel 4 Danny starting to pull out his wallet. Danny: I have a daughter, shes 7. Panel 5 Chelsey looking at the pictures of Natalie in his wallet. Chelsey: Shes adorable! Panel 6 Danny putting his wallet away. Danny: Yeah, and she unbelievably smart too. Page 17 20100802 Panel 1 Danny sipping his drink. Danny: I just wish I could see her more. Panel 2 Chelsey sipping her drink starting to get sad. Danny: She lives with her mom most of the year so. Panel 3 Danny noticing her sad. Danny: Whats wrong? Chelsey: Im never gonna have kids. Panel 4 Danny trying to cheer her up. Danny: Dont say that, Im sure one day- Chelsey: Half demons cant have kids. Panel 5 danny stopping. Danny: Oh. Panel 6 The two of them sitting there. Page 18 20100804 Panel 1 Danny getting out of his porshce to go to Allys bar. Panel 2 Danny walking into the bar as Chelsey and Trish are behind the bar. Trish is putting some new bottles of achole on the shelf as Chelsey cleans the counter. Panel 3 Chelsey looks up and sees Danny. Shes isnt terriable excited like she usually is. Danny gives he a small wave. Danny: Hi. Chelsey: Hi. Panel 4 Danny scratching the back of his head. Danny: Sorry last night went so badly. Panel 5 Chelsey nodding Chelsey: Its okay. Panel 6 Danny surprised. Danny: It is? Page 19 20100806 Panel 1 Chelsey stops cleaning. Chelsey: Yes it is. Panel 2 Danny surprised as Chelsey talks. Chelsey: See if we hadnt gone on that bad date, Panel 3 chelsey thinking. Chelsey: I wouldnt know how bad we were together. Panel 4 Danny nodding in agreement. Chelsey: And I would still be wondering what it would be like. Danny: Makes sense. Panel 5 danny adjusting his jacket. Chelsey: Id rather regret doing something than regret not doing something. Page 20 20100809 Panel 1 Danny glancing over at Trish is listening. Danny: Yeah. Panel 2 Trish putting up the last bottle. Danny: I can see how that would be better. Panel 3 Trish folding up the now empty box. Trish: Hi, Danny. Danny: Hi. Panel 4 Trish during to Chelsey. Trish: Can you tell Alex to carry out new chairs and table before we open? Panel 5 Trish coming out from behind the counter. Trish: Im going to skip out early. Chelsey: Okay Ill tell her. Page 21 20100811 Panel 1 Trish grabbing her coat. Trish: Ill pop in early tomorrow. Panel 2 Chelsey waving. Chelsey: Kay. See you later. Panel 3 Danny giving a weak wave. Trish: Bye, Danny. Danny: Uh bye. Panel 5 Danny sitting down as he watches Trish leave, Love is a losing game part 2 cover 20100813 Page 1 20100816 Panel 1 Ally, Brad, Rebecca, and Danny all eating dinner. King is under the table eating something off the floor. Ally: This is really good. Panel 2 Danny eating his dinner. Danny: Thanks. / I figured Id try something new. Panel 3 Rebecca is hitting one of her burgers as Danny looks over. Panel 4 Danny smirking as he takes another bite. Danny: Hows that burger? Panel 5 Rebecca smiling. Rebecca: When I hit it, blood comes out. Panel 6 Danny laughing as Brad whips up Rebeccas face. Danny: Heh heh. Brad: Dont play with your food, kiddo. Page 2 20100818 Panel 1 The phone ringing as Ally gets up. Rebecca: But its squishy. Brad: Uncle Danny could cook it more. SFX: BRRRR BRRRR Panel 2 Ally answering the phone. Rebecca: Then it wouldnt taste good. Ally: Hello? Panel 3 Danny and Brad giving each other a look. Ally: Ugh, youre kidding me. Panel 4 Ally rubbing her temple. Ally: *sigh* Panel 5 Danny and Brad quietly eating. Ally: Stop crying. Panel 6 Ally pushing her hair back. Page 3 20100820 Panel 1 Ally on the phone. Ally: Calm down, calm down. Panel 2 Ally sighing. Ally: Listen, Im in the middle of dinner. I promise Ill be over as soon as I finish. Panel 3 The kitchen being very quiet as Ally keeps talking. Ally: Can you hold on until then? Panel 4 Ally finished her phone call. Ally: Okay, good. Ill be there in a little while. Panel 5 Ally hanging up the phone. Past her we can see everyone still eating dinner. Brad: Uh everything okay? Page 4 20100823 Panel 1 Ally straightening herself up. Ally: No, but it will be in a day or so. Panel 2 Brad confused as he eats. Brad: what happened? Panel 3 Danny not happy to hear what Ally is saying. Ally: Trish told Seth shes in love with him. Panel 4 And Ally given an insincere smile. Ally: And Seth laughed. / for 5 minutes straight. Panel 5 Rebecca eating her burger looking up at Brad. Rebecca: Laughing is good. Brad: Not in this case kiddo. Page 5 20100825 Panel 1 Brad looking worried. Ally continues eating. Brad: Will she be okay? Ally: She will be. Panel 2 Ally thinking as she counts on her fingers. Ally: This has happen . Uh . 5 times before. Panel 3 Seth getting a blow job from a girl in a bar as Trish walks in. Caption: Like right after I met her, she caught Seth uh.giving another girl something to suck on. Panel 4 Rebecca hitting her burger. Brad turns red. Rebecca: Like popsicle ? Ally: Yes Rebecca, a popsicle. Panel 5 Ally continues as she eats. Ally: Then there were similar stories to that. Panel 6 Seth making out with Allys sister Shannon. Trish is in the hallway talking to embrassed. Caption: But the worse was when the two of us caught him with my sister the first time. Page 6 20100827 Panel 1 Ally picking at her food as Danny is obviously upset next to her. Ally: Shes all tears and self-loathing for a few days. Panel 2 Ally gritting her teeth as Danny puts down his fork. Ally: Then shes fine and Seth has gone back to being a saint in her mind. Panel 3 Danny looking down at his food. Ally: And he really does love her deep down. Panel 4 Danny looks up at Brad. Danny: Im not hungry anymore. Do you want the rest? Panel 5 Danny hands his plate to Brad. Brad: Uh, sure. Panel 6 Danny pulling his keys from his pocket. Danny: Im gonna go out for a bit. Ill be back in a bit. Page 7 20100830 Panel 1 Seth feeding off someone. SFX: TUNK TUNK Panel 2 Seth dropping a guy in a pizza guy uniform. Tommy sits behind him eating a pizza. SFX: TUNK TUNK TUNK TUNK TUNK Panel 3 Pizza guy twitches a bit. Seth points to him while looking Tommy. Seth: If he comes to, hit him in the head or something. SFX: TUNK TUNK TUNKTUNK Panel 4 Seth stepping over a large pile of crap. SFX: TUNK TUNK TUNK Panel 5 Seth pushes some stuff out of the way so he can open the door. Page 8 20100901 Panel 1 Seth opens the door. Panel 2 Danny tries to punch him but Seth moves out of the way. Panel 3 Danny falls into a pile of crap as Seth stand over him. Seth: I know what youre thinking Danny, and Im a lot faster than you. Panel 4 Danny trying to punch him again. This time seth grabs his arm. Seth: It would be EXTREMELY hard for you to punch me. Panel 5 Seth throws Danny out of his house out on the snow. Seth: Go home. Panel 6 Danny sitting in the snow. Danny: Screw you! Page 9 20100903 Panel 1 Danny getting up and yelling at Seth. Seth: Maybe some other time. Danny: What the HELL is WRONG WITH YOU?! Panel 2 Danny yelling at Seth. Seth: Nothing. Danny: Bullocks! You have something wired in your head wrong.! Panel 3 Danny shouting really loud.. Danny: What makes you think it is even remotely okay to treat someone the way you treat Trish!? Panel 4 Danny still yelling Seths neighbor looks on. Danny: Youre a bloody asshole! Panel 5 Seth turning to his neighbor. Seth: Everythings fine just go inside. Panel 6 Seths neighbor going into her house as Seth waits for her to be inside before responding. Page 10 20100906 Panel 1 Seth making sure his neighbor is inside. As Danny fumes with angry. Danny: Well?! Panel 2 Seth laughs. Seth: Heh heh. Panel 3 Seth grabs Dannys throat. Seth: I seriously dont care that I hurt the girl you want to bones feelings. Panel 4 Seth glaring at Danny who cant breath. Seth: Now I try very hard to keep a low profile and keep all this business away from my house. Panel 5 Dannys face changing color. Seth: If you come over here and make a scene again, Panel 6 Seth holding Dannys face close to his own. Seth: Ill make it so you know EXACTLY what Im capable over. Page 11 20100908 Panel 1 Danny struggling to get free. Seth has clamed down. Seth: And also maybe consider that right now shes not gaga over me. Panel 2 Seth letting go and Danny falls to the ground. Panel 3 Seth standing over him. Seth: Might be a good time for a less impressive man to make a move. Panel 4 Danny rubbing his neck as Seth walks away. Panel 5 - Seth goes back into his house leaving Danny outside. Page 12 20100910 Panel 1 - Ally and Trish sitting on Trishs couch. Trish has her head on Allys shoulder. Trish: I feel so stupid. Ally: Youre not though. Panel 2 Trish looking down at her feet. Trish: Then how come I keep falling for bad men. Panel 3 Ally thinking. Ally: Because of hair and accents. And lets not forget muscles. Panel 4 Trish smirking as she wipes her eyes. Trish: its always so nice for while. Panel 5 Ally giving Trish a serious look. Ally: Maybe thats when its most important to remember this part. Panel 6 Trish holding herself. Ally: Especially with Seth. Trish: Yeah. Page 13 20100913 Panel 1 Trish and ally in Trishs couch. Panel 2 Trish still looking at her feet. Trish: I dont know what I should do. Panel 3 Ally starting to get up. Ally: Just take it easy. / Ill cover your shift at the bar. Panel 4 Trish looking up at Ally. Trish: Thanks. Ally: Sure youll be okay for now? Panel 5 Trish burying her head in her knees. Trish: Yeah. Page 14 20100915 Panel 1 ally walking away. Panel 2 she looks back as she opens the door. Panel 3 Ally bundling up her coats as she walks outside. Panel 4 Dannys outside just getting out of his car as its snowing. Panel 5 Ally looks at Danny whos finishing a cigarette. Ally: Its gonna end badly. Panel 6 Danny looking down at his cigarette. Danny: I know. Page 15 20100917 Panel 1 Danny throwing the finished cigarette to the ground. Ally looks at him. Panel 2 Ally getting in her car. Ally: Good luck. Panel 3 Danny gets a plastic bag out of his car. Panel 4 Danny pushes Trishs door open. Danny: I heard what happened. Panel 5 Trish looks up at him as he holds up a bottle of wine and his plastic bag. Danny: So I brought wine and rented some Mel Brooks movies. Panel 6 Danny sitting down on the other side of the couch as her. Trish: Mel Brooks? Danny: You said you liked him first time we slept together. Page 16 20100920 Panel 1 Danny looking down at his bottle of wine. Trish wipes her eyes. Panel 2 Trish still looking at her feet. Trish: The corkscrew is in the top drawer next to the oven. Panel 3 Danny getting up leaving the bottle of wine. Danny: Um, so did you want to watch on of the movies? Panel 4 He walks into Trishs kitchen. Danny: Or we could talk about how Seths an asshole? Panel 5 Danny coming back as Trish keeps looking down. Trish: I dont want to talk about Seth. Danny: Right. Panel 6 Danny opening the wine. Page 17 20100922 Panel 1 Danny releasing his has no glasses. Panel 2 He puts down the bottle. Danny: Jackie never loved me. Panel 3 Trish looking over at him. Danny: When I realized that, I didnt get out of bed for 3 days. Panel 4 Danny scowling a bit. Danny: Then I started trying harder to impress her. Panel 5 Danny taking a swig of from the wine bottle. Panel 6 Danny turning to trish. Danny: Never helped. / I told myself it was but it wasnt. Page 18 20100924 Panel 1 Danny taking another swig as Trish looks over at him. Trish: What happened your neck? Panel 2 Danny putting the bottle down. Danny: Seth uh / didnt like something I had to say. Panel 3 Trish looking away. Trish: Oh. Danny: Hes an ass. Panel 4 Danny scowling again. Danny: And it doesnt matter how hard you try to get him to like you. Panel 5 Danny looking at the bottle of wine. Danny: It will make you mad at everyone, Panel 6 Danny looking over at her. Danny: because he still wont love you. Page 19 20100927 Panel 1 the two of them sitting on the couch. Danny is looking down at the bottle again. Trish is changing her position. Panel 2 Danny looking up. Trish: Danny? Panel 3 Trish kissing him. Panel 4 Danny putting down the wine bottle clumsily. Panel 5 Danny is deshevled a bit. Trish is taking off her top. Danny: This is a bad idea huh? Panel 6 Trish on top of him. Trish: Probably. Panel 7 them kissing. Puppy Love 20100929 Page 1 20101001 Panel 1 Brad pouring a bowl of cerceal for Rebecca wearing a tie and a button up shirt. Panel 2 Brad handing the food to Rebecca. Brad: Here you go, kiddo. Finish up then Ill take you to school. Rebecca: Okay. Panel 3 Danny walks in and immediately goes for the tea pot. Brad sits down at the table with a bowl of a cerceal. Danny: Morning. Brad: Morning. Danny: Headed to work? Brad: yup. Panel 4 Danny Sipping her tea as brad eats. Panel 5 Brad eating and is surprised by Dannys question. He keeps drinking her coffee. Danny: Is there something degrading about your job you dont want to share because you think Ill take the piss? Brad: No. Page 2 20101004 Panel 1 Brad going back to eating. Danny: You are doing art for them, right? Not data entry or something bloody boring you dont like? Panel 2 Danny sitting down. Brad: Yeah. Danny: So youve been quiet with your tail between your leg./metaphorically, since you got it because Panel 3 Brad thinking. Brad: Uh Panel 4 Danny listening. Brad: I think I got it for the wrong reasons. Panel 5 Danny raising an eyebrow questioningly. Danny: Because your dad helped? Because that happens a lot Brad. Brad: No, I just did something I dont think I should have. Page 3 20101006 Panel 1 Danny thinking about it. Danny: Was it illegal or involve sex? Panel 2 Brad surprised. Brad: WHAT? No, of coaurse not. Panel 3 Danny sipping his tea more. Danny: hmmm, / did you cheat in anyway? Brad: No. Panel 4 Danny shrugging. Danny: Eh, then dont over think it. / Plenty of folks get jobs in odd ways. Panel 5 Brad in front of his computer at a desk. Behind him there is a discussion about the color of a models hair. Panel 6 Brad sipping a cup of coffee. Kayla: Brad, right? Page 4 20101008 Panel 1 Brad looking up and seeing Kayla awake for the first time. Brad: Yeah, uh, hi? Panel 2 Kayla holding out her hand to shake Brads. Kayla: Im Kayla. Panel 3 Kayla looking at him, curiously. They are still shaking hands. Kayla: Hmm, you arent how I thought youd look. Panel 4 Brad confused. Kayla: Youre much skinnier and better more clean shaven. Panel 5 Brads eyes widening. Kayla: But then again I surprised to find out your last names Wolfe. / Honestly thats kinda silly. Page 5 20101011 Panel 1 Brad with his mouth open to speak. Brad: I- Panel 2 Brad looking down at his desk as he points to her. Brad: you- Panel 3 kalya waiting for him to speak. Brad: uh. Panel 4 Brad biting his lip. Brad: Howd you - Panel 5 Kayla laughing a bit. Kayla: My last names Ackerman if that helps you connect the dots. Panel 6 Brad realizing what happned. Brad: Oh. Panel 7 Brad giving her a nervous smile. Brad: It does actually. / How are you handling um Panel 8 Brad gesturing to her. Brad: Well, everything? Page 6 20101013 Panel 1 Kayla smiling and adjusting her glasses. Kayla: It will take a bit of getting used to. Panel 2 Kayla looking around the office. Kayla: I did have some questions though. / Obviously, I wont ask you here. Panel 3 - Kayla with her arms behind her back. Kayla: So I was hoping if I could buy you lunch and you could answer them. Panel 4 Brad thinking. Panel 5 Brad Talking to her. Brad: Before I say yes, know that your increase in appitaite thats- Kayla: Theres an all you can eat buffet at the purple elephant. Panel 6 Brad getting his coat. Brad: Okay just making sure you knew what you were offering. Page 7 20101015 Panel 1 Brad and Kayla refilling their plates. Brad: So, you can learn to control it. Panel 2 Brad grabbing another piece of chicken. Brad: But it gets harder to see color the more control you get. Panel 3 Kayla putting some cho mien on her plate. Kayla: So youre color blind because Brad: Yeah Panel 4 The two of them walking back to their table with a bunch of used plates on it. Kayla: Sorry. Panel 5 Brad sitting down. Brad: *sigh* Page 8 20101018 Panel 1 Kayla eating some of her cho mien. Kayla: So do you know any other werewolves? Panel 2 Brad eating. Brad: Yeah, a few. My wife used to work at a bar for demons and werewolves and whatnot. Panel 3 Kayla looking surprised. Brad holds up his hand with his wedding band on it and points because his mouth is full. Kayla: Youre married? Brad: Mrph. Panel 4 Brad finishing his food Kayla looks slightly disappointed. Brad: For 6 years. Kayla: oh. / so you got married like right after high school? Panel 5 brad eating. Brad: Werewolves age slower than normal people once they are adults. / Im 35. Page 9 20101020 Panel 1 Kayla Taking another bite. Kayla: So if your wife a werewolf? Brad: Nope. Panel 2 Kayla a bit uneasy. Kayla: Do you know any girl werewolves? Panel 3 Brad not noticing her unease. Brad: My daughter, and there is one that used to work for my wife. / Why? Panel 4 Kayla finishing her meal. Kayla: I have a question I probably need to ask another girl. Panel 5 Brad also finishing as Kayla bites her lip. Brad: I could try to answer it. Kayla: Okay Panel 6 Brad paniced expression Kayla explains very calmly. Kayla: Im not pregnant, but I havent had my period since I woke up. / Is that a werewolf thing? Page 10 20101022 Panel 1 Alex in disbelief. Alex: REALLY? Like everymonth? Panel 2 Kayla sitting at the bar talking to Alex. Kayla: Yes, thats usually how it works for humans. Panel 3 Alex turning to Trish in disbelief. Trish: Its true, Alex. Alex: Humans are so weird. Panel 4 Alex shrugging as Kayla nods. Alex: Mines only in April. Kayla: Thats what I wanted to know. Panel 5 Brad embarrassed on the other side of the bar as Kayla smiles and gets up. Kayla: Thank you. Page 11 20101025 Panel 1 Brad is bright red as Kayla walks up to him. Kayla: I told you, I needed a girl to answer that one. Brad: Sorry I doubted you. Panel 2 Kayla sitting with Brad at the counter. Kayla: I appreciate what you did though. Panel 3 Danny and Jeff walking in and Brad turns to them. Brad: Well, I- Danny: Brad! There you are! Panel 4 jeff and Danny walking over to Kayla and Brad. Danny: I tried ringing you, but your phones off. Brad: Aw damn. I forgot to charge it. Panel 5 Jeff is checking Kayla out. Danny: Jeff needed your help. Page 12 20101027 Panel 1 Jeff tilting his head to get a better angle to see down Kaylas shirt. Jeff: I need a physical to join the wrestling team, Panel 2 Kayla noticing what Jeff is doing. Jeff: But I cant tell them me real weight. Panel 3 Kayla pulling up her top. As Jeff turns red for getting caught and turns to face Brad. Kayla: Stop. Jeff: um/ Do you know like a werewolf doctor who can lie about my weight? Panel 4 Brad adjusting his coat. Brad: Yeah, its a bit of a drive though. Panel 5 Brad introducing Danny to Kayla. Brad: Danny this is my bosss daughter Kayla, could you take her home? / The two of us shared a cab here. Page 13 20101029 Panel 1 Danny looking at Brad with a raised eyebrow. Danny: At your dads party, someone asked Mr. Ackerman how his daughters condition was. Panel 2 Brad ashamed as Danny pulls out a cigarette. Brad: You dont say? Danny: Im taking Trish out this afternoon so sorry I cant take her. Panel 3 Kayla shrugging. Kayla: I could tag along. / I mean it would be good to know where theres a werewolf doctor. Panel 4 Jeff is checking out Kayla again. Brad: I guess that makes sense. Panel 5 The three of them walking out of the bar. Brad: But for the record shes not a werewolf doctor, she just knows about werewolves. Page 14 20101101 Panel 1 - Jeff inrupting as Brad fiddles with his phone. Brad: Now I just got to call Ally and tell her to bring over the car. Jeff: Oh, I have my car. Panel 2 Kayla smirking. Kayla: Are you even old enough drive? Jeff: Yes. Panel 3 Jeff walking over to his car which is very badly parelle parked. Brad: I think it would be better if I drove. Panel 4 Jeff pulling out his keys. Jeff; Uh sure. Panel 5 Jeffs car driving down the highway. Jeff: Sorry that the radios broken. Panel 6 Brad driving Jeff boredly looking out the window. Kayla is playing with her hair in the back seat. Page 15 20101103 Panel 1 brad tapping the steer wheel as he drives. Brad: So uh you um play soccer right? Panel 2 Jeff perking up. Jeff; Yeah. Im a left midfielder. Panel 3 Brad thinking. Brad: Uh are they the ones near goal? Panel 4 Jeff rolling his eyes and Kayla Jeff: Those are the defenders. Kayla: Midfielders are the ones inbetween the defenders and the forwards. Panel 5 brad focusing on driving, Brad: Oh. Panel 6 - Jeff turning to Kayla. Jeff: So you like soccor? Page 16 20101105 Panel 1 Kayla still playing with her hair. Kayla: No, I just used to play in middle school. Panel 2 Jeff a bit disappointed. Jeff: Oh. Panel 3 The group bored again. Panel 4 Brad driving. Brad: So um do you want to play a game or something the rest of the drive? Panel 5 Kayla leaning forward. Brad: We still got an hour left until we reach Baymick. Kayla: We could play the What the Hell game. Panel 6 Brad looking at Kayla through the rear view mirror. Brad: How do you play that? Page 17 20101108 Panel 1 Kayla coming up behind him. Kayla: Well, you take your hands and Panel 2 Kayla covering brads eyes. Kayla: Cover the drivers eyes until- Panel 3 Car swivering in road. Brad: AHHH GOD! WHAT THE HELL! Panel 4 Kayla pulling her hands away as Jeff laughs but is holding on to the side of the car. Kayla: Until the driver says what the hell/ Panel 5 Brad gripping the steering wheel. Brad: Please. Do NOT do that again. SFX: FFPT FFPT FFPT Page 18 20101110 Panel 1 Kayla sitting back. Kayla: Relax, were all fine. There is no death. SFX: FFPT FFPT FFPT Panel 2 Kayla shrugging as Jeff nods. Kayla: All it did was make things more interesting. Jeff: It was pretty funny. SFX: FFPT FFPT FFPT Panel 3 Brad glancing the other two. Brad: *sigh* could one of you sit your head out the window to see if that noise is a flat? SFX: FFPT FFPT Panel 4 - Kayla leaning out the window. Kayla: Flat confirmed, sir. SFX: FFPT FFPT. Panel 5 Brad pulling the car over to the side of the road. Brad: Aurgh. Page 19 20101112 Panel 1 Brad getting out of the car. Brad: Jeff, you have spare in the truck right? Jeff: I think so. Panel 2 Brad opening the trunk. Brad: Is your jack back here too? Panel 3 Jeff leaning out the car. Jeff: My what? Brad: Your jack. So I can change the tire. Panel 4 Jeff thinking. Jeff: I dont think I have on. Panel 5 Brad gesturing to jeff: Brad: What were you planning on doing if you got a flat? Jeff: Call triple A. Panel 6 Brad pulling out the spare. Brad: Kayla, Jeff, Im going to need you to lift the back of the car. Page 20 20101115 Panel 1 Kayla and Jeff lifting the back of the car while Brad charges the tire. Brad: Youre lucky your dad left this tool kit in the trunk. Panel 2 Brad tightening the screws. Brad: Almost done. Panel 3 Brad standing up. Brad: Okay, you can let go. Panel 4 Jeff and Kayla droping the car. Kayla: Good Im freezing. Panel 5 Jeff hopping over the side bar for the high way. Jeff: Ill be right back. Kayla: Where are you off to? Panel 6 Jeff gesturing to her as he walks off. Jeff: Uh lets go with marking my territory. Page 21 20101117 Panel 1 Kayla shouting at Jeff. Kayla: Cute! How about you give writing my name a try! Panel 2 Jeff shouting back. Brad laughs. Jeff: Does it start with a C or a K? Kayla: K Panel 3 Brad getting in the car. Brad: Ill just start the car and the heater back up while we wait for him. Panel 4 Brad getting in car. Kayla: There is a Y in Kayla, you dult. Jeff: There is? Panel 5 Brad starting the car. SFX: vrrrr rtk rtk POP Kayla: Yeah, its K-A-Y-L-A. Panel 6 Brad looking concerned as he turns the key again. Page 22 20101119 Panel 1 Brad getting out of the car. Kayla turns to him. Kayla: Something wrong? Panel 2 Brad opening up the hood of the car as Jeff walks back. Brad: Um could you see if there is a breaker bar in that tool kit? Kayla: Uh whats that? Panel 3 Brad opening the hood. Jeff walking over. Brad: Nevermind. Panel 4 Brad turning to Jeff. Brad: Uh, when was the last time you changed your oil? Jeff: uh Panel 5 Jeff thinking. Jeff: I dont think I ever have. Why? Panel 6 Brad pointing to the engine coved in slugde. Brad: Thats why. Jeff: Uh, do you know how to fix that too? Page 23 20101122 Panel 1 Brad closing the hood. Brad: Call Trilpe A. Then give you your phone and Ill call a baymick cab. Panel 2 A tow truck taking Jeffs car away while Brad, Kayla wait by the side of the highway. Panel 3 Kayla rubbing her arms. Kayla: So whats Baymick like? Ive never visited. Panel 4 Brad watching tow truck drive away. Brad: Thats because they dont want you to visit. Panel 5 Jeff raising an eyebrow. Brad: Its all owned by a company called Alpha Phoenix. Jeff: Is this the one you and Mr. Gunn told me about last summer? Page 24 20101124 Panel 1 Brad getting on the other side of the guard rail. Brad: Yeah, and since most of their employees and customers arent human, they go out of there way to not have tourist attractions. Panel 2 Kayla thinking. Kayla: So even though its on the map, just no one goes there? Panel 3 Brad kicking some snow. Brad: New Mahtlaws only and hour and a half a way. Panel 4 brad shrugging. Brad: Youve both lived here most of your lives, how many times have you considered visiting Baymick? Panel 5 Jeff looking at Kayla. Jeff: This is my first time visiting there. Kayla: I still think someons bond to wander in by accident at least. Page 25 20101126 Panel 1 Brad looking down at his feet. Brad: Well, they probably have a way to deal with the few that do. Panel 2 Kayla looking at the empty highway. Kayla: Did their cab say how long it would take? Brad: Hour and a half or so. Panel 3 Kayla getting off the side rail. Kayla: Well, I think we need something to entertain ourselves. Panel 4 Brad glancing back. Brad: Like what? Panel 5 Brad getting whacked with a snow ball. SFX: FHMP Page 26 20101129 Panel 1 Brad getting to his feet. Brad: okay first off, youre stronger than you think. Panel 2 Brad rubbing some blood off the side of his head. Brad: So throw a softly. Panel 3 Kayla patting another snowball as Brad talks and Jeff laughs. Brad: And second that was completely a cheap shot. Kayla: Was it now? Panel 4 Kayla gets hit with a snowball that knocks her over. SFX: FMUP Panel 5 Brad smiling as Jeff laughs. Brad: Yeah it was. Jeff: HAHAHA Page 27 20101201 Panel 1 Kayla glaring up at Jeff Kayla: What are you laughing at? Panel 2 Jeff getting whacked with a snow ball. SFX: FMUP Panel 3 Jeff getting to his feet. Jeff: Oh youre done for. Panel 4 Jeff gathering up a bunch of snow as he dogdes Kaylas next throw. Kayla: Try me. Panel 5 - Brad watching as Jeff chases after Kayla. Brad: Heh. Panel 6 Jeff throwing some snow down Kayla coat. Kayla: SWEET JESUS! Page 28 20101203 Panel 1 Kayla shaking the snow out of her shirt. Kayla: God thats cold! Panel 2 Jeff running away as Kayla gathers up some snow. Kayla: Oh, you better run. Panel 3 pulling out as brad starts to join in again. Jeff: Hey! Dont get snow from there! Its near my piss. Panel 4 Kayla brushing her hair now inside. Panel 5 Pull out to show them in a waiting room. Brad: Youre drying off okay? Page 29 20101206 Panel 1 Kayla taking off her coat. Kayla: My shirts still a bit damp from Jeff throwing snow down it. Panel 2 Kayla smiling. Kayla: Being where its warm helps. Panel 3 Brad scratching his head. Brad: Sorry you dragging along and pulled into all this. Panel 4 Kayla finishes fixing her hair. Kayla: Ah dont be. I had fun. Panel 5 Brad looking at the ground as Kayla looks around the office. Panel 6 Kayla looking interested. Kayla: Whats the poster about? Page 30 20101208 Panel 1 Brad looking over. Panel 2 His eyes widen and he blushes. Panel 3 Kayla and Brad in the foreground. Behind them is a poster reminding werewolves to get a January shake. Poster: January is just around the corner. Dont forget to pick shakes up from your doctor. Kayla: hmm. Panel 4 Brad still bright red as Kayla smirks. Kayla: Would you rather I ask the doctor when shes done with Jeff? Brad: Yes, PLEASE. Panel 5 Kayla adjusting her seat position. Kayla: Youre very weird. Page 31 20101210 Panel 1 Kayla turning to Brad. Kayla: But I did mean that thank you earlier. Panel 2 Brad shrugging. Brad: You didnt have to thank me. Panel 3 Brad talking as they sit in the waiting room. Brad: I was terrified when this happened to me, Panel 4 Kayla looking at Brad confused. Brad: Someone to help me along and talk me through this would have been a wonderful. Panel 5 Kayla opening her mouth to speak. Kayla: Did Panel 6 Kayla and Brad in the waiting room. Kayla: Did you think that was just for this afternoon? Page 32 20101213 Panel 1 Brad confused. Brad: Well, yeah. Panel 2 Brad even more confused. Kayla: It was for biting me too. Brad: I Panel 3 Brad scratching the back of his head. Brad: I d-d-dont think you should. Panel 4 Kayla talking. Kayla: Everything today, lunch, the flattire, the snowball fight. Panel 5 Kayla looking Brad in the eye. Kayla: Thats all A LOT better than being in a coma. Page 33 20101215 Panel 1 Brad shocked unsure what to say. Kayla: You basically gave me a life again. Panel 2 Kayla continuing. Kayla: Its a bit different than before, Panel 3 Brads eyebrows furrowed. Kayla: But Im not lying in a hospital bed anymore. Panel 4 - Brad with his mouth open to speak. Brad: I- Panel 5 brad scratches head. Panel 6 Brad turns to Kayla still unsure what exactly he should say. Page 34 20101217 Panel 1 Jeff walking out with the doctor. Jeff: Im all set. Panel 2 Kayla and Brad looking up. As Jeff waves a piece of paper. Jeff: This should work. Panel 3 Kayla getting up with her attention turned to the doctor. Kayla: Doctor, do you have a moment to answer a question? Panel 4 Kayla and the doctor walking off while Jeff watches her leave. Panel 5 Jeff sits down next to Brad. Jeff: Shes cute. Page 35 20101220 Panel 1 Brad looking at Jeff. Jeff: Im thinking of asking her out. Panel 2 Brad talking to Jeff. Brad: Thats probably not a good idea. Jeff: How come? Panel 3 Brad glancing at Kayla. Brad: Because shes 7 years older than you. Jeff: So? Panel 4 Jeff pouting. Jeff: The tail makes it hard to get far with a girl without telling her. Panel 5 Jeff gesturing to Kayla. Jeff: I wont have to worry about that with her. Panel 6 Brad patting jeff on the back. Brad: Youll figure something else out. / Trust me. Book 9 pages Winter Nights Cover 20101222 Page 1 20101224 Panel 1 Snow scene of Trishs place. Danny: Id like you to come. Panel 2 Danny cooking as Trish stands there unsure. Trish: I dont know. Panel 3 Danny brushing some sauce on to the meat hes cooking. Danny: Come on, my mums paying for it. / First class all the way. Panel 4 Trish shrugging. Trish: I know, its just Frost lives in Terra AND he has a club in Nodnol. Panel 5 Danny putting a cover on the skillet and taking it off the burner. Trish: So Id like to not make it easier for him to come after me. Page 2 20101227 Panel 1 Danny turning to Trish. Danny: He knows where you are all the time Trish. Panel 2 Danny holding her. Danny: He would have come after you already if that was his plan. Panel 3 Danny looking up at her. Danny: Youll be fine and well have fun. Panel 4 - Trish avoiding looking him in the eye. Danny: Come on. Panel 5 Danny and Trish in the kitchen. Danny: Ill take care of you if anything bad happens. Panel 6 Trish leaning her head on Dannys. They are siloetted. Trish: Okay. Page 3 20101229 Panel 1 Plane flying over airport. Panel 2 Danny grabbing his bag from the baggage claim. He has a hat on and his collar up. Trish: Is that really necessary? Panel 3 Danny adjusting his bag as he carries it. Danny: Absolutely. Panel 4 Danny and Trish walking through the airport. Danny: Um, its important to not go to sleep until at least 8pm. Panel 5 - A man standing very stiffly near a limo as Trish and Danny walk outside. Danny: Itll help you get over jet lag soon. Trish: Thanks. Panel 6 Danny pointing the guy at the limo. Danny: Thats our ride. Page 4 20101231 Panel 1 The driver taking Dannys bag and Trishs bag. Driver: Good morning, sir. I trust your flight went well. Panel 2 The driver putting the bags into trunk. Danny: Yeah, but I could really use a cigarette. Panel 3 Driver holding open the door for Danny and Trish. Driver: There is a carton ready for you. Panel 4 Trish and Danny getting in. Driver: Do you require anything, miss? Trish: Oh, no thank you Im fine. Panel 5 Trish sitting down as Danny who is opening his new carton of cigarettes. Driver: Her royal highness has instructed me to take you to your lodgings and let you know she expects you for lunch at noon. Page 5 20110103 Panel 1 - Danny lighting up a cigarette. Danny: So we got uh Panel 2 In the front seat. Driver: Two hours, sir. Panel 3 Danny relaxing a bit as he smokes. Danny: okay, so plenty of time. Panel 4 Trish smiling a and Danny stiffens up. Driver: His Royal Madgesty also looks forward to meeting your young lady at lunch. Panel 5 Danny furrowing his brow. Danny: My fathers going too? Driver: Yes, sir. Panel 6 the limo driving away. Danny: Aw, hell. Page 6 20110105 Panel 1 Trish fixing a simple dress. They are in an extremely nice room. Dannys in the bathroom. Danny: So do you know all that fancy etiquette stuff? Panel 2 Trish brushing her hair. Trish: Um I know the difference between a salad and dinner fork if thats what you mean. Panel 3 Trish puts on some earrings. Danny: okay, well dont lift your tea cup with your left hand, / and dont loop your fingers through the handle, or Panel 4 Trish laughing. Trish: Calm down, youre more nervous then I am. Panel 5 Danny coming out of the bathroom. His hair is flat for once. Danny: Thats because my DAD will be there. Trish: oh my god Page 7 20110107 Panel 1 Trish pointing to Danny. Trish: Whatd you do to your hair? Panel 2 Danny guesturing for her to stay away. Danny: Dont touch it. / It took almost the half bottle of hair jell to get it to stay down. Panel 3 Trish putting on her other earring. Trish: This all for your Dad? Panel 4 Danny putting on his coat. Danny: Yes. Panel 5 Danny running a limit brush over his jacket. Danny: He probably wont say anything to you, that would be rude. Panel 6 Danny gritting his teeth. Danny: But hell include anything that happens today in our annual Im a big failure talk. Page 8 20110110 Panel 1 Trish straightening her coat. Trish: Okay, give me the crash coarse in etiquette one our way over. Panel 2 Trish kissing danny. Trish: Ill make sure to remember as much as possible. Panel 3 Danny looking up at her. Danny: Thank you. Panel 4 Danny noticing she ruffled his hair a bit. Trish is headed out the door. Panel 5 Danny runs a comb through the back of his hair again. Panel 6 danny checking the back of his head again in the mirror. Trish: You coming? Danny: Yeah, just a second. Page 9 20110112 Panel 1 Fancy table setting in a dining hall of the palace. Dannys parents, Helena and Richard are already sitting there but are not next to each other. Panel 2 a butler holds open the door for Danny and Trish. Danny: Good afternoon. Panel 3 Danny pulls out Trishs chair. Danny: This is my girlfriend Trish. Panel 4 Dannys mum smiles. His dad sips some tea. Danny: This is my Mum and Dad. Helena: It is a pleasure to meet you dear. Panel 5 Richard puts down his cup. Richard: Shes very lovely, Daniel. Panel 6 Danny sitting down. Trish: Thank you. Page 10 20110114 Panel 1 Danny looking toward his mum. Danny: Is Richard joining us? Panel 2 Richard sipping his tea. Richard: No, his wasnt in a suitable condition to join us. Panel 3 - Danny a bit ashamed. Richard: He ran out of whatever it is his doctor gives him. Danny: Oh. Panel 4 Danny pouring himself some tea. Danny: So is he alright? Richard: Im sure hell manage to get more. Panel 5 Helena turning putting in some sugar. Helena: Hell be at the Christmas ball. / And dont worry his wife and his bodyguard are all keeping an eye on him. Page 11 20110117 Panel 1 Richard looking over at Danny. Richard: Your brothers neurosis aside, what have you been doing these days? Panel 2 Danny glancing over at Trish stiring her tea. Danny: Im still teaching. Panel 3 Danny making a gesture to trish with his spoon to single how she should stir. Richard: Good. Youve finally stopped being a vagrant. Panel 4 Trish nodding as danny turns back to his Dad. Danny: I wasnt a vagrant. / I was just Panel 5 Richard glaring at Danny. Danny: traveling. Richard: So you were a vagrant with a saving account. Panel 6 Helana giving Richard a stern look. Helena: RICHARD, stop it. Page 12 20110119 Panel 1 Richard finishing his tea glaring at Danny. Panel 2 He puts down his cup and looks at Helena. Richard: If you excuse me, I must prepare for later this evening. Panel 3 Dannys father getting up and leaving. Richard: The Prime Minster and I need to greet the Lynnbrian ambassador. Panel 4 Danny furrowing his brow. Panel 5 Helena sensing Danny unease. Helena: Its not Damien. He turned down our invitation. Panel 6 Danny a bit upset as stirs his tea. Helena: And Im sorry about your father. Page 13 20110121 Panel 1 Helena turning to Trish. Helena: Have you ever been to Terra before, uh/ Trish, was it? Panel 2 Trish shaking her head. Trish: Yes. Its Trish and no I havent. Panel 3 trish talking as Helena listens attentively. Trish: Ive wanted to, but Ive had a good reason to not go for awhile now. Panel 4 Helena looking to Danny. Helena: Well, Daniel, I hope you plan to her a good time while shes here. Panel 5 Danny smiling. Danny: That would be the plan, Mum. Panel 6 Helena giving a smug look. Helena: Good, enjoy yourselves until the Christmas party. Page 14 20110124 Panel 1 Trish buying a union jack hat from a tourist stand while Danny smokes. Panel 2 Trish comes back wearing her very stupid hat. Danny: Ugh, please tell me youre taking the piss. Panel 3 the two of the walking through the park. Trish: I happen to like this hat. Panel 4 Danny looking away. Danny: Well, now Im going to pretend I dont know you. Panel 5 Trish bending over and sliming. Trish: They also had panties which said mind the gap. Would you prefer I bought those? Panel 6 Danny wrapping his arm around her. Danny: Despite the trashiness, yes very much. Page 15 20110126 Panel 1 Trish putting her arms around danny. Trish: Im glad you got me to come. Panel 2 Trish looking down at him. Trish: Despite the awkward lunch with your Dad, Im having a wonderful time. Panel 3 the two of them kissing. SFX: dooo deee doooo dooooo Panel 4- Danny picking up his phone. Danny: Hello?/ OH! Hi, Jackie. Panel 5 Trish looking the ground awkwardly as Danny talks on the phone. Danny: I got in this morning.. / Fight Jet lag until 8ish is the panel. Panel 6 Danny scratching the back of his head. Danny: Um, yeah. Just be back early. Page 16 20110128 Panel 1 Danny hanging up the phone. Panel 2 Danny turning to Trish cringding a bit. Danny: Um, I need to cut this short. Sorry. Panel 3 Trish with her arms around Danny. Danny: I need to watch Natalie. Trish: I understand. Panel 4 Danny raising an eyebrow. Danny: Do you want to come? Panel 5 Trish answering. Trish: I would BUT I see you all the time and she doesnt. Danny: Ah. Page 17 20110131 Panel 1 - Trish kissing danny. Trish: So goodnight. Panel 2 Trish returning to the room she and danny are staying in. Panel 3 she turns on the light on as she takes off her coat. Panel 4 She puts down her scarf and takes off her hat. Panel 5 She her eyes wide. Frost: Hello, Trish. Page 18 20110202 Panel 1 Trish turning and seeing Frost reading in a chair with his feet up on the coffee table. Frost: Its been awhile. Panel 2 Trish turning to run. Panel 3 Frost appearing in front of her. Frost: Relax. Panel 4 Frost pulling her face down so her eyes are level with his. Panel 5 Frosts eyes with Trish reflected in them. Frost: Im not going to hurt you, just do as I say. Page 19 20110204 Panel 1 Danny asleep on the couch with Natalie reading next to him. Jackie: Im back. Panel 2 Danny waking up. Danny: WAH! Natalie: Hi mum. Panel 3 Danny sitting up and rubbing his neck. Jackie: You feel asleep? Danny: Um, yeah. Panel 4 Jackie rolling her eyes. Jackie: Natalie, should follow your fathers example. Panel 5 Danny kinda dazed. Danny: Uh, go to bed, Halfpint. Panel 6 Natalie folding up her book and leaving. Natalie: Goodnight, Mum and Dad. Jackie: Thanks for watching her. Page 20 20110207 Panel 1 Jackie taking off her coat. Danny: Oh, its fine. Panel 2 Jackie looking over her shoulder at Danny who is Jackie: And thanks for telling me that magic stuff. Panel 3 Danny putting on his jacket. Danny: Oh? Jackie: She hasnt had a headache since she started school. Panel 4 Danny kinda surprised. Danny: Uh, thats great! Panel 5 the two of them standing there awkwardly. Panel 6 Jackie pointing to the door. Jackie: I think were done. Danny: Uh, yeah. / Bye. Page 21 20110209 Panel 1 Danny in a good mood whistling as he walks inside. Danny: (musicnote) Panel 2 Danny looking around. Danny: Trish? Panel 3 Danny noticing a note taped to the dresser. Panel 4 Danny reading the note his expression in shock. Note: Meet me @ Club Aurora. Itll be closed but say youre there for James. - Frost Panel 5 Danny being let in by a girl with blue hair. Girl: Hes sitting in the corner. Panel 6 Danny walking over. Page 22 20110211 Panel 1 Danny stopping nervous. Panel 2 Frost reading a tabloid. Frost: Hello. Panel 3 Frost reading. Danny stands there Danny: Um youre Fr- Frost: Frost. Yes. Panel 4 Danny nervous confused. Danny: Um, I heard youre like in charge of vampires or something. Panel 5 Danny confused as Frost smiles. Danny: So am I supposed to bow or . What? Frost: Its not necessary. Page 23 20110214 Panel 1 Frost closing that magazine with a smile. Frost: But Im rather pleased that you ask. Panel 2 Frost ordering Danny. Frost: Sit. Panel 3 Danny quickly sitting. Panel 4 Danny is terrified. Danny: Im Dan- Frost: I know who you are. Panel 5 Danny confused. As Frost holds up the magizine. Danny: Howd- Frost: I read the tabloids. / Is your mother REALLY screwing her tennis teacher? Page 24 20110216 Panel 1 Danny still nervous. Danny: Probably. Panel 2 Frost putting down the magazine. Frost: Also, from Trish, I know youre blood bond to Seth. Panel 3 Frost putting out a cigarette. Frost: And that right now a cigarette will help you relax. Panel 4 Danny uneasy as Frost offers him one. Frost: Go ahead take one. Panel 5 Danny taking one. Frost: Good human. Panel 6 Frost pulling out a lighter with a cigarette in his mouth. Frost: I also know you are the former Prince of Terra. Page 25 20110218 Panel 1 Frost lighting a cigarette as Danny watches nervous. Panel 2 Frost blowing smoke out. Frost: And Seth probably hasnt told you this, but hes in a lot of trouble for making you immortal. Panel 3 Frost tossing the lighter to Danny. Frost: It would be in your best interest to make sure Loki and Aaron dont find proof of you family tree. Panel 4 Danny nervously lighting his cigarette. Danny: What? Frost: Making public figures immortal is against the rules. Panel 5 Dannys hand shaking as he puts down the lighter. Danny: But if you read tabloids then you Panel 6 Frost smiling as he smokes. Page 26 20110221 Panel 1 Frost taps his cigarette in the ash tray. Frost: If I rat Seth out, it might seem bias due to our relationship. / So Im letting Aaron handle it. Panel 2 Danny still shaking as he smokes. Danny: Wh-wheres Tr-tr-trish? Panel 3 Frost leaning in closer. Frost: I dont like Seth. Panel 4 Danny still terrified. Frost smiles. Danny: N-n-neither do I. Frost: I know. Panel 5 Frost flipping through the tabloid. Frost: But Trish REALLY likes him. / which is useful. Page 27 20110223 Panel 1 Frost thinking. Frost: Her little crush makes her check up on him. Panel 2 Danny putting down the cigarette. Danny: Which lets you know what hes doing. Panel 3 Frost smiling. Frost: Youre smart. I like that. Panel 4 Danny confused as he looks downward. Frost: So I need her to keep checking up on him. Danny: So you want us to break up? Panel 5 Frost shaking his head. Frost: Nah. Ill just do what I always do. Panel 6 Dannys eyes widening. Frost: Just make her forget all those times Seth is exceptional cruel. Page 28 20110225 Panel 1 Dannys really upset. Panel 2 Danny looking up at Frost. Danny: How- how could you do that to her? Panel 3 Frost smiling as smokes. Panel 4 Danny nervous as Frost coolly goes back to his magazine. Frost: I can do a lot with Trishs mind. Panel 5 Frost smiling. Frost: Just like Seth can do a lot with yours. Page 29 20110228 Panel 1 Dannys eyes even wider. Frost smiling. Panel 2 Frost looking over toward the bar. Frost: You look like you could use a drink. Panel 3 Frost snapping his fingers. SFX: SNAP Panel 4 a waitress walking over to them. Danny looking up terrified. Frost smiles sweetly at her. Waitress: What do you wish, my lord. Panel 5 Frost grinning as Danny stares in horror. Frost: Get this gentlemen a shot of tequila. Waitress: Yes, my lord. Page 30 20110302 Panel 1 Danny getting to his feet as he grabs her arm. Revealing its Trish. Danny: Trish! Panel 2 Trish pulling away from Danny. Panel 3 Danny turning to Frost. Danny: What what did you do to her? Frost: I turned her off. Panel 4 Frost guesturing for Danny to sit down. Frost: Sit. Panel 5 Danny still watching her but he is sitting down. Frost: If shes not gaga for Seth, she serves my purposes better this way. Panel 6 Danny watching her. Frost: And like I said I can do a lot with her mind. Page 31 20110304 Panel 1 Trish returning with the drinks. Frost: I might be persuaded to let her carry on as she was though. Panel 2 the shot of tequila is put infront of Danny. Danny: What do you want? Panel 3 Frost talking. Frost: Seths home address. Panel 4 Danny thinking. Frost: Hes very protective of that information, so I know he must plan to reside there for a long time. Panel 5 Danny nervously looking at Frost. Danny: Seth will know I told you. Frost: Yes. Panel 6 Danny bitting his lip. Danny: He could kill me or worse for telling you. Frost: Yes. He might. Page 32 20110307 Panel 1 Frost looking Danny in the eye. Frost: But what has he EVER done for you? Panel 2 Danny is very quiet. Panel 3 Danny picking up the cigarette he put down earlier. Danny: Well, he did save me from bleeding to death. Panel 4 Frost raising an eyebrow. Frost: Did he really save you? Panel 5 Danny looking at the ground. Frost: There was no way you could have gone to a hospital? Panel 6 Frosts with a skeptic look. Frost: Are you sure he wasnt just taking advantage of the panicked situation? Panel 7 Frost scowling a bit. Frost: To make it look like he was a hero? Page 33 20110309 Panel 1 Frost guesturing his head toward Trish. Frost: And what about her? Panel 2 Danny looking over at her. Frost: Dont you love her? Panel 3 Danny uneasy. Danny: I- I - dont know actually. Panel 4 Frost pulling out another cigarette. Frost: Well, I think you better decide. Panel 5 Frost lighting it. Frost: Do you love her more than you fear Seth? Panel 6 Danny looking over at her. Panel 7 Danny taking the shot. Panel 8 Danny looking Frost. Danny: Ill write it down. Panel 9 Frosts smile. Page 34 20110311 Panel 1 Trish waking up the next morning and sketching. Panel 2 Danny is eating breakfast. Trish: Morning. Danny: Uh, morning. Panel 3 Trish walking to the bathroom. Danny eating. Panel 4 Danny uneasy. Danny: So uh, Trish. Trish: Yeah. Panel 5 Danny concerned. Danny: What happened last night after you came back here? Page 35 20110314 Panel 1 Trish coming out thinking. Panel 2 Trish shrugging. Trish: I just went right to bed. Panel 3 Trish continuing. Trish: I know you told me to wait, but I was super tired. Panel 4 Danny with is brow furrowed upset. Trish: Why? Danny: Uh, no reason. Panel 5 Trish looking at danny. Trish: You okay? Danny: y-yeah. Panel 6 trish walking bath to the bathroom. Danny is watching her upset. Trish: So I know we got your parents party, but what do you want to do the rest of the week? Danny: Um, you decide.
When We Were Gone Astray
When We Were Gone Astray
Chapter 1
Page 1
Panel 1 A very nice expensive ship in a harbor and its nighttime
Panel 2 Seth and Asagi walking off the ramp to the ship onto the dock. Behind them there are servants carrying trunks. Seth is drinking from a flask.
Asagi: So this is Hyperia.
Panel 3 Seth wiping his mouth.
Seth: I told you it was nothing special
Panel 4 the busy harbor with traders, merchants, a few well to do people, and some whores and thieves etc.
Asagi: Nonsense. Its very lively.
Panel 5 Seth looking over the harbor
Seth: Terras more interesting.
Asagi: Terras very dirty, Seth.
Panel 6 - Seth drinking some more as him and Asagi step on to the dock.
Seth: I bloody well liked it.
Asagi: Then you shouldnt have gotten in a fight with Frost so you can stay there.
Page 2
Panel 1 Seth glaring at Asagi who is watching his servant put his trunks onto an expensive carriage.
Asagi: Im glad to see you arranged decent transport.
Panel 2 Seth examining his flask as he realizes there is no more booze as Asagi gestures to the carriage.
Asagi: This is taking us to where we will be staying, correct?
Panel 3 Seth putting the flask in his coat
Seth: Yup, to a townhouse that is just a few blocks from the main office here.
Panel 4 Asagi with his hand on his chin nodding approvingly.
Seth: Both of which are under the name Adel Vargas like you asked.
Asagi: Good
Panel 5 a servant opening the door of the carriage for Asagi. Asagi is turned to Seth who is in the very foreground.
Seth: There a reason why you arent using your real name?
Asagi: I am just so very tried of hearing it said wrong.
Page 3
Panel 1 Asagi getting into the carriage as Seth looks around.
Seth: Well, you can test how well Adel fairs with the locals tomorrow.
Asagi: Oh?
Panel 2 Seth handing Asagi a piece of paper
Seth: Your invited to a party to introduce yourself to all those upper crust bigwigs.
Panel 3 asagi smiling as he opens the paper
Asagi: All those people you cant stand.
Panel 4 Seth about to get into the carriage.
Seth: Oh, they give me some amusement.
Asagi: Dont cause too much trouble.
Panel 5 seth looking up at asagi not completely in the carriage yet
Asagi: And seth.
Seth: hm?
Panel 6 seths boots cover in mud on the step to get into the carriage.
Asagi: Clean your boots before you get in.
Panel 7 pull out a grumpy Seth steps down and wipes at one of his boots.
Page 4
Panel 1 Aaron sitting at his desk reading the bible while he writes. There is a lamp on his desk that is main light source for the whole scene. Behind him there is a modest bed and a few simple dressers.
Panel 2 Barbara is brushing her hair in the foreground and he is still working at a desk
Brabara: Aaron, darling, you should get ready.
Panel 3 Aaron still absorbed in his work.
Aaron: Ah must prepare fer Sundays sermon.
Panel 4 Barbara putting her hand on his shoulder.
Barbara: Your brother will be leaving for war tomorrow.
Panel 5 Barbara smiling down at him.
Barbara: God will always be there.
Panel 6 Aaron putting down his pen. Barbara puts her arms around his shoulders.
Barbara: And God wouldnt want you to ruin your eyes.
Page 5
Panel 1 Aaron closing his bible while smiling up at Barbara
Aaron: Ah suppose.
Panel 2 A huge southern mansion with carriages pulling up to it.
Steven: Excuse me, ladies and gentlemen.
Panel 3 Aarons older Steven who has a similar faces structure to Aaron, but darker hair and a more muscular build. He is well groomed and in fancier clothes then aaron usually wears. Hes got short hair and a mustache. Holding up a toast to a crowd of well to do people. Behind Steven you can see Aaron talking to a few old gentlemen.
Steven: Ahd like to thank yall fer comin this evenin.
Panel 4 steven holding up his glass. In the crowd you can see Barbara talking to group of women one of which is a large chubby woman wiping a little boys face with a hanky.
Steven: It sure means the world to me and mah kin that yall showed up to wish little old me well.
Panel 5 Steven gesturing to Seth and Asagi walking over. Seth has under his arm a small wooden box.
Steven: Ah would also like to introduce yall to an important guest.
Page 6
Panel 1 Asagi bowing slightly with a smile as Seth examines his fingernail uninterested. The crowd has turned their attention to the pair.
Steven: Mr. Vargas an his translator Mr. Keily have brought their fine business to our humble town.
Panel 2 Asagi glancing at Seth with a raised eyebrow. Seth is picking at his cuticles.
Steven: (off panel) Let all show em some hospitality
Panel 3 Asagi clearing his throat as Seth looks up.
Steven (off panel): An thank em fer the foreign products wed otherwise not have.
Asagi: KA-chem
Panel 4 Seth straightening up a bit as we walks over to Steven with Asagi
SFX: Clap clap clap
Seth: Thank you for the introduction, Mr. Harper.
Panel 5 Seth pulling out the box now that he is close enough to hand it to Steven.
Seth: And to show his gratitude my employer has brought you this.
Panel 6 Seth opening the box and in it is a Hamsa pendent (http://i23.ebayimg.com/08/i/000/f2/bb/e32b_1_sbl.JPG)
Seth: It is for good luck.
Page 7
Panel 1 Steven looking at the box in surprise as he takes it.
Steven: Its uh
Panel 2 Asagi looking at Steven with a smile. As Steven looks at them questioningly.
Asagi: Hal ajabak?
Steven: Pardon?
Panel 3 Seth smirking as steven uneasily closes the box and nods.
Seth: He wants to know if you like it.
Steven: Yes, yes coarse.
Panel 4 Steven still smiling.
Steven: Its just that Ah doubt Ahd need luck,..
Panel 5 Steven, seth and asagi in the background as steven gestures toward aaron who is still talking to an older gentleman.
Steven: When there is a fine preacher like my brother, aaron, prayin fer me.
Aaron: It does seem that the idea of war would
Panel 6 Seth smirking as Asagi notes that his drink is empty.
Page 8
Panel 1 Aaron talking to the other men as Seth and Asagi walk over to the bar.
Aaron: But Ah do believe that God will protect those who do what they believe is just.
Panel 2 Aaron finishing a drink as the one of the men talks to him.
Other man: Do you think you will enlist as a chaplain, Reverend Harper?
Panel 3 Aaron nodding.
Aaron: Ah would like to, however
Panel 4 Aaron glancing at Barbara still talking to the larger woman with a little boy.
Aaron: Ah would like to ensure mah nephews are well-cared fer in Steven absence.
Panel 5 The other man smiling and nodding.
Other man: Good man. / Make sure the lads dont cause too much trouble.
Panel 6 Aaron laughing as he looks at his empty glass.
Aaron: Heh heh. Yes. / But fer now, Ah do believe Ah could use another Brandy.
Page 9
Panel 1 Asagi looking around the room noting the beautiful molding and decoration, Seth is doing a shot.
Asagi:








